The manual should stay with the vehicle if you sell it to provide the next owner with impor- tant operating, safety and maintenance information. HYUNDAI ...
This manual applies to all HYUNDAI models and includes descrip-tions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a result, you may find material in this manual...
your new HYUNDAI, so that you can fully enjoy it, read this Owner's Manual carefully before driving your new vehicle. This manual contains important safety ...
OWNER'S MANUAL
Operation Maintenance Specifications
All information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of publication. However, HYUNDAI reserves the right to make changes at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement may be carried out.
This manual applies to all HYUNDAI models and includes descriptions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a result, you may find material in this manual that does not apply to your specific vehicle.
CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAI
Your HYUNDAI should not be modified in any way. Such modifications may adversely affect the performance, safety or durability of your HYUNDAI and may, in addition, violate conditions of the limited warranties covering the vehicle. Certain modifications may also be in violation of regulations established by the U.S. Department of Transportation and other federal or state agencies.
TWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR TELEPHONE INSTALLATION
Your vehicle is equipped with electronic fuel injection and other electronic components. It is possible for an improperly installed/adjusted two-way radio or cellular telephone to adversely affect electronic systems. For this reason, we recommend that you carefully follow the radio manufacturer's instructions or consult your HYUNDAI dealer for precautionary measures or special instructions if you choose to install one of these devices.
F2
SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING
This manual includes information titled as DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION and NOTICE. These titles indicate the following:
DANGER
DANGER indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
WARNING
WARNING indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION
CAUTION indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.
NOTICE NOTICE indicates a situation which, if not avoided, could result in vehicle damage.
HYUNDAI VEHICLE OWNER PRIVACY POLICY
Your Hyundai vehicle may be equipped with technologies and services that use information collected, generated, recorded or stored by the vehicle. Hyundai has created a Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy to explain how these technologies and services collect use and share this information.
You may read our Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy on the Hyundaiusa.com website at: https://www.hyundaiusa.com/owner-privacy-policy.aspx If you would like to receive a hard copy of our Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy, please contact our Customer Connect Center at:
Hyundai Customer Care P.O. Box 20850 Fountain Valley, CA 92728 800-633-5151 consumeraffairs@hmausa.com
Hyundai's Customer Connect Center representatives are available Monday through Friday, between the hours of 5:00 AM and 7:00 PM PST and Saturday and Sunday between 6:30 AM and 3:00 PM PST (English). For Customer Connect Center assistance in Spanish or Korean, representatives are available Monday through Friday between 6:30 AM and 3:00 PM PST.
F3
INTRODUCTION
Congratulations, and thank you for choosing HYUNDAI. We are pleased to welcome you to the growing number of discerning people who drive a HYUNDAI vehicle. We are very proud of the advanced engineering and high-quality construction of each HYUNDAI we build. Your Owner's Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new HYUNDAI. To become familiar with your new HYUNDAI, so that you can fully enjoy it, read this Owner's Manual carefully before driving your new vehicle. This manual contains important safety information and instructions intended to familiarize you with your vehicle's controls and safety features so you can safely operate your vehicle. This manual also contains information on maintenance designed to enhance safe operation of the vehicle. It is recommended that all service and maintenance on your car be performed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. HYUNDAI dealers are prepared to provide high-quality service, maintenance and any other assistance that may be required. This Owner's Manual should be considered a permanent part of your vehicle, and should be kept in the vehicle so you can refer to it at any time. The manual should stay with the vehicle if you sell it to provide the next owner with important operating, safety and maintenance information.
HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA
CAUTION
Severe vehicle damage may result from the use of poor quality lubricants that do not meet HYUNDAI specifications.You must always use high quality lubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page 8-6 in the Vehicle Specifications section of the Owner's Manual.
Copyright 2020 HYUNDAI Motor America. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in any retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of HYUNDAI Motor America.
F4
GUIDE TO HYUNDAI GENUINE PARTS
1. What are HYUNDAI Genuine Parts?
HYUNDAI Genuine Parts are the same parts used by HYUNDAI Motor Company to manufacture vehicles. They are designed and tested for the optimum safety, performance, and reliability for our customers.
2. Why should you use genuine parts?
HYUNDAI Genuine Parts are engineered and built to meet rigid manufacturing requirements. Damage caused by using imitation, counterfeit or used salvage parts is not covered under the HYUNDAI New Vehicle Limited Warranty or any other HYUNDAI warranty.
In addition, any damage to or failure of HYUNDAI Genuine Parts caused by the installation or failure of an imitation, counterfeit or used salvage part is not covered by any HYUNDAI Warranty.
3. How can you tell if you are purchasing HYUNDAI Genuine Parts?
Look for the HYUNDAI Genuine Parts Logo on the package (see below).
HYUNDAI Genuine Parts exported to the U.S. are packaged with labels written only in English.
HYUNDAI Genuine Parts are only sold through authorized HYUNDAI Dealerships.
F5
Introduction
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
We want to help you get the greatest possible driving pleasure from your vehicle. Your Owner's Manual can assist you in many ways. To gain an overview of the contents of your Owner's Manual, use the Table of Contents in the front of the manual. The first page of each Chapter includes a detailed Table of Contents of the topics in that Chapter.
To quickly locate information about your vehicle, use the Index in the back of the manual. It is an alphabetical list of what is in this manual and the page number where it can be found.
For your convenience, we have incorporated tabs on the right-hand page edges. These tabs are coded with the Chapter titles to assist you with navigating through the manual.
SAFETY MESSAGES
Your safety, and the safety of others, is very important. This Owner's Manual provides you with many safety precautions and operating procedures. This information alerts you to potential hazards that may hurt you or others, as well as damage to your vehicle.
Safety messages found on vehicle labels and in this manual describe these hazards and what to do to avoid or reduce the risks.
Warnings and instructions contained in this manual are for your safety. Failure to follow safety warnings and instructions can lead to serious injury or death.
Throughout this manual DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION, NOTICE and the SAFETY ALERT SYMBOL will be used.
This is the safety alert symbol. It is used to alert you to potential physical injury hazards. Obey all safety messages that follow this symbol to avoid possible injury or death. The safety alert symbol precedes the signal words DANGER, WARNING and CAUTION.
DANGER
DANGER indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
WARNING
WARNING indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.
F6
CAUTION
CAUTION indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.
NOTICE
NOTICE indicates a situation which, if not avoided, could result in vehicle damage.
VEHICLE MODIFICATIONS
· This vehicle should not be modified. Modification of your vehicle could affect its performance, safety or durability and may even violate governmental safety regulations.
In addition, damage or performance problems resulting from any modification may not be covered under warranty.
· If you use unauthorized electronic devices, it may cause the vehicle to operate abnormally, or may cause vehicle damage or fire. For your safety, do not use unauthorized electronic devices.
Introduction
WARNING
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING
Items contained in motor vehicles or emitted from them are known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or reproductive harm. These include: · Gasoline and its vapors · Engine exhaust · Used engine oil · Interior passenger compart-
ment components and materials · Component parts which are subject to heat and wear In addition, battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead, lead compounds and other chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm.
F7
Introduction
VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERS
This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle's systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as:
· How various systems in your vehicle were operating;
· Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled/ fastened;
· How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,
· How fast the vehicle was traveling.
These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required, and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that have the special equipment, can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR.
F8
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Your Vehicle at a Glance
1
Safety System of Your Vehicle
2
Convenient Features of Your Vehicle
3
Multimedia System
4
Driving Your Vehicle
5
What to Do in an Emergency
6
Maintenance
7
Specifications, Consumer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
8
Index
I
Your vehicle at a glance
Your vehicle at a glance
Exterior Overview ..................................................1-2
1
Interior Overview ...................................................1-4
Instrument Panel Overview ..................................1-5
EV Drive Motor Compartment..............................1-6
Your vehicle at a glance
EXTERIOR OVERVIEW
Front view
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
1. Hood......................................................3-41 2. Front lamps ..........................................7-54 3. Tires and wheels ..................................7-24 4. Side view mirror ....................................3-29
5. Sunroof..................................................3-36 6. Charging door ......................................3-45 7. Wiper blade ..........................................7-18 8. Windows ................................................3-30
OOSEV018006N
1-2
Rear view
1
Your vehicle at a glance
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
1. Antenna ..................................................4-3 2. Door ......................................................3-10 3. Rear lamps ............................................7-59 4. High mounted stop lamp ......................7-60
5. Liftgate ..................................................3-43 6. Rear view camera ..............................3-114 7. Wiper blade ..........................................7-20
OOSEV018002N
1-3
Your vehicle at a glance
INTERIOR OVERVIEW
The actual shape may differ from the illustration. 1-4
1. Door lock/unlock button ........................3-11 2. Side view mirror control switch ..............3-30 3. Power window lock switch......................3-35 4. Central door lock switch ........................3-12 5. Power window switches ........................3-32 6. Instrument panel illumination control
switch ....................................................3-47 7. Blind-Spot Safety button ........................5-63 8. Head-up display button ..........................3-97 9. Lane Safety button ................................5-77 10. ESC (Electronic Stability Control)
OFF button ..........................................5-42 11. AUTO/LOCK mode selection button ....H18 12. Hood release lever ..............................3-41 13. Steering wheel tilt/telescopic lever ......3-17 14. Steering wheel ....................................3-16 15. Seat........................................................2-4 16. Fuse panel ..........................................7-40
OOSEV018003N
INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
1. Instrument cluster....................................3-46
1
2. Horn ........................................................3-18
3. Driver's front air bag ................................2-49
4. POWER button ..........................................5-6
5. Light control/Turn signals ........................3-99
6. Wiper/Washer ........................................3-110
7. Audio system/Navigation system ..............4-4
8. Hazard warning flasher switch ..................6-2
9. Automatic climate control system..........3-119
10. Passenger's front air bag ......................2-49
11. Glove box ............................................3-137
12. Push button gear shift selector..............5-11
13. Wireless cellular phone charging system ..................................3-142
14. USB and iPod® ........................................4-2
15. Seat heater/ ..........................................2-20 Ventilated front seat ..............................2-22
16. Drive mode button ................................5-48
17. Heated steering wheel ..........................3-18
18. Auto Hold switch....................................5-36
19. Parking Safety button ..........................3-116
20. EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) switch..5-30
21. Cup holder ..........................................3-139
22. Steering wheel audio controls/ ................4-3 Bluetooth® wireless technology
hands-free controls..................................4-4
23. Cruise control/ ......................................5-88 Smart cruise control ..............................5-93
OOSEV010004N
1-5
Your vehicle at a glance
Your vehicle at a glance
EV DRIVE MOTOR COMPARTMENT
1. Coolant reservoir ..............................7-12 2. Brake fluid reservoir..........................7-13 3. Fuse box ...........................................7-41 4. Auxiliary battery (12 volt) ..................7-21 5. Coolant reservoir cap........................7-12 6. Windshield washer fluid reservoir .....7-14
The actual motor compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OOSEV078001
1-6
Safety system of your vehicle
This chapter provides you with important information about how to protect yourself and your passengers.
It explains how to properly use your seats and seat belts, and how your air bags work.
Additionally, this chapter explains how to properly restrain infants and children in your vehicle.
2
Important Safety Precautions..............................2-2 Child Restraint System (CRS).............................2-36
Always Wear Your Seat Belt ..........................................2-2
Children Always in the Rear.........................................2-36
Restrain All Children .........................................................2-2
Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS) .................2-37
Air Bag Hazards.................................................................2-2
Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS)..................2-39
Driver Distraction ..............................................................2-2
Air Bag
Control Your Speed...........................................................2-3 Keep Your Vehicle in Safe Condition............................2-3 Seats ........................................................................2-4
- Advanced Supplemental Restraint System.....2-47 Where Are the Air Bags?..............................................2-49 How Does the Air Bag System Operate?..................2-52
Safety Precautions ...........................................................2-5
What to Expect After an Air Bag Inflates................2-56
Front Seats .........................................................................2-6
Occupant Classification System (OCS).......................2-57
Rear Seats.........................................................................2-13
Why Didn't My Air Bag Go Off in a Collision? ........2-63
Head Restraints ...............................................................2-16
SRS Care............................................................................2-68
Seat Heaters and Ventilated Seats.............................2-20
Additional Safety Precautions .....................................2-69
Seat Belts ..............................................................2-23
Air Bag Warning Labels.................................................2-69
Seat Belt Safety Precautions.......................................2-23
Seat Belt Warning Light ................................................2-24
Seat Belt Restraint System...........................................2-26
Additional Seat Belt Safety Precautions...................2-32
Care of Seat Belts...........................................................2-35
Safety system of your vehicle
IMPORTANT SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
You will find many safety precautions and recommendations throughout this section, and throughout this manual. The safety precautions in this section are among the most important.
Always Wear Your Seat Belt
A seat belt is your best protection in all types of accidents. Air bags are designed to supplement seat belts, not replace them. So even though your vehicle is equipped with air bags, ALWAYS make sure you and your passengers wear your seat belts, and wear them properly.
Restrain All Children
All children under age 13 should ride in your vehicle properly restrained in a rear seat, not the front seat. Infants and small children should be restrained in an appropriate child restraint. Larger children should use a booster seat with the lap/shoulder belt until they can use the seat belt properly without a booster seat.
Air Bag Hazards
While air bags can save lives, they can also cause serious or fatal injuries to occupants who sit too close to them, or who are not properly restrained. Infants, young children, and shorter adults are at the greatest risk of being injured by an inflating air bag. Follow all instructions and warnings in this manual.
Driver Distraction
Driver distraction presents a serious and potentially deadly danger, especially for inexperienced drivers. Safety should be the first concern when behind the wheel and drivers need to be aware of the wide array of potential distractions, such as drowsiness, reaching for objects, eating, personal grooming, other passengers, and using cellular phones.
Drivers can become distracted when they take their eyes and attention off the road or their hands off the wheel to focus on activities other than driving. To reduce your risk of distraction or getting into an accident:
2-2
Safety system of your vehicle
· ALWAYS set up your mobile devices Control Your Speed
Keep Your Vehicle in Safe
(i.e., MP3 players, phones, navigation units, etc.) when your vehicle is parked or safely stopped.
· ONLY use your mobile device when
Excessive speed is a major factor in crash injuries and deaths. Generally, the higher the speed, the greater the risk, but serious injuries can also
Condition
Having a tire blowout or a mechanical failure can be extremely hazardous. To reduce the possibility of such prob-
2
allowed by laws and when conditions occur at lower speeds. Never drive lems, check your tire pressures and
permit safe use. NEVER text or faster than is safe for current condi- condition frequently, and perform all
email while driving. Most states have tions, regardless of the maximum regularly scheduled maintenance.
laws prohibiting drivers from texting. speed posted.
Some states and cities also prohibit
drivers from using handheld phones.
· NEVER let the use of a mobile device distract you from driving. You have a responsibility to your passengers and others on the road to always drive safely, with your hands on the wheel as well as your eyes and attention on the road.
2-3
Safety system of your vehicle
SEATS
2-4
Front seats 1. Forward and backward 2. Seatback angle 3. Seat cushion tilt (for power seat)* /
Seat cushion height* 4. Lumbar support (Driver's seat)* 5. Seat warmer* / Air ventilation seat * 6. Headrest
Rear seats 7. Armrest* 8. Seatback folding 9. Headrest * : if equipped
[A] : Front seat, [B] : Rear seat
OOSEV038026N
Safety system of your vehicle
Safety Precautions
Air bags
Adjusting the seats so that you are sit- You can take steps to reduce the risk
WARNING
ting in a safe, comfortable position plays an important role in driver and passenger safety together with the seat belts and air bags in an accident.
of being injured by an inflating air bag. Sitting too close to an air bag greatly increases the risk of injury in the event the air bag inflates.
To reduce the risk of serious injury or death from an inflating air bag, take the following precautions:
2
WARNING
Do not use a cushion that reduces friction between the seat and the passenger. The passenger's hips may slide under the lap portion of the seat belt during
The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) recommends that drivers allow at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the steering wheel and their chest.
· Adjust the driver's seat as far to the rear as possible while maintaining the ability to maintain full control of the vehicle.
· Adjust the front passenger seat as far to the rear as possible.
· Hold the steering wheel by the
an accident or a sudden stop.
rim with hands at the 9 o'clock
Serious or fatal internal injuries
and 3 o'clock positions to mini-
could result because the seat
mize the risk of injuries to your
belt cannot operate properly.
hands and arms.
· NEVER place anything or any-
one between the steering wheel
and the air bag.
· Do not allow the front passen-
ger to place feet or legs on the
dashboard to minimize the risk
of leg injuries.
2-5
Safety system of your vehicle
Seat belts
Always fasten your seat belt before starting any trip.
At all times, passengers should sit upright and be properly restrained. Infants and small children must be restrained in appropriate child restraint systems. Adults and children who have outgrown a booster seat must be restrained using the seat belts.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when adjusting your seat belt:
· NEVER use one seat belt for more than one occupant.
· Always position the seatback upright with the lap portion of the seat belt snug and low across the hips.
· NEVER allow children or small infants to ride in a passenger's lap.
· Do not route the seat belt across your neck, across sharp edges, or reroute the shoulder strap away from your body.
· Do not allow the seat belt to become caught or jammed.
Front Seats
WARNING
Take the following precautions when adjusting your seat:
· NEVER attempt to adjust the seat while the vehicle is moving. The seat could respond with unexpected movement and may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
· Do not place anything under the front seats. Loose objects in the driver's foot area could interfere with the operation of the foot pedals, causing an accident.
· Do not allow anything to interfere with the normal position and proper locking of the seatback.
· Do not place a cigarette lighter on the floor or seat. When you operate the seat, gas may exit out of the lighter causing a fire.
2-6
Safety system of your vehicle
· Use extreme caution when picking small objects trapped under the seats or between the seat and the center console. Your hands might be cut or injured by the sharp edges of the seat mechanism.
· If there are occupants in the rear seats, be careful while adjusting the front seat position.
· Make sure that the seat is locked in place after the adjustment. If not, the seat might move unexpectedly resulting in an accident.
CAUTION
Manual adjustment (if equipped) The front seat can be adjusted by
To prevent injury: · Do not adjust your seat while
using the levers located on the outside of the seat cushion. Before driving, adjust the seat to the proper
2
wearing your seat belt. position so that you can easily con-
Moving the seat cushion for- trol the steering wheel, foot pedals
ward may cause strong pres- and controls on the instrument
sure on your abdomen.
panel.
· Do not allow your hands or
fingers to get caught in the
seat mechanisms while the
seat is moving.
2-7
Safety system of your vehicle
Reclining seatback
Sitting in a reclined position when the vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. Even when buckled up, the protection of your restraint system (seat belts and air bags) is greatly reduced by reclining your seatback.
OOS037002
Forward and rearward adjustment
To move the seat forward or rearward:
1. Pull up the seat slide adjustment lever and hold it.
2. Slide the seat to the position you desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure the seat is locked in place. Move forward and rearward without using the lever. If the seat moves, it is not locked properly.
OOS037003
Seatback angle
To recline the seatback:
1. Lean forward slightly and lift up the seatback lever.
2. Carefully lean back on the seat and adjust the seatback to the position you desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure the seatback is locked in place. (The lever MUST return to its original position for the seatback to lock.)
WARNING
NEVER ride with a reclined seatback when the vehicle is moving.
Riding with a reclined seatback increases your chance of serious or fatal injuries in the event of a collision or sudden stop.
Drivers and passengers should ALWAYS sit well back in their seats, properly belted, and with the seatbacks upright.
2-8
Safety system of your vehicle
Seat belts must be snug against your
Power adjustment
hips and chest to work properly.
(if equipped)
When the seatback is reclined, the shoulder belt cannot do its job because it will not be snug against your chest. Instead, it will be in front of you. During an accident, you could be thrown into the seat belt, causing neck or other injuries.
The front seat can be adjusted by
using the control switches located on the outside of the seat cushion. Before
2
driving, adjust the seat to the proper
position so that you can easily control
the steering wheel, foot pedals and
controls on the instrument panel.
The more the seatback is reclined,
the greater chance the passenger's hips will slide under the lap belt or
OOS037004
WARNING
the passenger's neck will strike the shoulder belt.
Seat cushion height (for driver's seat) To change the height of the seat
NEVER allow children in the vehicle unattended. Children
cushion:
might push the adjustment
· Push down on the lever several times, to lower the seat cushion.
· Pull up on the lever several times,
switch accidently and get caught in the seat mechanisms while the seat is moving.
to raise the seat cushion.
2-9
Safety system of your vehicle
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the seats:
· Always stop adjusting the seats when the seat has been adjusted as far forward or rearward as possible.
· Do not adjust the seats longer than necessary when the vehicle is turned off. This may result in unnecessary battery drain.
· Do not operate two or more seats at the same time. This may result in an electrical malfunction.
OOS037005
Forward and rearward adjustment To move the seat forward or rearward: 1. Push the control switch forward or
rearward. 2. Release the switch once the seat
reaches the desired position.
OOS037006
Seatback angle To adjust the seatback: 1. Rotate the top of control switch
forward or rearward. 2. Release the switch once the seat-
back reaches the desired position.
2-10
Safety system of your vehicle
Reclining seatback
Seat belts must be snug against your
Sitting in a reclined position when hips and chest to work properly.
the vehicle is in motion can be dan- When the seatback is reclined, the
gerous. Even when buckled up, the shoulder belt cannot do its job protections of your restraint system because it will not be snug against
2
(seat belts and air bags) is greatly your chest. Instead, it will be in front
reduced by reclining your seatback. of you. During an accident, you could
be thrown into the seat belt, causing
WARNING
neck or other injuries. The more the seatback is reclined,
NEVER ride with a reclined seatback when the vehicle is moving.
Riding with a reclined seatback increases your chance of serious
the greater chance the passenger's hips will slide under the lap belt or the passenger's neck will strike the shoulder belt.
OOSEV038001
Seat cushion tilt (1, if equipped) To change the angle of the front part
or fatal injuries in the event of a
of the seat cushion:
collision or sudden stop.
Push the front portion of the control
Driver and passengers should
switch up to raise or down to lower
ALWAYS sit well back in their
the front part of the seat cushion.
seats, properly belted, and with the seatbacks upright.
Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position.
Seat cushion height (2, if equipped)
To change the height of the seat cushion:
Push the rear portion of the control switch up to raise or down to lower the height of the seat cushion.
Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position.
2-11
Safety system of your vehicle
Seatback pocket
CAUTION
Do not put heavy or sharp objects in the seatback pockets. In an accident they could come loose from the pocket and injure occupants.
OOS037008
Lumbar support (for driver's seat, if equipped)
To adjust the lumbar support:
1. Press the front portion of the switch (1) to increase support or the rear portion of the switch (2) to decrease support.
2. Release the switch once it reaches the desired position.
OOS037017
The seatback pocket is provided on the back of the front seatbacks.
WARNING
To prevent the Occupant Classification System from malfunctioning: Do not hang onto the front seatback.
2-12
Safety system of your vehicle
Rear Seats
To fold down the rear seatback:
Folding the rear seat
1. Set the front seatback to the
The rear seatbacks can be folded to facilitate carrying long items or to
upright position and if necessary, slide the front seat forward.
2
increase the luggage capacity of the
vehicle.
WARNING
· Never allow passengers to sit on top of the folded down seatback while the vehicle is moving. This is not a proper seating position and no seat belts are available for use. This could result in serious injury or death in case of an accident or sudden stop.
· Objects carried on the folded down seatback should not extend higher than the top of the front seatbacks. This could allow cargo to slide forward and cause injury or damage during sudden stops.
OOS037019
2. Lower the rear head restraints to the lowest position by pushing and holding the release button (1) and pushing down on the head restraint (2).
OOS037020
3. Locate the seatbelt toward the outboard position before folding down the seatback. If not, the seatbelt system may be interfered by the seatback.
2-13
Safety system of your vehicle
OOS037021
OOS037022
5. To use the rear seat, lift and unfold the seatback to the upright position. Push the seatback firmly until it clicks into place. Make sure the seatback is locked in place.
Return the belt in the guide.
WARNING
When returning the rear seatback from a folded to an upright position, hold the seatback and return it slowly. Ensure that the seatback is completely locked into its upright position by pushing on the top of the seatback. In an accident or sudden stop, the unlocked seatback could allow cargo to move forward with great force and enter the passenger compartment, which could result in serious injury or death.
OOS037023
4. Remove the belt from the guide (1) and pull up the seatback folding lever (2), then fold the seat toward the front of the vehicle.
2-14
Safety system of your vehicle
WARNING
WARNING
Armrest
Do not place objects in the rear Make sure the vehicle is off,
seats, since they cannot be properly secured and may hit
shifted to (Park), and the parking brake is securely applied when-
2
vehicle occupants in a collision ever loading or unloading cargo.
causing serious injury or death. Failure to take these steps may
allow the vehicle to move if the
shift button is inadvertently
pressed to another position.
OOS037024
The armrest is located in the center of the rear seat. Pull the armrest down by using the strap from the seatback to use it.
2-15
Safety system of your vehicle
Head Restraints
The vehicle's front and rear seats have adjustable head restraints. The head restraints provide comfort for passengers, but more importantly they are designed to help protect passengers from whiplash and other neck and spinal injuries during an accident, especially in a rear impact collision.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or death in an accident, take the following precautions when adjusting your head restraints:
· Always properly adjust the head restraints for all passengers BEFORE starting the vehicle.
· NEVER let anyone ride in a seat with the head restraints removed or reversed.
·
OLF034072N
Adjust the head restraints so the middle of the head restraints is at the same height as the height of the top of the eyes. · NEVER adjust the head restraint position of the driver's seat when the vehicle is in motion. · Adjust the head restraint as close to the passenger's head as possible. Do not use a seat cushion that holds the body away from the seatback. · Make sure the head restraint locks into position after adjusting it.
NOTICE
To prevent damage, NEVER hit or pull on the head restraints.
CAUTION
When there is no occupant in the rear seats, adjust the height of the head restraint to the lowest position. The rear seat head restraint can reduce the visibility of the rear area.
2-16
Safety system of your vehicle
Front seat head restraints
2
OOSEV038012L
The vehicle's front and passenger's seats are equipped with adjustable head restraints for the passengers safety and comfort.
OOS037061
Adjusting the height up and down To raise the head restraint: 1. Pull it up to the desired position (1).
To lower the head restraint: 1. Push and hold the release button
(2) on the head restraint support. 2. Lower the head restraint to the
desired position (3).
OLF034015
NOTICE
If you recline the seatback towards the front with the head restraint and seat cushion raised, the head restraint may come in contact with the sunvisor or other parts of the vehicle.
2-17
Safety system of your vehicle
Type A
2. Raise the head restraint as far as it can go.
3. Press the head restraint release button (3) while pulling the head restraint up (4).
Type A
Type B
OOSEV038002
Type B
OOSEV038004
OOSEV038003
Removal/Reinstallation To remove the head restraint: 1. Recline the seatback (2) rearward
using the seatback angle lever/ switch (1).
2-18
OOSEV038005
To reinstall the head restraint:
1. Put the head restraint poles (2) into the holes while pressing the release button (1).
Safety system of your vehicle
2. Adjust the head restraint to the appropriate height.
3. Recline the seatback (4) forward using the seatback angle lever/ switch (3).
Rear seat head restraints
CAUTION
· Adjust the head restraint so
the middle of the head
2
restraints is at the same
height as the height of the top
of the eyes.
OOSEV038030L
The rear seats are equipped with head restraints in all the seating positions for the passenger's safety and comfort.
· When seating on the rear seat, do not adjust the height of the head restraints to the lowest.
2-19
Safety system of your vehicle
Seat Heaters and Ventilated Seats
Front seat heaters
Seat heaters are provided to warm the seats during cold weather.
WARNING
OOS037018
Adjusting the height up and down To raise the head restraint: 1. Pull it up to the desired position (1).
To lower the head restraint: 1. Push and hold the release button
(2) on the head restraint support. 2. Lower the head restraint to the
desired position (3).
OOSEV038029
Removal/Reinstallation To remove the head restraint: 1. Raise the head restraint as far as
it can go. 2. Press the head restraint release
button (1) while pulling the head restraint up (2).
To reinstall the head restraint: 1. Put the head restraint poles into
the holes (3) while pressing the release button (1). 2. Adjust the head restraint to the appropriate height.
2-20
The seat warmers can cause a SERIOUS BURN, even at low temperatures and especially if used for long periods of time. Passengers must be able to feel if the seat is becoming too warm so they can turn it off, if needed. People who cannot detect temperature change or pain to the skin should use extreme caution, especially the following types of passengers:
· Infants, children, elderly or disabled persons, or hospital outpatients.
· People with sensitive skin or who burn easily.
· Fatigued individuals.
· Intoxicated individuals.
· People taking medication that can cause drowsiness or sleepiness.
Safety system of your vehicle
WARNING
NEVER place anything on the seat that insulates against heat when the seat heater is in operation, such as a blanket or seat cushion. This may cause the seat warmer to overheat, causing a burn or damage to the seat.
NOTICE
· Each time you push the switch, the temperature setting of the seat is changed as follows :
OFF
HIGH (
)
2
LOW ( )
MIDDLE (
)
OOSEV038007L
· When pressing the switch for more than 1.5 seconds with the seat warmer operating, the seat warmer will turn OFF.
To prevent damage to the seat heaters and seats:
· Never use a solvent such as paint thinner, benzene, alcohol or gasoline to clean the seats.
· Do not place heavy or sharp objects on seats equipped with seat heaters.
· Do not change the seat cover. It may damage the seat heater.
[A] : Type A, [B] : Type B
While the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode, push either of the switches to warm the driver's seat or front passenger's seat.
During mild weather or under conditions where the operation of the seat heater is not needed, keep the switches in the OFF position.
· The seat heater defaults to the OFF position whenever the POWER button is in the ON position.
i Information
With the seat heater switch in the ON position, the heating system in the seat turns off or on automatically depending on the seat temperature.
2-21
Safety system of your vehicle
Ventilated front seats (if equipped)
OOSEV038008L
The ventilated front seats are provided to cool the front seats by blowing air through small vent holes on the surface of the seat cushions and seatbacks. When the operation of the ventilated seat is not needed, keep the switches in the OFF position. While the vehicle is in the ready mode ( ), push the switch to cool the driver's seat or the front passenger's seat.
· Each time you push the switch, the airflow changes as follows:
OFF
HIGH (
)
LOW ( )
MIDDLE (
)
· When pressing the switch for more than 1.5 seconds with the ventilated seat operating, the operation will turn OFF.
· The ventilated seats defaults to the OFF position each time the POWER button is placed to the ON position.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the ventilated seat:
· Use the ventilated seat ONLY when the climate control system is on. Using the ventilated seat for prolonged periods of time with the climate control system off could cause the ventilated seat to malfunction.
· Never use a solvent such as paint thinner, benzene, alcohol or gasoline to clean the seats.
· Avoid spilling liquids on the surface of the front seats and seatbacks; this may cause the air vent holes to become blocked and not work properly.
· Do not place materials such as plastic bags or newspapers under the seats. They may block the air intake causing the air vents to not work properly.
· Do not change the seat covers. It may damage the ventilated seat.
· If the air vents do not operate, restart the vehicle. If there is no change, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
2-22
Safety system of your vehicle
SEAT BELTS
This section describes how to use the seat belts properly. It also describes some of the things not to do when using seat belts.
· NEVER allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. If a child age 13 or older must be seated in the front seat, move the seat as far back as possi-
· Do not use a seat belt if the webbing or hardware is damaged.
· Do not latch the seat belt into the buckles of other seats.
2
Seat Belt Safety Precautions Always fasten your seat belt and
ble and properly restrain them in the seat.
· NEVER unfasten the seat belt while driving. This may cause
make sure all passengers have fas- · NEVER allow an infant or child
loss of vehicle control result-
tened their seat belts before starting
to be carried on an occupant's
ing in an accident.
any trip. Air bags are designed to supplement the seat belt as an additional safety device, but they are not a substitute. Most states require all occupants of a vehicle to wear seat belts.
lap.
· NEVER ride with the seatback reclined when the vehicle is moving.
· Do not allow children to share a seat or seat belt.
· Make sure there is nothing in the buckle interfering with the seat belt latch mechanism. This may prevent the seat belt from fastening securely.
· No modifications or additions
WARNING
· Do not wear the shoulder belt under your arm or behind your
should be made by the user which will either prevent the
Seat belts must be used by ALL passengers whenever the vehicle is moving. Take the following precautions when adjusting and wearing seat belts:
back.
· Always wear both the shoulder portion and lap portion of the lap/shoulder belt.
· Do not use the seat belt if it is
seat belt adjusting devices from operating to remove slack, or prevent the seat belt assembly from being adjusted to remove slack.
· ALWAYS properly restrain children under age 13 in the rear seats.
twisted. A twisted seat belt will not protect you properly in an accident.
2-23
Safety system of your vehicle
WARNING
Damaged seat belts and seat belt assemblies will not operate properly. Always replace:
· Frayed, contaminated, or damaged webbing
· Damaged hardware · The entire seat belt assembly
after it has been worn in an accident, even if damage to webbing or assembly is not apparent
Seat Belt Warning Light
If you do not fasten the seat belt and you drive over 6 mph (9 km/h), the warning light will stay illuminated.
If you do not fasten the seat belt and you drive over 12 mph (20 km/h) the seat belt warning chime will sound for approximately 100 seconds and the corresponding warning light will blink.
OOSEV038009K
Driver's seat belt warning
As a reminder to the driver, the seat belt warning light will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds each time you place the POWER button to the ON position regardless of belt fastening. At this time, if the seat belt is not fastened a warning chime will sound for 6 seconds.
If you unfasten the seat belt while driving under 12 mph (20 km/h), the seat belt warning light will illuminate until the seat belt is fastened.
If you unfasten the seat belt while driving over 12 mph (20 km/h), the seat belt warning chime will sound for approximately 100 seconds and the corresponding warning light will blink.
2-24
Safety system of your vehicle
If you do not fasten the seat belt and you drive over 12 mph (20 km/h) the
i Information
seat belt warning chime will sound for · Although the front passenger seat is
approximately 100 seconds and the not occupied, the seat belt warning
corresponding warning light will blink. light will blink or illuminate for 6 2
If you unfasten the seat belt while seconds.
driving under 12 mph (20 km/h) the Also, when the front passenger gets
seat belt warning light will illuminate out of the vehicle while the warning
until the seat belt is fastened.
is activating, the warning may con-
If you unfasten the seat belt while driving over 12 mph (20 km/h), the
tinue for 6 seconds even after the passenger gets off.
OOSEV038010N seat belt warning chime will sound for · The front passenger's seat belt
Front passenger's seat belt warning approximately 100 seconds and the warning light may not properly
As a reminder to the front passenger, corresponding warning light will blink. the front passenger's seat belt warn-
operate if the front passenger does not sit properly in the seat.
ing lights will illuminate for approxi-
· The front passenger's seat belt
mately 6 seconds each time you
warning may operate when luggage,
place the POWER button to the ON
or electronic devices, etc. are placed
position regardless of belt fastening.
directly on the front passenger seat.
If you do not fasten the seat belt and you drive over 6 mph (9 km/h), the warning light will stay illuminated.
2-25
Safety system of your vehicle
Seat Belt Restraint System
WARNING
Improperly positioned seat belts may increase the risk of serious injury in an accident. Take the following precautions when adjusting the seat belt: · Position the lap portion of the
seat belt as low as possible across your hips, not on your waist, so that it fits snugly. · Position one arm under the shoulder belt and the other over the belt, as shown in the illustration. · Always position the shoulder belt anchor into the locked position at the appropriate height. · Never position the shoulder belt across your neck or face.
Seat Belt-Driver's 3-point system with emergency locking retractor
OHSS038101
To fasten your seat belt:
Pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert the metal tab (1) into the buckle (2). There will be an audible "click" when the tab locks into the buckle.
OHSS038100
You should place the lap belt (1) portion across your hips and the shoulder belt (2) portion across your chest.
The seat belt automatically adjusts to the proper length after the lap belt portion is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly around your hips. If you lean forward in a slow, easy motion, the belt will extend and move with you.
If there is a sudden stop or impact, the belt will lock into position. It will also lock if you try to lean forward too quickly.
2-26
Safety system of your vehicle
NOTICE
If you are not able to smoothly pull
enough of the seat belt out from
the retractor, firmly pull the seat
2
belt out and release it. After
release, you will be able to pull the
belt out smoothly.
Height adjustment
You can adjust the height of the shoulder belt anchor to one of the three different positions for maximum comfort and safety.
The shoulder portion should be adjusted so it lies across your chest and midway over your shoulder nearest the door, not over your neck.
OOS037060
To adjust the height of the seat belt anchor, lower or raise the height adjuster into an appropriate position.
To raise the height adjuster, pull it up (1). To lower it, push it down (3) while pressing the height adjuster button (2).
Release the button to lock the anchor into position. Try sliding the height adjuster to make sure that it has locked into position.
OHSS038103
To release your seat belt:
Press the release button (1) in the locking buckle.
When it is released, the belt should automatically draw back into the retractor. If this does not happen, check the belt to be sure it is not twisted, then try again.
2-27
Safety system of your vehicle
Rear Seat Belt Passenger's 3point system with convertible locking retractor
This type of seat belt combines the features of both an emergency locking retractor seat belt and an automatic locking retractor seat belt. Convertible retractor type seat belts are installed in the rear seat positions to help accommodate the installation of child restraint systems. Although a convertible retractor is also installed in the front passenger seat position, NEVER place any infant/child restraint system in the front seat of the vehicle.
To fasten your seat belt:
Pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert the metal tab into the buckle. There will be an audible "click" when the tab locks into the buckle. When not securing a child restraint, the seat belt operates in the same way as the driver's seat belt (Emergency Locking Retractor Type). It automatically adjusts to the proper length only after the lap belt portion of the seat belt is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly across your hips.
When the seat belt is fully extended from the retractor to allow the installation of a child restraint system, the seat belt operation changes to allow the belt to retract, but not to extend (Automatic Locking Retractor Type). Refer to the "Using a Child Restraint System" section in this chapter.
NOTICE
Although the seat belt retractor provides the same level of protection for seated passengers in either emergency or automatic locking modes, the emergency locking mode allows seated passengers to move freely in their seat while keeping some tension on the belt. During a collision or sudden stop, the retractor automatically locks the belt to help restrain your body.
To deactivate the automatic locking mode, unbuckle the seat belt and allow the belt to fully retract.
2-28
Rear center seat belt
Pre-tensioner seat belt (Driver and front passenger)
2
Safety system of your vehicle
OHSS038103
To release your seat belt:
Press the release button (1) in the locking buckle.
When it is released, the belt should automatically draw back into the retractor. If this does not happen, check the belt to be sure it is not twisted, then try again.
OOSEV038031L
When using the rear center seat belt, the buckle with the "CENTER" mark must be used.
WARNING
Make sure that the seatback is locked in place when using the rear center seat belt. If not, the seatback may move when there is a sudden stop or collision, which could result in serious injury.
OTL035053
Your vehicle is equipped with driver's and front passenger's Pre-tensioner Seat Belts (Retractor Pretensioner and Emergency Fastening Device System). The purpose of the pre-tensioner is to make sure the seat belts fit tightly against the occupant's body in certain frontal or side collision(s). The Emergency Fastening Device System may be activated in certain crashes where the frontal or side collision(s) is severe enough, together with the air bags.
2-29
Safety system of your vehicle
When the vehicle stops suddenly, or if the occupant tries to lean forward too quickly, the seat belt retractor will lock into position. In certain frontal or side collision(s), the pre-tensioner will activate and pull the seat belt into tighter contact against the occupant's body.
(1) Retractor Pretensioner
The purpose of the retractor pretensioner is to make sure that the shoulder belts fit in tightly against the occupant's upper body in certain frontal or side collision(s).
(2) Emergency Fastening Device System
The purpose of the Emergency Fastening Device System is to make sure that the pelvis belts fit in tightly against the occupant's lower body in certain frontal or side collision(s).
If the system senses excessive tension on the driver or passenger's seat belt when the pre-tensioner system activates, the load limiter inside the retractor pre-tensioner will release some of the pressure on the affected seat belt.
2-30
WARNING
· Always wear your seat belt and sit properly in your seat.
· Do not use the seat belt if it is loose or twisted. A loose or twisted seat belt will not protect you properly in an accident.
· Do not place anything near the buckle. This may adversely affect the buckle and cause it to function improperly.
· Always replace your pre-tensioners after activation or an accident.
· NEVER inspect, service, repair or replace the pre-tensioners yourself. This must be done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· Do not hit the seat belt assemblies.
WARNING
Do not touch the pre-tensioner seat belt assemblies for several minutes after they have been activated. When the pre-tensioner seat belt mechanism deploys during a collision, the pre-tensioners become hot and can burn you.
Safety system of your vehicle
NOTICE
NOTICE
The sensor that activates the SRS · Both the driver's and front pas-
air bag is connected with the senger's pre-tensioner seat
pretensioner seat belts. The SRS air bag warning light on the instru-
belts may be activated in certain 2
frontal or side collisions or
ment panel will illuminate for rollovers.
approximately 6 seconds after the POWER button is in the ON position, and then it should turn off.
· When the pre-tensioner seat belts are activated, a loud noise may be heard and fine dust,
If the pre-tensioner is not working which may appear to be smoke,
OLMB033040/Q
The Pre-Tensioner Seat Belt System consists mainly of the following components. Their locations are shown in the illustration above:
1. SRS air bag warning light
2. Retractor pre-tensioner
3. SRS control module
4. Emergency fastening device
properly, the warning light will illuminate even if the SRS air bag is not malfunctioning. If the warning light does not illuminate, stays illuminated or illuminates when the vehicle is being driven, have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer inspect the pre-tensioner seat belts and SRS air bags as soon as possible.
may be visible in the passenger compartment. These are normal operating conditions and are not hazardous.
· Although it is non-toxic, the fine dust may cause skin irritation and should not be breathed for prolonged periods. Wash all exposed skin areas thoroughly after an accident in which the pre-tensioner seat belts were
activated.
2-31
Safety system of your vehicle
Additional Seat Belt Safety Precautions
Seat belt use during pregnancy
The seat belt should always be used during pregnancy. The best way to protect your unborn child is to protect yourself by always wearing the seat belt.
Pregnant women should always wear a lap-shoulder seat belt. Place the shoulder belt across your chest, routed between your breasts and away from your neck. Place the lap belt line so that it fits snugly and as low as possible across the hips, not across the abdomen.
WARNING
· A pregnant woman or a patient is more vulnerable to any imapcts on the abdomen during an abrupt stop or accident. If you are in an accident while pregnant, we recommend you consult your doctor.
· To reduce the risk of serious injury or death to an unborn child during an accident, pregnant women should NEVER place the lap portion of the seat belt above or over the area of the abdomen where the unborn child is located.
Seat belt use and children
Infant and small children
All 50 states have child restraint laws which require children to travel in approved child restraint devices, including booster seats. The age at which seat belts can be used instead of child restraints differs among states, so you should be aware of the specific requirements in your state, and where you are travelling. Infant and child restraints must be properly placed and installed in a rear seat. For more information refer to the "Child Restraint Systems" section in this chapter.
2-32
Safety system of your vehicle
WARNING
Small children are best protected Larger children from injury in an accident when prop- Children under age 13 and who are
ALWAYS properly restrain infants and small children in a child restraint appropriate for the child's height and weight.
erly restrained in the rear seat by a child restraint system that meets the requirements of the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. Before buying any child restraint system,
too large for a booster seat must always occupy the rear seat and use the available lap/shoulder belts. A seat belt should lie across the upper thighs and be snug across the shoul-
2
To reduce the risk of serious make sure that it has a label certify- der and chest to restrain the child
injury or death to a child and ing that it meets Federal Motor safely. Check belt fit periodically.
other passengers, NEVER hold a Vehicle Safety Standard FMVSS Children are afforded the most safe-
child in your lap or arms when 213. The restraint must be appropri- ty in the event of an accident when
the vehicle is moving.The violent ate for your child's height and weight. they are restrained by a proper
forces created during an acci- Check the label on the child restraint restraint system and/or seat belts in
dent will tear the child from your for this information. Refer to the the rear seat. Always have the
arms and throw the child against "Child Restraint Systems" section in LATCH system inspected by your
the interior of the vehicle.
this chapter.
authorized HYUNDAI dealer after an
accident. An accident can damage
the LATCH system and may not
properly secure the child restraint.
If a larger child over age 13 must be seated in the front seat, the child must be securely restrained by the available lap/shoulder belt and the seat should be placed in the rearmost position.
2-33
Safety system of your vehicle
If the shoulder belt portion slightly touches the child's neck or face, try placing the child closer to the center of the vehicle. If the shoulder belt still touches their face or neck they need to be returned to an appropriate booster seat in the rear seat.
WARNING
· Always make sure children are wearing their seat belts and that they are properly adjusted before driving.
· NEVER allow the shoulder belt to contact the child's neck or face.
· Do not allow more than one child to use a single seat belt.
Transporting an injured person A seat belt should be used when an injured person is being transported. Consult a physician for specific recommendations.
One person per belt Two people (including children) should never attempt to use a single seat belt. This could increase the severity of injuries in case of an accident.
Do not lie down
Sitting in a reclined position when the vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. Even when buckled up, the protections of your restraint system (seat belts and air bags) are greatly reduced by reclining your seatback.
To reduce the chance of injuries in the event of an accident and to achieve the maximum effectiveness of the restraint system, all passengers should be sitting up and the front and rear seats should be in an upright position when the car is moving.
A seat belt cannot provide proper protection if the person is lying down in the rear seat or if the front or rear seats are in a reclined position.
2-34
Safety system of your vehicle
WARNING
Care of Seat Belts
When to replace seat belts
Seat belt systems should never be The entire seat belt assembly or
· NEVER ride with a reclined seatback when the vehicle is moving.
· Riding with a reclined seatback increases your chance of seri-
disassembled or modified. In addition, care should be taken to assure that seat belts and belt hardware are not damaged by seat hinges, doors or other abuse.
assemblies should be replaced if the vehicle has been involved in an accident. This should be done even if no damage is visible. Additional questions concerning seat belt operation should be directed to an authorized
2
ous or fatal injuries in the event
HYUNDAI dealer.
of a collision or sudden stop.
Periodic inspection
· Drivers and passengers should always sit well back in their seats, properly belted, and with the seatbacks upright.
All seat belts should be inspected periodically for wear or damage of any kind. Any damaged parts should be replaced as soon as possible by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Keep belts clean and dry
Seat belts should be kept clean and dry. If belts become dirty, they can be cleaned by using a mild soap solution and warm water. Bleach, dye, strong detergents or abrasives should not be used because they may damage and weaken the fabric.
2-35
Safety system of your vehicle
CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM (CRS)
Children Always in the Rear
WARNING
Always properly restrain children in the rear seats of the vehicle. Children of all ages are safer when restrained in the rear seat. A child riding in the front passenger seat can be forcefully struck by an inflating air bag resulting in SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH.
Children under age 13 must always ride in the rear seats and must always be properly restrained to minimize the risk of injury in an accident, sudden stop or sudden maneuver. According to accident statistics, children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seats than in the front seat. Even with air bags, children can be seriously injured or killed. Children too large for a child restraint must use the seat belts provided.
All 50 states have child restraint laws which require children to travel in approved child restraint devices. The laws governing the age or height/weight restrictions at which seat belts can be used instead of child restraints differs among states, so you should be aware of the specific requirements in your state, and where you are travelling.
Child restraint systems must be properly placed and installed in the rear seat. You must use a commercially available child restraint system that meets the requirements of the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS 213).
Child restraint systems are generally designed to be secured in a vehicle seat by lap belt portion of a lap/shoulder belt, or by a LATCH system in the rear seats of the vehicle.
2-36
Safety system of your vehicle
Child restraint system (CRS) Infants and younger children must be
· Always follow the child restraint system manufactur-
Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS)
restrained in an appropriate rear-
er's instructions for installa- When selecting a CRS for your child,
ward-facing or forward-facing CRS that has first been properly secured to the rear seat of the vehicle. Read and comply with the instructions for installation and use provided by the manufacturer of the child restraint.
tion and use.
· Always properly restrain your child in the child restraint.
· If the vehicle head restraint prevents proper installation of
always:
· Make sure the CRS has a label certifying that it meets applicable Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS 213).
2
a child seat (as described in · Select a child restraint based on
WARNING
the child restraint system manual), the head restraint of
your child's height and weight. The required label or the instructions
An improperly secured child restraint can increase the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH in an accident. Always take the following precautions when
the respective seating position shall be readjusted or entirely removed.
· Do not use an infant carrier or a child safety seat that
for use typically provide this information.
· Select a child restraint that fits the vehicle seating position where it will be used.
using a child restraint system:
"hooks" over a seatback, it · Read and comply with the warn-
· NEVER install a child or infant restraint in the front passenger's seat.
may not provide adequate protection in an accident.
· After an accident, have a
ings and instructions for installation and use provided with the child restraint system.
· Always properly secure the child restraint to a rear seat of the vehicle.
HYUNDAI dealer check the child restraint system, seat belts, tether anchors and lower anchors.
2-37
Safety system of your vehicle
Child restraint system types There are three main types of child restraint systems: rearward-facing seats, forward-facing seats, and booster seats. They are classified according to the child's age, height and weight.
Rearward-facing child seats
WARNING
NEVER install a child or infant restraint in the front passenger's seat. Placing a rearward-facing child restraint in the front seat can result in SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH if the child restraint is struck by an inflating air bag.
OOS037028
A rearward-facing child seat provides restraint with the seating surface against the back of the child. The harness system holds the child in place, and in an accident, acts to keep the child positioned in the seat and reduce the stress to the neck and spinal cord.
All children under age one must always ride in a rearward-facing infant child restraint.
Convertible and 3-in-1 child seats typically have higher height and weight limits for the rearward-facing position, allowing you to keep your child rearward-facing for a longer period of time.
Continue to use a rearward-facing child seat for as long as your child will fit within the height and weight limits allowed by the child seat manufacturer. It's the best way to keep them safe. Once your child has outgrown the rearward-facing child restraint, your child is ready for a forward-facing child restraint with a harness.
2-38
Safety system of your vehicle
Booster seats
Installing a Child Restraint
A booster seat is a restraint designed System (CRS)
to improve the fit of the vehicle's seat
belt system. A booster seat positions the seat belt so that it fits properly
WARNING
2
over the lap of your child.
Before installing your child
Keep your child in a booster seat until restraint system always:
they are big enough to sit in the seat · Read and follow the instruc-
without a booster and still have the
tions provided by the manu-
seat belt fit properly. For a seat belt to
facturer of the child restraint.
OOS037029
Forward-facing child restraints
A forward-facing child seat provides restraint for the child's body with a harness. Keep children in a forwardfacing child seat with a harness until they reach the top height or weight limit allowed by your child restraint's
fit properly, the lap belt must lie snugly across the upper thighs, not the stomach. The shoulder belt should lie snug across the shoulder and chest and not across the neck or face. Children under age 13 must always ride in the rear seats and must always be properly restrained to minimize the risk of injury.
· Read and follow the instructions regarding child restraint systems in this manual.
Failure to follow all warnings and instructions could increase the risk of the SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH if an accident occurs.
manufacturer. Once your child outgrows the forward-
WARNING
facing child restraint, your child is ready for a booster seat.
If the vehicle head restraint prevents proper installation of a
child seat (as described in the
child seat system manual, the
head restraint of the respective
seating position shall be read-
justed or entirely removed.
2-39
Safety system of your vehicle
After selecting a proper child seat for your child, check to make sure it fits properly in your vehicle. Follow the instructions provided by the manufacturer when installing the child seat. Note these general steps when installing the seat to your vehicle:
· Properly secure the child restraint to the vehicle. All child restraints must be secured to the vehicle with the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt or with the LATCH system.
· Make sure the child restraint is firmly secured. After installing a child restraint to the vehicle, push and pull the seat forward-and-back and side-to-side to verify that it is securely attached to the seat. A child restraint secured with a seat belt should be installed as firmly as possible. However, some side-toside movement can be expected.
· Secure the child in the child restraint. Make sure the child is properly strapped in the child restraint according to the manufacturer instructions.
CAUTION
A child restraint in a closed vehicle can become very hot. To prevent burns, check the seating surface and buckles before placing your child in the child restraint.
Lower Anchors and Tether for Children (LATCH System)
The LATCH system holds a child restraint during driving and in an accident. This system is designed to make installation of the child restraint easier and reduce the possibility of improperly installing your child restraint. The LATCH system uses anchors in the vehicle and attachments on the child restraint. The LATCH system eliminates the need to use seat belts to secure the child restraint to the rear seats.
Lower anchors are metal bars built into the vehicle. There are two lower anchors for each LATCH seating position that will accommodate a child restraint with lower attachments.
To use the LATCH system in your vehicle, you must have a child restraint with LATCH attachments.
The child seat manufacturer will provide you with instructions on how to use the child seat with its attachments for the LATCH lower anchors.
2-40
Safety system of your vehicle
WARNING
Do not attempt to install a child
restraint system using LATCH anchors in the rear center seat-
2
ing position.There are no LATCH
anchors provided for this seat.
Using the outboard seat anchors
can damage the anchors which
may break or fail in a collision
resulting in serious injury or
OOSEV038012
death.
OOS037033L
LATCH anchors have been provided
[A] : Lower Anchor Position Indicator,
in the left and right outboard rear
[B] : Lower Anchor
seating positions. Their locations are
The lower anchor position indicator
shown in the illustration. There are no
symbols are located on the left and
LATCH anchors provided for the cen-
right rear seat backs to identify the
ter rear seating position.
position of the lower anchors in your
vehicle (see arrows in illustration).
The LATCH anchors are located between the seatback and the seat cushion of the rear seat left and right outboard seating positions.
2-41
Safety system of your vehicle
Securing a child restraint with the LATCH anchors system To install a LATCH-compatible child restraint in either of the rear outboard seating positions: 1. Move the seat belt buckle away from
the lower anchors. 2. Move any other objects away from
the anchors that could prevent a secure connection between the child restraint and the lower anchors. 3. Place the child restraint on the vehicle seat, then attach the seat to the lower anchors according to the instructions provided by the child restraint manufacturer. 4. Follow the child restraint instructions for properly adjusting and tightening the lower attachments on the child restraint to the lower anchors.
2-42
WARNING
Take the following precautions when using the LATCH system:
· Read and follow all installation instructions provided with your child restraint system.
· To prevent the child from reaching and taking hold of unretracted seat belts, buckle all unused rear seat belts and retract the seat belt webbing behind the child. Children can be strangled if a shoulder belt becomes wrapped around their neck and the seat belt tightens.
· NEVER attach more than one child restraint to a single anchor. This could cause the anchor or attachment to come loose or break.
· Always have the LATCH system inspected by your authorized HYUNDAI dealer after an accident. An accident can damage the LATCH system and may not properly secure the child restraint.
NOTICE
The recommended weight for the LATCH system is under 65 lb (30 kg).
How to determine an appropriate child restraint weight:
Child weight + Child restraint weight < 65 lb (30kg)
Securing a child restraint seat with "Tether Anchor" system
WARNING
Safety system of your vehicle
Take the following precautions
when installing the tether strap:
2
· Read and follow all installation
instructions provided with
your child restraint system.
OOSEV038027N
First secure the child restraint with the LATCH lower anchors or the seat belt. If the child restraint manufacturer recommends that the top tether strap be attached, attach and tighten the top tether strap to the top tether strap anchor.
Child restraint hook holders are located on the rear of the seatbacks.
· NEVER attach more than one child restraint to a single tether anchor. This could cause the anchor or attachment to come loose or break.
· Do not attach the tether strap to anything other than the correct tether anchor. It may not work properly if attached to something else.
· Do not use the tether anchors for adult seat belts or harnesses, or for attaching other items or equipment to the vehicle.
OOS037032N
To install the tether anchor:
1. Route the child restraint tether strap over the child restraint seatback. Route the tether strap under the head restraint and between the head restraint posts, or route the tether strap over the top of the vehicle seatback. Make sure the strap is not twisted.
2. Connect the tether strap hook to the tether anchor, then tighten the tether strap according to the child seat manufacturer's instructions to firmly secure the child restraint to the seat.
3. Check that the child restraint is securely attached to the seat by pushing and pulling the seat forward-and-back and side-to-side.
2-43
Safety system of your vehicle
Securing a child restraint with lap/shoulder belt When not using the LATCH system, all child restraints must be secured to a vehicle rear seat with the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt.
WARNING
ALWAYS place a rear-facing child restraint in the rear seat of the vehicle. Placing a rear-facing child restraint in the front seat can result in serious injury or death if the child restraint is struck by an inflating air bag.
OLMB033044
Automatic locking mode
Since all passenger seat belts move freely under normal conditions and only lock under extreme or emergency conditions (emergency locking mode), you must manually pull the seat belt all the way out to shift the retractor to the "Automatic Locking" mode to secure a child restraint.
The "Automatic Locking" mode will help prevent the normal movement of the child in the vehicle from causing the seat belt to loosen and compromise the child restraint system. To secure a child restraint system, use the following procedure.
To install a child restraint system on the rear seats, do the following:
1. Place the child restraint system on a rear seat and route the lap/ shoulder belt around or through the child restraint, following the restraint manufacturer's instructions.
NOTICE
When using the rear center seat belt, you should also refer to the "Rear Seat Belt Passenger's 3point system" section in this chapter.
2-44
Safety system of your vehicle
2
OOS037030
2. Make sure to insert the belt into the guide (1) and check that the seat belt is not twisted.
OLMB033045
3. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch into the buckle. Listen for the distinct "click" sound.
i Information
Position the release button so that it is easy to access in case of an emergency.
OLMB033097
4. Pull the shoulder portion of the seat belt all the way out. When the shoulder portion of the seat belt is fully extended, it will shift the retractor to the "Automatic Locking" (child restraint) mode.
2-45
Safety system of your vehicle
OLMB033098
5. Slowly allow the shoulder portion of the seat belt to retract and listen for an audible "clicking" or "ratcheting" sound. This indicates that the retractor is in the "Automatic Locking" mode. If no distinct sound is heard, repeat steps 3 and 4.
6. Remove as much slack from the belt as possible by pushing down on the child restraint system while feeding the shoulder belt back into the retractor.
7. Push and pull on the child restraint system to confirm that the seat belt is holding it firmly in place. If it is not, release the seat belt and repeat steps 2 through 6.
8. Double check that the retractor is in the "Automatic Locking" mode by attempting to pull more of the seat belt out of the retractor. If you cannot, the retractor is in the "Automatic Locking" mode.
If your CRS manufacturer instructs or recommends you to use a tether anchor with the lap/shoulder belt, refer to the previous pages for more information.
NOTICE
When the seat belt is allowed to retract to its fully stowed position, the retractor will automatically switch from the "Automatic Locking" mode to the emergency lock mode for normal adult usage.
WARNING
If the retractor is not in the "Automatic Locking" mode, the child restraint can move when your vehicle turns or stops suddenly. A child can be seriously injured or killed if the child restraint is not properly anchored in the car, including manually pulling the seat belt all the way out to shift the rectractor to the "Automatic Locking" mode.
To remove the child restraint, press the release button on the buckle and then pull the lap/shoulder belt out of the restraint and allow the seat belt to retract fully.
2-46
AIR BAG - ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
2
1. Driver's front air bag 2. Passenger's front air bag 3. Side air bag 4. Curtain air bag
Safety system of your vehicle
The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OOS037034
2-47
Safety system of your vehicle
This vehicle is equipped with an Advanced Supplemental Air Bag System for the driver's seat and front passenger's seats.
The front air bags are designed to supplement the three-point seat belts. For these air bags to provide protection, the seat belts must be worn at all times when driving.
You can be severely injured or killed in an accident if you are not wearing a seat belt. Air bags are designed to supplement seat belts, but do not replace them. Also, air bags are not designed to deploy in every collision. In some accidents, the seat belts are the only restraint protecting you.
WARNING
AIR BAG SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
ALWAYS use seat belts and child restraints - every trip, every time, everyone! Even with air bags, you can be seriously injured or killed in a collision if you are improperly belted or not wearing your seat belt when the air bag inflates.
NEVER place a child in any child restraint or booster seat in the front passenger seat. An inflating air bag could forcefully strike the infant or child causing serious or fatal injuries.
ABC - Always Buckle Children under age 13 in the back seat. It is the safest place for children of any age to ride. If a child age 13 or older must be seated in the front seat, he or she must be properly belted and the seat should be moved as far back as possible.
All occupants should sit upright with the seatback in an upright position, centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on, legs comfortably extended and their feet on the floor until the vehicle is parked and turned off. If an occupant is out of position during an accident, the rapidly deploying air bag may forcefully contact the occupant causing serious or fatal injuries.
You and your passengers should never sit or lean unnecessarily close to the air bags or lean against the door or center console.
Move your seat as far back as possible from front air bags, while still maintaining control of the vehicle. The U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) recommends that drivers allow at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the steering wheel and the chest.
2-48
Safety system of your vehicle
Where Are the Air Bags?
Driver's and passenger's front air bags
Your vehicle is equipped with a Advanced Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) and lap/shoulder belts at both the driver and passenger seating positions.
The SRS consists of air bags which are located in the center of the steering wheel and the passenger's side front panel pad above the glove box.
The air bags are labeled with the letters "AIR BAG" embossed on the pad covers.
Driver's front air bag Passenger's front air bag
The advanced SRS offers the ability to control the air bag inflation within two levels. A first stage level is provided for moderate-severity impacts.
A second stage level is provided for 2
more severe impacts.
OOSEV038013L
According to the impact severity, the SRS Control Module (SRSCM) controls the air bag inflation. Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or death from an inflating front air bags, take the following precautions: · Seat belts must be worn at all
times to help keep occupants positioned properly.
OOS037039
The purpose of the SRS is to provide the vehicle's driver and front passengers with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt system alone.
2-49
Safety system of your vehicle
· Move your seat as far back as possible from front air bags, while still maintaining control of the vehicle.
· Never lean against the door or center console.
· Do not allow the front passenger to place their feet or legs on the dashboard.
· No objects (such as crash pad cover, cellular phone holder, cup holder, perfume or stickers) should be placed over or near the air bag modules on the steering wheel, instrument panel, windshield glass, and the front passenger's panel above the glove box. Such objects could cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe enough to cause the air bags to deploy.
· Do not attach any objects on front windshield and inside mirror.
Side air bags
]
OOS037040
The purpose of the air bag is to provide the vehicle's driver and the front passenger with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt alone.
The side air bags are designed to deploy during certain side impact collisions, depending on the crash severity.
The side and curtain air bags on both sides of the vehicle may deploy if a rollover or possible rollover is detected.
The side air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact or rollover situations.
OOS037041
Your vehicle is equipped with a side air bag in each front seat.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or death from an inflating side air bag, take the following precautions: · Seat belts must be worn at all
times to help keep occupants positioned properly.
2-50
Safety system of your vehicle
· Do not allow passengers to lean their heads or bodies onto doors, put their arms on the doors, stretch their arms out of the window, or place objects between the doors and seats.
· Hold the steering wheel at the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock positions, to minimize the risk of injuries to your hands and arms.
· Do not use any accessory seat covers. This could reduce or prevent the effectiveness of the system.
· Do not place any objects over the air bag or between the air bag and yourself. Also, do not attach any objects around the area the air bag inflates such as the door, side door glass, front and rear pillar.
· Do not place any objects between the door and the seat. They may become dangerous projectiles if the side air bag inflates.
· Do not install any accessories on the side or near the side air bags.
· Do not put any objects between the side airbag label and seat cushion. It could cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe enough to cause the air bags to deploy.
· Do not cause impact to the doors when the POWER button is in the ON position or this may cause the side air bags to inflate.
· If the seat or seat cover is damaged, have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Curtain air bags
2
OOS037042
OOS037043
Curtain air bags are located along both sides of the roof rails above the front and rear doors.
2-51
Safety system of your vehicle
They are designed to help protect the heads of the front seat occupants and the rear outboard seat occupants in certain side impact collisions.
The curtain air bags are designed to deploy during certain side impact collisions, depending on the crash severity.
The side and curtain air bags on both sides of the vehicle may deploy if a rollover or possible rollover is detected.
The curtain air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact or rollover situations.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or death from an inflating curtain air bags, take the following precautions: · All seat occupants must wear
seat belts at all times to help keep occupants positioned properly.
· Properly secure child restraints as far away from the door as possible.
· Do not place any objects over the air bag. Also, do not attach any objects around the area the air bag inflates such as the door, side door glass, front and rear pillar, roof side rail.
· Do not hang other objects except clothes, especially hard or breakable objects. In an accident, it may cause vehicle damage or personal injury.
· Do not allow passengers to lean their heads or bodies onto doors, put their arms on the doors, stretch their arms out of the window, or place objects between the doors and seats.
· Do not open or repair the side curtain air bags.
How Does the Air Bag System Operate?
OAEE036075N
The SRS consists of the following components: 1. Driver's front air bag module 2. Passenger's front air bag module 3. Side air bag modules/
Side impact sensors (acceleration) 4. Curtain air bag modules 5. Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies 6. Air bag warning light 7. SRS control module (SRSCM)/
Rollover sensor 8. Front impact sensors
2-52
Safety system of your vehicle
9. Side impact sensors (pressure) 10. Emergency Fastening Device
SRS warning light
WARNING
System
If your SRS malfunctions, the air
11. Occupant classification system
bag may not inflate properly during an accident increasing the
2
The SRSCM (Supplemental Restraint System Control Module) continually monitors all SRS components while the POWER button is in the ON posi-
The SRS (Supplement Restraint System) air bag warning light on the instrument panel displays the air bag symbol depicted in the illustration.
risk of serious injury or death.
If any of the following conditions occur, your SRS is malfunctioning:
tion to determine if a crash impact is The system checks the air bag elec- · The light does not turn on for
severe enough to require air bag trical system for malfunctions. The
approximately six seconds
deployment or pre-tensioner seat belt light indicates that there is a potential
when the POWER button is in
deployment.
malfunction with your air bag system,
the ON position.
which could include your side and curtain air bags used for rollover protection.
· The light stays on after illuminating for approximately six seconds.
· The light comes on while the vehicle is in motion.
· The light blinks when the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode.
Have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer inspect the SRS as soon as possible if any of these conditions occur.
2-53
Safety system of your vehicle
During a frontal collision, sensors will detect the vehicle's deceleration. If the rate of deceleration is high enough, the control unit will inflate the front air bags.
The front air bags help protect the driver and front passenger by responding to frontal impacts in which seat belts alone cannot provide adequate restraint. When needed, the side air bags help provide protection in the event of a side impact or rollover.
· Air bags are activated (able to inflate if necessary) only when the POWER button is in the ON position.
· Air bags inflate in the event of certain frontal or side collisions to help protect the occupants from serious physical injury.
· Generally, air bags are designed to inflate based upon the severity of a collision, its direction, etc. These two factors determine whether the sensors produce an electronic deployment/inflation signal.
2-54
· The front air bags will completely inflate and deflate in an instant. It is virtually impossible for you to see the air bags inflate during an accident. It is much more likely that you will simply see the deflated air bags hanging out of their storage compartments after the collision.
· In addition to inflating in certain side collisions, vehicles equipped with a rollover sensor, side and curtain air bags will inflate if the sensing system detects a rollover.
When a rollover is detected, side and curtain air bags will remain inflated longer to help provide protection from ejection, especially when used in conjunction with the seat belts.
· To help provide protection, the air bags must inflate rapidly. The speed of air bag inflation is a consequence of extremely short time in which to inflate the air bag between the occupant and the vehicle structures before the occupant impacts those structures. This speed of inflation reduces the risk of serious or lifethreatening injuries and is thus a necessary part of air bag design.
However, the rapid air bag inflation can also cause injuries which can include facial abrasions, bruises and broken bones because the inflation speed also causes the air bags to expand with a great deal of force.
· There are even circumstances under which contact with the air bag can cause fatal injuries, especially if the occupant is positioned excessively close to the air bag.
You can take steps to help reduce the risk of being injured by an inflating air bag. The greatest risk is sitting too close to the air bag. An air bag needs about 10 inches (25 cm) of space to inflate. NHTSA recommends that drivers allow at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the steering wheel and the chest.
Safety system of your vehicle
WARNING
Driver's front air bag (1)
Driver's front air bag (2)
To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death from an inflating air bag, take the following pre-
2
cautions:
· NEVER place a child restraint in the front passenger seat.
Always properly restrain children under age 13 in the rear seats of the vehicle.
· Adjust the front passenger's and driver's seats as far to the rear as possible while allowing you to maintain full control of the vehicle.
· Hold the steering wheel with hands at the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock positions.
· Never place anything or anyone between the air bag and the seat occupant.
OHM039102N
When the SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe impact to the front of the vehicle, it will automatically deploy the front air bags.
OHM039103N
Upon deployment, tear seams molded directly into the pad covers will separate under pressure from the expansion of the air bags. Further opening of the covers allows full inflation of the air bags.
A fully inflated air bag, in combination with a properly worn seat belt, slows the driver or the front passenger forward motion, reducing the risk of head and chest injury.
· Do not allow the front passenger to place their feet or legs on the dashboard.
2-55
Safety system of your vehicle
Driver's front air bag (3) Passenger's front air bag
OHM039104N
WARNING
To prevent objects from becoming dangerous projectiles when the passenger's air bag inflates:
· Do not install or place any objects (drink holder, CD holder, stickers, etc.) on the front passenger's panel above the glove box where the passenger's air bag is located.
· Do not install a container of liquid air freshener near the instrument cluster or on the instrument panel surface.
What to Expect After an Air Bag Inflates
After a frontal or side air bag inflates, it will deflate very quickly. Air bag inflation will not prevent the driver from seeing out of the windshield or being able to steer. Curtain air bags may remain partially inflated for some time after they deploy.
OLMB033057
After complete inflation, the air bag immediately starts deflating, enabling the driver to maintain forward visibility and the ability to steer or operate other controls.
2-56
Safety system of your vehicle
WARNING
Noise and smoke from inflating Occupant Classification
air bag
System (OCS)
After an air bag inflates, take the following precautions:
· Open your windows and doors as soon as possible after impact to reduce prolonged exposure to the smoke and powder released by the inflating air bag.
When the air bags inflate, they make a loud noise and may produce smoke and powder in the air inside of the vehicle. This is normal and is a result of the ignition of the air bag inflator. After the air bag inflates, you may feel substantial discomfort in breathing because of the contact of your chest with both the seat belt and
2
· Do not touch the air bag stor- the air bag, as well as from breathing
age area's internal compo- the smoke and powder. The powder
nents immediately after an air may aggravate asthma for some
bag has inflated. The parts people. If you experience breathing
OOSEV038014N
that come into contact with an inflating air bag may be very hot.
· Always wash exposed skin
problems after an air bag deployment, seek medical attention immediately.
Though the smoke and powder are
Your vehicle is equipped with an Occupant Classification System (OCS) in the front passenger's seat.
areas thoroughly with cold nontoxic, they may cause irritation to
and mild soap.
the skin, eyes, nose, throat, etc. If
· Always have an authorized this is the case, wash and rinse with
HYUNDAI dealer replace the cold water immediately and seek
air bag immediately after medical attention if the symptoms
deployment. Air bags are persist.
designed to be used only
once.
2-57
Safety system of your vehicle
Main components of the Occupant Classification System
· A detection device located within the front passenger seat cushion.
· Electronic system to determine whether the passenger air bag systems should be activated or deactivated.
· An indicator light located on the instrument panel which illuminates the words "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicating the front passenger air bag system is deactivated.
· The instrument panel air bag indicator light is interconnected with the OCS.
The OCS is designed to detect the presence of a properly-seated front passenger and determine if the passenger's front air bag should be enabled (may inflate) or not.
The purpose is to help reduce the risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag to certain front passenger seat occupants, such as children, by requiring the air bag to be automatically turned OFF.
For example, if a child restraint of the type specified in the regulations is on the seat, the occupant classification sensor can detect it and cause the air bag to turn OFF.
Front passenger seat adult occupants who are properly seated and wearing the seat belt properly, should not cause the passenger air bag to be automatically turned OFF. For small adults it may be turned OFF, however, if the occupant does not sit in the seat properly (for example, by not sitting upright, by sitting on the edge of the seat, or by otherwise being out of position), this could cause the sensor to turn the air bag OFF.
You will find the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicator on the center facia panel. This system detects the conditions 1-4 in the following table and activates or deactivates the front passenger air bag based on these conditions.
2-58
Safety system of your vehicle
Always be sure that you and all vehi- Condition and operation in the front passenger Occupant Classification System
cle occupants are seated properly
and wearing the seat belt properly for
Indicator/Warning light
Devices
the most effective protection by the air bag and the seat belt.
The OCS may not function properly if
Condition detected by the occupant classification system
"PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicator light
SRS warning light
Front passenger air bag
2
the passenger takes actions which can affect the classification system. 1. Adult *1
Off
Off
Activated
These include:
2. Infant *2 or child restraint
· Failing to sit in an upright position.
system with 12 months old *3 *4
On
Off
Deactivated
· Leaning against the door or center console.
· Sitting towards the sides of the front of the seat.
· Putting their legs on the dashboard or resting them on other locations which reduce the passenger weight on the front seat.
· Wearing the seat belt improperly.
· Reclining the seatback.
· Wearing a thick cloth like ski wear or hip protection wear.
3. Unoccupied 4. Malfunction in the system
On
Off
Deactivated
Off
On
Activated
*1 The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller adult sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as a child depending on his/her physique and posture.
*2 Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. When a larger child who has outgrown a child restraint system sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as an adult depending upon his/her physique or sitting position.
*3 Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat.
*4 The PASSENGER AIR BAG "OFF" indicator may turn on or off when a child above 12 months to 12 years old (with or without child restraint system) sits in the front passenger seat. This is a normal condition.
· Putting an additional thick cushion on the seat.
· Putting electrical devices (e.g. notebook, satellite radio) on the seat with inverter charging.
2-59
Safety system of your vehicle
WARNING
Riding in an improper position or placing weight on the front passenger's seat when it is unoccupied by a passenger adversely affects the OCS. To reduce the risk of serious injury or death:
· NEVER put a heavy load in the front seat or seatback pocket, or hang any items on the front passenger seat.
· NEVER ride with the seatback reclined when the vehicle is moving.
OVQ036013NB
· NEVER place your feet on the front passenger seatback.
OLMB033103
· NEVER place your feet or legs on the dashboard.
2-60
OLMB033100
· NEVER sit with your hips shifted towards the front of the seat.
OLMB033101
OLMB033102
· NEVER lean on the door or center console or sit on one side of the front passenger seat.
OLMB033104
Safety system of your vehicle
· Do not sit on the passenger seat wearing heavily padded clothes such as ski wear and hip protector.
ODH035900K
· Do not place electronic
devices such as laptops,
DVD player, or conductive
materials such as water
2
bottles on the passenger
seat.
· Do not use electronic OOS037066 devices such as laptops
and satellite radios which use inverter chargers.
· Do not use car seat accessories such as thick blankets and cushions which cover up the car seat surface.
ODH035901K
· If large quantity of liquid has been spilled on the passenger seat, the air bag warning light may illuminate or malfunction.
OOS037067
Therefore, make sure the seat has been completely dried before driving the vehicle.
· Do not place sharp objects on the front passenger seat. These may damage the occupant detection system, if they puncture the seat cushion.
· Do not place any items under the front passenger seat.
· When changing or replacing the seat or seat cover, use original items only. The OCS has been developed based on using original HYUNDAI car seats only. Altering or changing the authentic parts may result in system malfunction and increase risk of injury when in collision. Any of the above could interfere with the proper operation of the OCS sensor thereby increasing the risk of an injury in an accident.
2-61
Safety system of your vehicle
B990A01O
Proper seated position for OCS
If the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicator is on when an adult is seated in the front passenger seat, place the POWER button in the OFF position and ask the passenger to sit properly (sitting upright with the seat back in an upright position, centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on, legs comfortably extended and their feet on the floor). Restart the vehicle and have the person remain in that position. This will allow the system to detect the person and to enable the passenger air bag. If the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicator is still on, ask the passenger to move to the rear seat.
WARNING
Never allow an adult passenger to ride in the front passenger seat when the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicator is illuminated. During a collision, the air bag will not inflate if the indicator is illuminated. Have your passenger reposition himself in the seat. If the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicator remains illuminated after the passenger repositions himself properly and the vehicle is restarted, have the passenger move to the rear seat because the air bag will not inflate.
NOTICE
The "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicator illuminates for approximately 4 seconds after the POWER button is in the ON position or after the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode. If the front passenger seat is occupied, the OCS will then classify the front passenger after several more seconds.
Do Not Install a Child Restraint in the Front Passenger's Seat
1JBH3051
Even though your vehicle is equipped with the OCS, never install a child restraint in the front passenger's seat. An inflating air bag can forcefully strike a child or child restraint resulting in serious or fatal injury.
2-62
WARNING
· NEVER place a rear-facing or front-facing child restraint in the front passenger's seat of the vehicle.
· An inflating frontal air bag could forcefully strike a child resulting in serious injury or death.
· Always properly restrain children in an appropriate child restraint in the rear seat of the vehicle.
Why Didn't My Air Bag Go Off in a Collision?
Air bags are not designed to inflate in every collision. There are certain types of accidents in which the air bag would not be expected to provide additional protection. These include rear impacts, second or third collisions in multiple impact accidents, as well as low speed impacts. Damage to the vehicle indicates a collision energy absorption, and is not an indicator of whether or not an air bag should have inflated.
Air bag collision sensors
WARNING
To reduce the risk of an air bag deploying unexpectedly and causing serious injury or death: · Do not hit or allow any objects
to impact the locations where air bags or sensors are installed.
· Do not perform maintenance on or around the air bag sensors. If the location or angle of the sensors is altered, the air bags may deploy when they should not or may not deploy when they should.
· Do not install bumper guards or replace the bumper with a non-genuine HYUNDAI parts. This may adversely affect the collision and air bag deployment performance.
· Place the POWER button in
the OFF or ACC position when
the vehicle is being towed to
prevent inadvertent air bag deployment.
2
· Have all air bag repairs conducted by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
2-63
Safety system of your vehicle
Safety system of your vehicle
1. SRS control module/Rollover sensor 2. Front impact sensor 3. Side pressure sensor 4. Side impact sensor
2-64
OOSEV038064N/OOSEV038016K/OOSEV038017N/OOS037047/OOS037048
Safety system of your vehicle
Air bag inflation conditions
OOSEV038018
Front air bags Front air bags are designed to inflate in a frontal collision depending on the the severity of impact of the front collision.
Although the driver's and front passenger's air bags are designed to inflate only in frontal collisions, they also may inflate in other types of col-
lisions if the front impact sensors 2
detect a sufficient impact. Side and curtain air bags are designed to inflate only in side impact collisions or rollover situations, but they may inflate in other collisions if the side impact sensors detect a sufficient OOSEV038019N impact.
If the vehicle chassis is impacted by bumps or objects on unimproved roads, the air bags may deploy. Drive carefully on unimproved roads or on surfaces not designed for vehicle traffic to prevent unintended air bag deployment.
OOSEV038028
Side and curtain air bags Side and curtain air bags are designed to inflate when an impact is detected by side collision sensors depending on the severity of impact resulting from a side impact collision.
2-65
Safety system of your vehicle Air bag non-inflation conditions
OOSEV038021
In certain low-speed collisions the air bags may not deploy. The air bags are designed not to deploy in such cases because they may not provide benefits beyond the protection of the seat belts.
OOSEV038020
Front air bags are not designed to inflate in rear collisions, because occupants are moved backward by the force of the impact. In this case, inflated air bags would not provide any additional benefit.
OOSEV038022N
Front air bags may not inflate in side impact collisions, because occupants move in the direction of the collision, and thus in side impacts, front air bag deployment would not provide additional occupant protection.
However, side and curtain air bags may inflate depending on the severity of impact.
2-66
Safety system of your vehicle
2
OTL035069
In an angled collision, the force of impact may direct the occupants in a direction where the air bags would not be able to provide any additional benefit, and thus the sensors may not deploy any air bags.
OOSEV038023
Just before impact, drivers often brake heavily. Such heavy braking lowers the front portion of the vehicle causing it to "ride" under a vehicle with a higher ground clearance. Air bags may not inflate in this "underride" situation because deceleration forces that are detected by sensors may be significantly reduced by such "underride" collisions.
OTL035068
Front air bags may not inflate in rollover accidents because air bag deployment could not provide protection to the occupants.
However, side and curtain air bags may inflate when the vehicle is rolled over by a side impact collision.
2-67
Safety system of your vehicle
OOSEV038024
Air bags may not inflate if the vehicle collides with objects such as utility poles or trees, where the point of impact is concentrated and the collision energy is absorbed by the vehicle structure.
SRS Care
The SRS is virtually maintenancefree and there are no parts you can safely service by yourself. If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate when the POWER button is in the ON position, or continuously remains on, have your vehicle immediately inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Any work on the SRS system, such as removing, installing, repairing, or any work on the steering wheel, the front passenger's panel, front seats and roof rails must be performed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Improper handling of the SRS system may result in serious personal injury.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or death, take the following precautions: · Do not attempt to modify or
disconnect the SRS components or wiring, including the addition of any kind of badges to the pad covers or modifications to the body structure.
2-68
· Do not place objects over or near the air bag modules on the steering wheel, instrument panel, or the front passenger's panel above the glove box.
· Clean the air bag pad covers with a soft cloth moistened with plain water. Solvents or cleaners could adversely affect the air bag covers and proper deployment of the system.
· Always have inflated air bags replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· If components of the air bag system must be discarded, or if the vehicle must be scrapped, certain safety precautions must be observed. Consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for the necessary information. Failure to follow these precautions could increase the risk of personal injury.
Safety system of your vehicle
Additional Safety Precautions Modifications to accommodate Air Bag Warning Labels
Passengers should not move out of or change seats while the vehicle is moving. A passenger who is not wearing a seat belt during a crash or emergency stop can be thrown
disabilities. If you require modification to your vehicle to accommodate a disability, contact the HYUNDAI Customer Connect Center at 800633-5151.
2
against the inside of the vehicle,
against other occupants, or be ejected Adding equipment to or modify-
from the vehicle.
ing your air bag equipped vehicle
OAD035053N
Do not use any accessories on seat belts. Devices claiming to improve occupant comfort or reposition the seat belt can reduce the protection provided by the seat belt and increase the chance of serious injury in a crash
Do not modify the front seats. Modification of the front seats could interfere with the operation of the supplemental restraint system sensing
If you modify your vehicle by changing your vehicle's frame, bumper system, front end or side sheet metal or ride height, this may affect the operation of your vehicle's air bag system.
Air bag warning labels, required by the U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), are attached to alert the driver and passengers of potential risks of the air bag system. Be sure to read all of the information about the air bags that are installed on your vehicle in this Owners Manual.
components or side air bags.
Do not place items under the front seats. Placing items under the front seats could interfere with the operation of the supplemental restraint system sensing components and wiring harnesses.
Do not cause impact to the doors. Impact to the doors when the POWER button is in the ON position may cause the air bags to inflate.
2-69
Convenient features of your vehicle
Accessing Your Vehicle .........................................3-3 Exterior Features.................................................3-41
Smart Key ..........................................................................3-3
Hood ...................................................................................3-41
Immobilizer System ..........................................................3-8
Liftgate ..............................................................................3-43
Door Locks............................................................3-10
Charging Door..................................................................3-45
Operating Door Locks from Outside the Vehicle ..3-10
Instrument Cluster ...............................................3-46
Operating Door Locks from Inside the Vehicle ......3-11
Instrument Cluster Control............................................3-47
Automatic Door Lock and Unlock Features .............3-13 Child-Protector Rear Door Locks ...............................3-14
Gauges and Meters ........................................................3-48
3
Warning and Indicator lights ........................................3-53
Theft-Alarm System............................................3-15
LCD Display Messages ..................................................3-65
Steering Wheel .....................................................3-16
LCD Display ...........................................................3-78
Electric Power Steering (EPS) .....................................3-16 Tilt Steering / Telescopic Steering .............................3-17
LCD Display Control........................................................3-78 LCD Display Modes ........................................................3-79
Horn ....................................................................................3-18
Trip Computer .......................................................3-92
Heated Steering Wheel..................................................3-18
Head Up Display (HUD).......................................3-96
Mirrors...................................................................3-19 Inside Rearview Mirror ..................................................3-19 Side View Mirrors ...........................................................3-29
Lighting..................................................................3-99 Exterior Lights .................................................................3-99 Smart Cornering Lamp.................................................3-106
Windows ................................................................3-32
Welcome System ...........................................................3-106
Power Windows ...............................................................3-33
Interior Lights ................................................................3-107
Sunroof..................................................................3-36 Wipers and Washers ........................................3-110
Sunroof Opening and Closing ......................................3-37
Front Windshield Wipers ...........................................3-110
Sliding the Sunroof.........................................................3-37
Front Windshield Washers ........................................3-112
Tilting the Sunroof .........................................................3-38
Rear Window Wiper and Washer..............................3-113
Sunshade ...........................................................................3-39
Resetting the Sunroof ...................................................3-39
Sunroof Open Warning..................................................3-40
Rear view monitor (RVM) ...............................3-114
Reverse parking distance warning (PDW) .....3-115
Operation of Reverse Parking Distance
Warning system.............................................................3-115
To Turn OFF Reverse Parking Distance
Warning system.............................................................3-116
3
Conditions Where Reverse Parking Distance
Warning system May Not Operate...........................3-117
Reverse Parking Distance Warning system
Precautions.....................................................................3-118
Automatic Climate Control System..................3-119
Automatic Temperature Control Mode ....................3-120
Manual Temperature Control Mode .........................3-121
System Operation .........................................................3-128
System Maintenance....................................................3-130
Windshield Defrosting and Defogging............3-132
To Defog Inside Windshield........................................3-132
To Defrost Outside Windshield..................................3-133
Defogging logic..............................................................3-133
Auto Defogging System ..............................................3-133
Rear Window Defroster ..............................................3-135
Climate Control Additional Features ...............3-136
Cluster ionizer................................................................3-136
Automatic Ventilation...................................................3-136
Storage Compartment .......................................3-137 Center Console Storage ..............................................3-137 Glove Box........................................................................3-137 Sunglass Holder.............................................................3-137
Interior Features ................................................3-139 Cup Holder ......................................................................3-139 Sunvisor...........................................................................3-140 Power Outlet ..................................................................3-141 USB Charger...................................................................3-142 Wireless Cellular Phone Charging System..............3-142 Clock .................................................................................3-144 Coat Hook .......................................................................3-145 Floor Mat Anchor(s).....................................................3-145 Luggage Net Holder .....................................................3-146 Cargo Area Cover..........................................................3-147
Convenient features of your vehicle
ACCESSING YOUR VEHICLE Smart Key
Locking your vehicle
i Information
The door handle button will only operate when the smart key is within 28~40 inches (0.7~1 m) from the outside door handle.
Note that you cannot lock your vehi- 3
cle using the door handle button if any of the following occur:
· The Smart Key is in the vehicle.
OPD046044
Your HYUNDAI uses a Smart Key, which you can use to lock or unlock the driver and passenger doors or the rear liftgate.
OOS047001
To lock your vehicle using the door handle button or the Smart Key:
1. Make sure all doors, the hood and the liftgate are closed.
· The POWER button is in ACC or ON position.
· Any of the doors are open except for the liftgate.
WARNING
1. Door Lock 2. Door Unlock 3. Liftgate Unlock 4. Panic
2. Make sure you have the smart key in your possession.
3. Press either the button on the door handle or the Door Lock button (1) on the smart key. The chime will sound once and the hazard warning lights will blink.
4. Make sure the doors are locked by checking the position of the door lock button inside the vehicle.
Do not leave the Smart Key in your vehicle with unsupervised children. Unattended children could press the POWER button and may operate power windows or other controls, or even make the vehicle move, which could result in serious injury or death.
3-3
Convenient features of your vehicle
Unlocking your vehicle
OOS047001
To unlock your vehicle: 1. Make sure you have the smart key
in your possession. 2. Press either the button on the
door handle or the Door Unock button (2) on the smart key. The driver's door will unlock and the hazard warning lights will blink two times.
Two Press Unlock Feature
The priority for unlocking the driver door only, or unlocking all the doors with one press may be adjusted in the User Settings mode in the cluster LCD display.
The Two Press Unlock feature, when enabled, will require the user to press the door unlock button once for driver door only and twice for unlocking all the doors.
Select or Deselect the Two Press Unlock feature in the User Settings mode in the cluster LCD display. The option can be found under the following menu:
User Settings Door Two Press Unlock
The Two Press Unlock feature can also be enabled or disabled by pressing the door lock and unlock buttons simultaneously on the Key FOB:
Press and hold both the Door Lock button and the Door Unlock button simultaneously until the hazard warning lights blink.
This will enable or disable the Two Press Unlock feature. Repeat this procedure to enable/disable the mode again.
i Information
· The door handle buttons will only operate when the smart key is within 28-40 inches (0.7~1m) from the outside door handle
· Either the driver or front passenger door can be opened with the door handle button when the smart key is within this range
· If you press the front passenger outside door handle with the smart key in your possession, all the doors will unlock
3-4
Convenient features of your vehicle
Opening the liftgate
Panic button
NOTICE
To unlock and open the liftgate:
1. Make sure you have the smart key in your possession.
2. Press either the liftgate handle release switch on the vehicle or press and hold the Liftgate Unlock button on the smart key for more
Press and hold the Panic button (4) for more than one second. The horn sounds and hazard warning lights blink for about 30 seconds. To cancel the panic mode, press any button on the Smart Key.
To prevent damaging the smart key:
· Keep the smart key in a cool, dry place to avoid damage or malfunction. Exposure to moisture or high temperature may cause the internal circuit of the smart key to malfunction which may
3
than one second. The hazard Start-up
not be covered under warranty.
warning lights will blink two times and the liftgate latch will unlock.
You can start the vehicle without inserting the key.
· Avoid dropping or throwing the smart key.
3. Once the liftgate is opened and then closed, the liftgate will automatically re-lock after 30 seconds.
For information, refer to the "POWER button" section in chap-
· Protect the smart key from extreme temperatures.
ter 5.
i Information
· The liftgate handle switch will only operate when the smart key is within 28 inches (0.7 m) from the liftgate handle.
· The Liftgate Unlock button (3) will only unlock the liftgate. It will not release the latch and open the liftgate automatically. If the Liftgate Unlock button is used, someone must still press the liftgate handle switch to open the liftgate.
3-5
Convenient features of your vehicle
Mechanical key
OPD046045
If the Smart Key does not operate normally, you can lock or unlock the driver's door by using the mechanical key. To remove the mechanical key from the smart key FOB, slide the release lever in the direction of the arrow (1) and then pull the mechanical key (2) outward. To unlock the vehicle using the mechanical key. insert the mechanical key into the key hole in the driver door. To reinstall the mechanical key into the FOB, insert the key in the top of the key FOB and push inward until a click sound is heard.
Loss of a smart key
A maximum of two Smart Keys can be registered to a single vehicle. If you happen to lose your smart key, you should immediately take the vehicle and remaining keys to your authorized HYUNDAI dealer or tow the vehicle, if necessary.
Smart key precautions
The smart key may not work if any of the following occur:
· The smart key is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the transmitter.
· The smart key is near a mobile two way radio system or a cellular phone.
· Another vehicle's smart key is being operated close to your vehicle.
If the smart key does not work correctly, open and close the door with the mechanical key. If you have a problem with the smart key, contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
If the smart key is in close proximity to your mobile phone, the signal could be blocked by your mobile phone's normal operational signals. This is specifically relevant when the phone is active such as making and receiving calls, text messaging, and/or sending/receiving emails.
3-6
Convenient features of your vehicle
When possible, avoid keeping the remote key and your mobile phone in the same location such as a pants or jacket pocket in order to avoid interference between the two devices.
i Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following three conditions:
Battery replacement
NOTICE
1. This device may not cause harmful
Keep the smart key away from
interference.
3
electromagnetic materials that 2. This device must accept any inter-
block electromagnetic waves to
ference received, including inter-
the key surface.
ference that may cause undesired
operation.
NOTICE
Always have the smart key with you when leaving the vehicle. If the smart key is left near the vehicle, the vehicle battery may be discharged.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the device.
OPD046046
If the Smart Key is not working properly, try replacing the battery with a new one.
Battery Type: CR2032
To replace the battery:
1. Remove the mechanical key.
2. Use a slim tool to pry open the rear cover of the smart key.
3. Remove the old battery and insert the new battery. Make sure the battery position is correct.
4. Reinstall the rear cover of the smart key.
3-7
Convenient features of your vehicle
If you suspect your smart key might have sustained some damage, or you feel your smart key is not working correctly, contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
i Information
An inappropriately disposed battery can be harmful to the environment and human health. Dispose of the battery according to your local law(s) or regulations.
Immobilizer System
The immobilizer system protects your vehicle from theft. If an improperly coded key (or other device) is used, the vehicle's power system is disabled.
When the POWER button is placed in the ON position, the immobilizer system indicator should come on briefly, then go off. If the indicator starts to blink, the system does not recognize the coding of the key.
Press the POWER button to the OFF position, then press the POWER button to the ON position again.
In some circumstances, the vehicle may not recognize your smart key if another smart key device is nearby or a metal object such as a key chain is causing interference with the smart key.
If this occurs, your vehicle may not start. Remove any metal objects or additional keys near the smart key before attempting to start the vehicle again.
If the system repeatedly does not recognize the coding of the key, it is recommended that you contact your HYUNDAI dealer.
Do not attempt to alter this system or add other devices to it. Electrical problems could result that may make your vehicle inoperable.
WARNING
In order to prevent theft of your vehicle, do not leave spare keys anywhere in your vehicle. Your immobilizer password is a customer unique password and should be kept confidential.
3-8
NOTICE
The transponder in your key is an important part of the immobilizer system. It is designed to give years of trouble-free service, however you should avoid exposure to moisture, static electricity and rough handling. Immobilizer system malfunction could occur.
i Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference.
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the device.
3
3-9
Convenient features of your vehicle
Convenient features of your vehicle
DOOR LOCKS Operating Door Locks from Outside the Vehicle
Mechanical key
Smart key
If you press the button on the front passenger's outside door, all doors will unlock.
Once the doors are unlocked, they may be opened by pulling the door handle.
When closing the door, push the door by hand. Make sure that doors are closed securely.
[A] : Lock, [B] : Unlock
OOSEV048001
If you lock the driver's door with a mechanical key, the driver's door will lock. If you unlock the driver's door with a mechanical key, you can open and close the driver's door only.
Once the doors are unlocked, they may be opened by pulling the door handle. When closing the door, push the door by hand. Make sure that doors are closed securely.
3-10
Door Door Lock Unlock
OOS047001
OPD046004
Press the button on the driver's outside door handle while carrying the Smart Key with you or press the Door Unlock button on the Smart Key, the driver's door will unlock.
i Information
· In cold and wet climates, door lock and door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions.
· If the door is locked/unlocked multiple times in rapid succession with either the vehicle key or door lock switch, the system may stop operating temporarily in order to protect the circuit and prevent damage to system components.
· Two press unlock setting can be changed in the User Settings mode on the cluster.
Convenient features of your vehicle
Operating Door Locks from Inside the Vehicle
With the door lock button
· If the inner door handle of either the driver door or passenger door
i Information
is pulled when the door lock button If the 12V auxiliary battery is low and
is in the lock position, the button is you cannot use the smart key to lock
unlocked and the door will open. your vehicle, you may have to lock the
· The doors cannot be locked if the smart key is inside the vehicle and any of the doors are open.
doors manually. You can lock the driver's door with the mechanical key in the key FOB and lock the other doors with the lock button on the inside door
3
i Information
handle.
If a power door lock ever fails to function while you are in the vehicle try one or more of the following techniques to exit:
OOSEV048002
· To unlock a door, push the door lock button (1) to the "Unlock" position. The red mark (2) on the door lock button will be visible.
· To lock a door, push the door lock button (1) to the "Lock" position. If the door is locked properly, the red mark (2) on the door lock button will not be visible.
· Operate the door unlock feature repeatedly (both electronic and manual) while simultaneously pulling on the door handle.
· Operate the other door locks and handles, front and rear.
· Lower a front window and use the mechanical key to unlock the door from outside.
· To open a door, pull the door handle (3) outward.
3-11
Convenient features of your vehicle
With the central door lock switch
Driver's door
The lock button is indicated by a ( ) symbol. The unlock button is indicated by a ( ) symbol.
When the lock button (1) is pressed, all the vehicle doors will lock.
When the unlock button (2) is pressed, all the vehicle doors will unlock.
If the smart key is in the vehicle and any door is open, the doors will not lock even though the lock button (2) is pressed.
Passenger's door
OOSEV048215N
OOSEV048214N
The driver side and front passenger side door armrest is equipped with a central door lock switch.
WARNING
· The doors should always be fully closed and locked while the vehicle is in motion. If the doors are unlocked, the risk of being thrown from the vehicle in a crash is increased.
· Do not pull the inner door handle of the driver's or passenger's door while the vehicle is moving.
3-12
WARNING
Do not leave children or animals unattended in your vehicle. An enclosed vehicle can become extremely hot, causing death or serious injury to unattended children or animals who cannot escape the vehicle. Children might operate features of the vehicle that could injure them, or they could encounter other harm, possibly from someone gaining entry to the vehicle.
Convenient features of your vehicle
WARNING
Always secure your vehicle.
Leaving your vehicle unlocked increases the potential risk to you or others from someone hiding in your vehicle.
To secure your vehicle, while depressing the brake, shift to the P (Park) position, engage the parking brake, and place the POWER button in the OFF position, close all windows, lock all doors, and always take the key with you.
CAUTION
Automatic Door Lock and Unlock Features
Opening a door when something Your vehicle is equipped with fea-
is approaching may cause dam- tures that will automatically lock or
age or injury. Be careful when unlock your vehicle based on set-
opening doors and watch for tings you select in the cluster LCD
vehicles, motorcycles, bicycles display. or pedestrians approaching the
3
vehicle in the path of the door.
Auto LOCK - Enable on Speed
WARNING
If you stay in the vehicle for a long time while the weather is very hot or cold, there are risks of injuries or danger to life. Do not lock the vehicle from the outside when someone is in the vehicle.
When this feature is set in the cluster LCD display, all the doors will be locked automatically when the vehicle exceeds 9 mph (15 kph).
Auto LOCK - Enable on Shift When this feature is set in the cluster LCD display, all the doors will be locked automatically when the vehicle is shifted out of P (Park) while the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode.
3-13
Convenient features of your vehicle
Auto UNLOCK - Enable on Shift When this feature is set in the LCD cluster display, all the doors will be unlocked automatically when the vehicle is shifted back into P (Park).
For more information on these features, refer to the LCD Display section later in this chapter.
Additional Unlock Safety Feature - Air Bag Deployment As an additional safety feature, all doors will be automatically unlocked when an impact causes the air bags to deploy.
Child-Protector Rear Door Locks
OOSEV048003
The child safety lock is provided to help prevent children seated in the rear from accidentally opening the rear doors. The rear door safety locks should be used whenever children are in the vehicle. The child safety lock is located on the edge of each rear door. When the child safety lock is in the lock position, the rear door will not open if the inner door handle is pulled. To lock the child safety lock, insert a small flat blade tool (like a screwdriver or similar) (1) into the slot and turn it to the lock position as shown.
To allow a rear door to be opened from inside the vehicle, unlock the child safety lock.
WARNING
If children accidently open the rear doors while the vehicle is in motion, they could fall out of the vehicle. The rear door safety locks should always be used whenever children are in the vehicle.
3-14
Convenient features of your vehicle
THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM
This system helps to protect your Once the security system is set, vehicle and valuables. The horn will opening any door, the liftgate, or the
i Information
sound and the hazard warning lights hood without using the smart key will · Do not lock the doors until all pas-
will blink continuously if any of the cause the alarm to activate.
sengers have left the vehicle. If the
following occur:
- A door is opened without using the smart key.
The Theft Alarm System will not set if the hood, the liftgate, or any door is not fully closed. If the alarm system
remaining passenger leaves the vehicle when the system is armed, the alarm will be activated.
- The liftgate is opened without using the smart key.
- The hood is opened.
The alarm continues for 30 seconds (repeats 2 times unless the system is
will not set, check to see that the hood, the liftgate and the doors are all fully closed.
Do not attempt to alter this system or add other devices to it.
· If the vehicle is not disarmed with the smart key, open the doors by using the mechanical key and start the vehicle ( indicator ON) by directly pressing the POWER button with the smart key.
3
disarmed), then the system resets. To turn off the alarm, unlock the doors with the smart key.
· If the system is disarmed by unlocking the vehicle, but neither a door or the liftgate is opened within 30 sec-
The Theft Alarm System automati-
onds, the doors will relock and the
cally sets 30 seconds after you lock
system will rearm automatically.
the doors and the liftgate. For the
system to activate, you must lock the
doors and the liftgate from outside
the vehicle with the smart key or by
pressing the button on the outside of
the door handle with the smart key in
your possession.
The hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound once to indicate the system is armed.
3-15
Convenient features of your vehicle
STEERING WHEEL
Electric Power Steering (EPS)
The system assists you with steering the vehicle. If the vehicle is turned off or if the power steering system becomes inoperative, you may still steer the vehicle, but it will require increased steering effort.
Should you notice any change in the effort required to steer during normal vehicle operation, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
NOTICE
· If the Electric Power Steering System does not operate normally, the warning light ( ) will illuminate on the instrument cluster. You may steer the vehicle, but it will require increased steering efforts. Take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked as soon as possible.
· If a malfunction is detected in the electric power steering (EPS) system, the power steering assist will be disabled. If this occurs, the EPS warning light in the cluster will either turn on or blink. The steering effort when turning may be increased. Have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
i Information
The following symptoms may occur during normal vehicle operation:
· The steering effort may be high immediately after placing the ignition switch in the ON position.
This happens as the system performs the EPS system diagnostics. When the diagnostics are completed, the steering wheel effort will return to its normal condition.
· When the battery voltage is low, you might have to put more steering effort. However, it is a temporary condition so that it will return to normal condition after charging the battery.
· A click noise may be heard from the EPS relay after the POWER button is in the ON or OFF position.
· Motor noise may be heard when the vehicle is at a stop or at a low driving speed.
· When you operate the steering wheel in low temperatures, you may hear a noise from the electric power steering system. If the temperature rises, the noise will disappear. This is a normal condition.
3-16
Tilt Steering / Telescopic Steering
CAUTION
Convenient features of your vehicle
When adjusting the steering wheel to
While adjusting the steering
a comfortable position, adjust the
wheel height, please do not
steering wheel so that it points
push or pull it hard since the fix-
toward your chest, not toward your
ture can be damaged.
face. Make sure you can see the instrument cluster warning lights and
3
gauges. After adjusting, push the
steering wheel both up and down to
be certain it is locked in position.
Always adjust the position of the
OOS047006
steering wheel before driving.
To adjust the steering wheel angle
and height:
WARNING
1. Pull down the lock-release lever (1).
NEVER adjust the steering wheel while driving. This may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
2. Adjust the steering wheel to the desired angle (2) and distance forward/back (3).
3. Pull up the lock-release lever to lock the steering wheel in place.
i Information
Sometimes the lock release lever may not engage completely. This may occur when the gears of the locking mechanism do not completely mesh. If this occurs, pull down on the lock-release lever, readjust the steering wheel again, and then pull back up on the release lever to lock the steering wheel in place.
3-17
Convenient features of your vehicle
Horn
Heated Steering Wheel (if equipped)
NOTICE
Do not install any cover or accessory on the steering wheel. The cover or accessory could cause damage to the heated steering wheel system.
OOS047008
To sound the horn, press the area indicated by the horn symbol on your steering wheel (see illustration). The horn will operate only when this area is pressed.
NOTICE
Do not strike the horn severely to operate it, or hit it with your fist. Do not press on the horn with a sharp-pointed object.
OOSEV048004L
When the POWER button is in the ON position or when the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode, press the heated steering wheel button to warm the steering wheel. The indicator on the button will illuminate.
To turn the heated steering wheel off, press the button again. The indicator on the button will turn off.
The heated steering wheel will automatically turn off after approximately 30 minutes.
3-18
Convenient features of your vehicle
MIRRORS
Inside Rearview Mirror Before driving your vehicle, check to
WARNING
Blue Link® center (if equipped)
see that your inside rearview mirror NEVER adjust the mirror while is properly positioned. Adjust the driving. This may cause loss of rearview mirror so that the view vehicle control resulting in an through the rear window is properly accident. centered.
3
WARNING
NOTICE
When cleaning the mirror, use a
Make sure your line of sight is paper towel or similar material
not obstructed. Do not place dampened with glass cleaner. Do
objects in the rear seat, cargo area, or behind the rear headrests which could interfere with your vision through the rear window.
not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror as this may cause the liquid cleaner to enter the mirror housing.
OOSEV048039N
For details, refer to the Blue Link® Owner's Guide, Navigation Manual or Audio Manual.
WARNING
To prevent serious injury during an accident or deployment of the air bag, do not modify the rearview mirror and do not install a wide mirror.
3-19
Convenient features of your vehicle
Electrochromic mirror (ECM) with HomeLink® system, compass and Blue Link® (if equipped)
HomeLink Indicator
Telematics buttons
HomeLink Button OOS047093N
Your vehicle may be equipped with a Gentex Automatic-Dimming Mirror with a Z-NavTM Electronic Compass Display and an Integrated HomeLink® Wireless Control System. During nighttime driving, this feature will automatically detect and reduce rearview mirror glare while the compass indicates the direction the vehicle is traveling. The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver allows you to activate your garage door(s), electric gate, home lighting, etc.
(1) HomeLink Channel 1 (2) HomeLink Channel 2 (3) HomeLink Channel 3 (4) Garage Door Opener Status
Indicator : Closing or Closed (5) HomeLink Operation Indicator (6) Garage Door Opener Status
Indicator : Opening or Opened (7) HomeLink User Interface Indicator
Automatic-Dimming Night Vision SafetyTM (NVS®) Mirror The NVS® Mirror automatically reduces glare by monitoring light levels in the front and the rear of the vehicle. Any object that obstructs either light sensor will degrade the automatic dimming control feature.
For more information regarding NVS® mirrors and other applications, please refer to the Gentex website:
www.gentex.com
Your mirror will automatically dim upon detecting glare from the vehicles traveling behind you.
The mirror defaults to the ON position each time the vehicle is started.
3-20
Z-NavTM Compass Display
Compass function
i Information
The NVSTM Mirror in your vehicle is also equipped with a Z-NavTM Compass that shows the vehicle Compass heading in the Display
The Compass can be turned ON and OFF, but it returns to ON after the ignition is cycled.
Press the control button in the hole with a pointed object, such as the tip of a ballpoint pen or similar object.
Window using the 8 basic cardinal
headings (N, NE, E, SE, etc.).
There is a difference between mag-
netic north and true north. To com- 3
pensate for this difference you will
need to adjust the Zone setting based
on where you live.
Convenient features of your vehicle
OOS047094N
1. Press and release the Control Button within 1 second to turn the display feature OFF.
2. Press and release the Control Button again within 1 second to turn the display back ON.
Additional options can be set with press and hold sequences of the Control Button and are detailed below.
3-21
Convenient features of your vehicle 3-22
To adjust the Zone setting:
1.Determine the desired Zone Number based upon your current location on the Zone Map.
2.Press and hold the Control Button for up to 6 seconds, the current Zone Number will appear on the display.
3.Release and press the Control Button and then hold the Control Button again will cause the numbers to increment (Note: they will repeat ...13, 14, 15, 1, 2, ...). Releasing the button when the desired Zone Number appears on the display will set the new Zone.
4.Within about 5 seconds the compass will start displaying a compass heading again.
B520C05NF
There are some conditions that can cause changes to the vehicle magnets, such as installing a ski rack or a CB antenna. Body repair work on the vehicle can also cause changes to the vehicle's magnetic field. In these situations, the compass will need to be re-calibrated to correct these changes.
Convenient features of your vehicle
If you need to recalibrate the com- Integrated HomeLink® Wireless
pass:
Control System
WARNING
1.Press and hold the Control Button for more than 6 seconds. When the compass memory is cleared, a "C" will appear in the display.
2.Drive the vehicle in 2 complete circles at less than 5 mph (8 km/h).
The HomeLink® Wireless Control System can replace up to three hand-held radio-frequency (RF) transmitters with a single built-in device. This innovative feature will learn the radio frequency codes of most current transmitters to operate devices such as gate operators, garage door openers, entry door locks, security systems, even home lighting. Both standard and rolling code-equipped transmitters can be programmed by following the outlined procedures.
Before programming HomeLink® to a garage door opener or gate operator, make sure people and objects are out of the way of the device to prevent potential harm or damage. Do not use the HomeLink® with any garage door opener that lacks the safety stop and reverse features required by U.S. federal safety standards (this includes any garage door opener model manufactured before April 1, 1982). A garage door that cannot detect an object
3
Additional HomeLink® information - signaling the door to stop and
can be found at: www.homelink.com, reverse - does not meet current
www.youtube.com/HomeLinkGentex U.S. federal safety standards.
or by calling 1-800-355-3515.
Using a garage door opener
Retain the original transmitter of the without these features increases
RF device you are programming for the risk of serious injury or
use in other vehicles as well as for death.
future HomeLink® programming. It is
also suggested that upon the sale of
the vehicle, the programmed
HomeLink® buttons be erased for
security purposes.
3-23
Convenient features of your vehicle
Programming HomeLink® Please note the following: · When programming a garage door
opener, it is advised to park the vehicle outside of the garage. · It is recommended that a new battery be placed in the hand-held transmitter of the device being programmed to HomeLink® for quicker training and accurate transmission of the radio-frequency signal. · Some vehicles may require the ignition switch to be placed in the ACC (or "Accessories") position for programming and/or operation of HomeLink®. · In the event that there are still programming difficulties or questions after following the programming steps listed below, contact HomeLink® at: www.homelink.com, www.youtube.com/HomeLinkGentex or by calling 1-800-355-3515.
3-24
Programming To program most devices, follow these instructions:
OOS047095N
1. Press and release (1), (2) or (3) button. · If the indicator (4) is turned ON in Orange, go to Step 3) since it is a new programming. · If the indicator (4) is continuously turned ON or flashes in Green rapidly several times, go to Step 2) since it is a programmed button.
2. Press and hold the button you wish to program for approximately 15-25 seconds until the LED flashes in Orange for several times.
3. Hold the Garage Door Opener Original Transmitter (OT) near the HomeLink Mirror.
OOS047096N
4. Press the Original Transmitter (OT) button until the indicator (4) is turned continuously ON or flashes in Green for approximately 10 seconds and it indicates the programing is completed.
5. However, the indicator (4) flashes in Green continuously, but if the garage door opener does not operate, please continue to follow the step 6 and 7 ("Rolling Code Programming" procedures).
Convenient features of your vehicle
6. Firmly press and release the 7. Return to the vehicle and firmly Gate operator & Canadian program-
"Learn," "Smart," or "Program" but- press, hold for two seconds and ming
ton while the indicator (4) flashes
release the HomeLink button up to During programming, your handheld
in Green. Once the button is
three times. Do not press the transmitter may automatically stop
pressed, you have approximately
HomeLink button rapidly. At this transmitting. Continue to press the
30 seconds to initiate the next
point programming is complete Integrated HomeLink® Wireless
step.
and your device should operate Control System button while you
i Information
when the HomeLink button is press and re-press ("cycle") your
pressed and released.
handheld transmitter every two sec-
3
At the garage door opener motor, (security gate motor, etc.) locate the "Learn," "Smart," or "Program" button. This can usually be found where the hanging antenna wire is attached
i Information
· Some garage door openers require to press the programmed button on the mirror up to three times right
onds until the frequency signal has been learned. The indicator light will flash slowly and then rapidly after several seconds upon successful training.
to the motor-head unit (see the after the programming is just com-
device's manual to identify this but- pleted to operate the garage door.
ton). The name and color of the button may vary by manufacturer. A ladder and/or second person may simplify the following steps.
· The indicator (4) is turned ON in Orange and flashes for about 60seconds, during the programing mode and if a programing is not succeed-
ed within the 60 seconds, the pro-
graming mode will be abort.
HomeLink® should now activate your rolling code equipped device.
3-25
Convenient features of your vehicle
Operating HomeLink®
Erasing HomeLink® buttons
NVS® is a registered trademark and Z-NavTM is a trademark of the Gentex Corporation, Zeeland, Michigan. HomeLink® is a registered trademark owned by Johnson Controls, Incorporated, Milwaukee, Wisconsin.
FCC ID: NZLUAHL5A
IC: 4112A-UAHL5A
OOS047095N
1. Press and release one of the HomeLink buttons (1, 2 or 3) that programed.
2. The HomeLink indicator (4) will operate as below:
- Indicates Green and is continuously ON (Fixed Code Garage Door Opener)
- Flashes in Green rapidly (Rolling Code Garage Door Opener)
OOS047098N
1. Press and hold the button (1) and (3) simultaneously.
2. The indicator (4) is turned continuously ON in orange for about 10 seconds.
3. Then the indicator (4) color changes to Green and flashes rapidly.
Release the buttons once the green indicator flashes.
4. Now HomeLink button (1), (2) and (4) memories are all cleared.
i Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules.
Operation is subject to the following three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference.
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
3. The transceiver has been tested and complies with FCC and Industry Canada rules. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the device.
3-26
Convenient features of your vehicle
Two Way Communication Programing
1. Complete the HomeLink "Programming" first.
2. Before the first 10 times HomeLink
button is pressed after the pro-
gramming, the following steps
MUST occur to program two way communication. (only for some
3
older garage doors)
OOSEV048099N
3. Press and release the programed HomeLink button to activate the garage door.
4. Once the garage door is stopped, press and release the "Learn" or "Smart" button on the Garage door opener within 1 minute from the time of pressing the programed HomeLink button on mirror.
OOS047411N
5. If both indicator (4) and (6) are flashing rapidly for about 5 seconds, the two way synchronization is completed.
i Information
Some newer garage door openers provide two-way communication synchronizing when programming the original transmitter (OT).
3-27
Convenient features of your vehicle Operating Two Way Communication
- If the indicator (4) or (6) does not turn to Green, it indicates that the last status of garage door was not received properly. The HomeLink mirror tries to receive the last known status of the garage door for a few seconds.
OOSEV048099N
1. Press and release (1), (2) or (3) button.
OOS047412N
2. The indicator (4) and (6) operates as below:
- If the indicator (4) flashes in Orange, it indicates that the garage door is "closing".
- If the indicator (4) is ON continuously in Green, it indicates that the garage door is "closed".
- If the indicator (6) flashes in Orange, it indicates that the garage door is "Opening".
- If the indicator (6) is ON continuously in Green, it indicates that the garage door is "Opened".
3-28
Convenient features of your vehicle
Recalling Garage Door Status
Homelink mirror with two way communication provides a way to view the last stored message from the garage door opener. In order to recall the last known status of the last activated device, press the buttons "1 and 2" OR "2 and 3" simultaneously.
· If the indicator (4) is ON continuously in Green, it indicates that the last activated device was "closed" properly.
Side View Mirrors
Use the inside rear view mirror or look back directly to determine the actual distance of other vehicles prior to changing lanes.
WARNING
Do not adjust or fold the side
3
view mirrors while driving. This
may cause loss of vehicle con-
trol resulting in an accident.
· If the indicator (6) is ON continuously in Green, it indicates that the last activated device was "open" properly.
i Information
Two way communication range distance between "vehicle" and "garage door opener" is 100m.
The range may be reduced or increased a little due to obstacle conditions around the garage door opener, such as houses or trees.
OOS047012
Make sure to adjust the side view mirrors to your desired position before you begin driving.
Your vehicle is equipped with both left-hand and right-hand side view mirrors. The mirrors can be adjusted remotely with the remote switch. The side view mirrors can be folded to help prevent damage when going through an automatic car wash or when passing through a narrow street.
The right side view mirror is convex. Objects seen in the mirror are closer than they appear.
NOTICE
· Do not scrape ice off the mirror face; this may damage the surface of the glass.
· If the mirror is jammed with ice, do not adjust the mirror by force. Use an approved spray de-icer (not radiator antifreeze) spray, or a sponge or soft cloth with very warm water, or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt.
3-29
Convenient features of your vehicle
NOTICE
Do not clean the mirror with harsh abrasives, fuel or other petroleum based cleaning products.
Adjusting the side view mirror
OOSEV048007
Adjusting the side view mirrors: 1. Press either the L (left side) or R
(right side) to select the rearview mirror you would like to adjust. 2. Use the mirror adjustment control (2) switch to position the selected mirror up, down, left or right. 3. After adjustment, put the button into neutral (center) position to prevent inadvertent adjustment.
NOTICE
· The mirrors stop moving when they reach the maximum adjusting angles, but the motor continues to operate while the switch is pressed. Do not press the switch longer than necessary, because this can damage the motor.
· Do not attempt to adjust the side view mirrors by hand, because this can damage the motor.
3-30
Folding the side view mirrors
OOS047014
To fold the side view mirrors, grasp the housing of the mirror and then fold it inwards.
3
3-31
Convenient features of your vehicle
Convenient features of your vehicle
WINDOWS
(1) Driver's door power window switch
(2) Front passenger's door power window switch
(3) Rear door (left) power window switch
(4) Rear door (right) power window switch
(5) Window opening and closing
(6) Automatic power window
(7) Power window lock switch
3-32
OOSEV048017N
Convenient features of your vehicle
Power Windows
i Information
Window opening and closing
The POWER button must be in the · In cold and wet climates, power
ON position to be able to raise or
windows may not work properly
lower the windows. Each door has a
due to freezing conditions.
Power Window switch to control that
door's window. The driver has a · While driving with the rear win-
Power Window Lock switch which can
dows down or with the sunroof (if
block the operation of passenger win-
equipped) opened (or partially
3
dows. The power windows will oper-
opened), your vehicle may demon-
ate for approximately 10 minutes after
strate a wind buffeting or pulsation
the POWER button is placed in the
noise. This noise is normal and can
ACC or OFF position.
be reduced or eliminated by taking
the following actions. If the noise
However, as soon as the front doors
occurs with one or both of the rear
OOS047018
are opened, electrical power to the windows will be turned off, so the 10minute period where power to the windows is available will be cancelled.
windows down, partially lower both front windows approximately one inch. If you experience the noise with the sunroof open, slightly close the sunroof.
To open:
Press the window switch down to the first detent position (5). Release the switch when you want the window to stop.
WARNING
To avoid serious injury or death, do not extend your head, arms or body outside the windows while driving.
To close:
Pull the window switch up to the first detent position (5). Release the window switch when you want the window to stop.
3-33
Convenient features of your vehicle
Auto down window (if equipped)
Pressing the power window switch down momentarily to the second detent position (6) completely lowers the window even when the switch is released. To stop the window at the desired position while the window is in operation, pull up or press down and release the switch.
Auto up/down window (if equipped)
Pressing or pulling up the power window switch momentarily to the second detent position (6) completely lowers or lifts the window even when the switch is released. To stop the window at the desired position while the window is in operation, pull up or press down and release the switch.
To reset the power windows
If the power windows do not operate normally, the automatic power window system must be reset as follows:
1. Place the POWER button to the ON position.
2. Close the window and continue pulling up on the power window switch for at least one second.
If the power windows do not operate properly after resetting, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
The automatic reverse feature doesn't activate while resetting the power window system. Make sure body parts or other objects are safely out of the way before closing the windows to avoid injuries or vehicle damage.
Automatic reverse (if equipped)
OLF044032
If a window senses any obstacle while it is closing automatically, it will stop and lower approximately 12 inches (30 cm) to allow the object to be cleared. If the window detects the resistance while the power window switch is pulled up continuously, the window will stop upward movement then lower approximately 1 inch (2.5 cm). If the power window switch is pulled up continuously again within 5 seconds after the window is lowered by the automatic window reverse feature, the automatic window reverse will not operate.
3-34
Convenient features of your vehicle
i Information
Power window lock switch
WARNING
The automatic reverse feature is only active when the "Auto Up" feature is used by fully pulling up the switch to the second detent.
Do not allow children to play with the power windows. Keep the driver's door power window lock switch in the LOCK posi-
WARNING
tion. Serious injury or death can result from unintentional win-
3
Make sure body parts or other
dow operation by a child.
objects are safely out of the way
before closing the windows to avoid injuries or vehicle damage. Objects less than 0.16 inch (4 mm) in diameter caught between the window glass and the upper window channel may not be detected by the automatic reverse window and the window will not stop and reverse direction.
NOTICE
OOS047019
The driver can disable the power window switches on the rear passenger doors by pressing the power window lock switch.
When the power window lock switch is pressed:
· The rear passenger control will not be able to operate the rear passenger power window
NOTICE
· To prevent possible damage to the power window system, do not open or close two windows or more at the same time. This will also ensure the longevity of the fuse.
· Never try to operate the main switch on the driver's door and the individual door window switch in opposite directions at the same time. If this is done, the
Do not install any accessories on the windows.The automatic reverse feature may not operate.
· Note that the front passenger control is still able to operate the front passenger window, and that the driver master control can still oper-
window will stop and cannot be opened or closed.
ate all the power windows.
3-35
Convenient features of your vehicle
SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)
If your vehicle is equipped with a sunroof, you can slide or tilt your sunroof with the sunroof control switch located on the overhead console.
OOSEV048046
The sunroof can be opened, closed, or tilted when the POWER button is in the ON position. The sunroof can be operated for approximately 10 minutes after the POWER button is in the ACC or OFF position. However, as soon as the front doors are opened, electrical power to the sunroof will be turned off, so the 10minute period where power to the sunroof is available will be cancelled.
i Information
· In cold and wet climates, the sunroof may not work properly due to freezing conditions.
· After the vehicle is washed or in a rainstorm, be sure to wipe off any water that is on the sunroof before operating it.
WARNING
· Never adjust the sunroof or sunshade while driving. This could result in loss of control and an accident that may cause death, serious injury, or property damage.
· Make sure heads, other body parts or objects are out of the way before using the sunroof.
· Do not extend your head, arms or body outside the sunroof while driving, to avoid serious injury.
· Do not leave the vehicle on and the key in your vehicle with unsupervised children. Unattended children could operate the sunroof, which could result in serious injury.
· Do not sit on the top of the vehicle. It may cause injuries or vehicle damage.
NOTICE
· Do not continue to move the sunroof control lever after the sunroof is fully opened, closed, or tilted. Damage to the motor or system components could occur.
· Make sure the sunroof is closed fully when leaving your vehicle. If the sunroof is open, rain or snow may enter through the sunroof and damage the interior. Also, if the sunroof is left open, risk of theft may be increased.
3-36
Convenient features of your vehicle
Sunroof Opening and Closing Sliding the Sunroof
Automatic reverse (if equipped)
Pressing the sunroof control lever
backward or forward momentarily to
the second detent position complete-
ly opens or closes the sunroof even
when the switch is released. To stop
the sunroof at the desired position
while the sunroof is in operation,
3
press the sunroof control lever back-
ward or forward and release the
switch.
OOSEV048054L
To open:
Press the sunroof control lever backward to the first detent position. Release the switch when you want the sunroof to stop.
To close:
Press the sunroof control lever forward to the first detent position. Release the switch when you want the sunroof to stop.
i Information
To minimize wind noise while driving with the sunroof open, it is recommended that you drive with the sunroof slightly closed (i.e. not fully open). For example, the sunroof will be about 3 inches before the maximum open position.
OLFC044035CN
If the sunroof senses any obstacle while it is closing automatically, it will reverse direction then stop to allow the object to be cleared.
The auto reverse function does not work if a small obstacle is between the sliding glass and the sunroof sash.
You should always check that all passengers and objects are away from the sunroof before closing it.
3-37
Convenient features of your vehicle
WARNING
Small objects that can get caught between the sunroof glass and the front glass channel may not be detected by the automatic reverse system. If this occurs, the sunroof glass will not detect the object and will not reverse direction.
Tilting the Sunroof
OOSEV048053L
Tilt the sunroof open: Push the sunroof control lever upward until the sunroof moves to the desired position.
NOTICE
· Periodically remove any dirt that may accumulate on the sunroof guide rail or between the sunroof and roof panel which can make a noise.
· Do not try to open the sunroof when the temperature is below freezing or when the sunroof is covered with snow or ice, otherwise the motor could be damaged. In cold and wet climates, the sunroof may not work properly.
To close the sunroof:
Push the sunroof control lever forward until the sunroof closes.
3-38
Convenient features of your vehicle
Sunshade
Resetting the Sunroof
4. Push the control lever forward
The sunroof may need to be reset if the following conditions occur:
· The battery is discharged or disconnected or the sunroof fuse has been replaced or disconnected
about 10 seconds.
- When the sunroof is in the closed position :
The glass will tilt and slightly move up and down.
· The sunroof control lever is not operating correctly
- When the sunroof is in the tilt position:
3
The glass will slightly move up
To reset the sunroof, perform the fol-
and down.
lowing steps:
OAD045037
The sunshade can be open and closed manually using the sunshade handle. In addition, when you open the sunroof, if the sunshade is still closed, the sunshade will open automatically with the glass when the sunroof opens. When you close the sunroof, you must close the sunshade manually using the sunshade handle.
NOTICE
1. Place the POWER button to the ON position or start the vehicle ( indicator ON). It is recommended to reset the sunroof while the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode.
2. Push the control lever forward. The sunroof will close completely or tilt depending on the condition of the sunroof.
3. Release the control lever when the sunroof stops moving.
Do not release the lever until the operation is completed. If you release the lever during operation, start the procedure again from step 2.
5. Within 3 seconds, push and hold the control lever forward until the sunroof operates as follows:
Tilt down Slide Open Slide Close.
The sunroof is made to slide together with the sunshade. Do not leave the sunshade closed while the sunroof is open.
3-39
Convenient features of your vehicle
Do not release the lever until the operation is completed.
If you release the lever during operation, start the procedure again from step 2.
Sunroof Open Warning (if equipped)
6. Release the sunroof control lever after all steps have completed. The sunroof system has been reset.
i Information
· If the sunroof is not reset when the vehicle battery is disconnected or discharged, or the sunroof fuse is blown, the sunroof may not operate normally.
· For more detailed information, contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
OOSEV048114
· If the driver turns off the vehicle when the sunroof is not fully closed, the warning chime will sound for approximately 3 seconds and the sunroof open warning will appear on the cluster LCD display.
· If the driver turns off the vehicle and opens the door when the sunroof is not fully closed, the sunroof open warning will appear on the cluster LCD display until the door is closed or the sunroof is fully closed.
Close the sunroof securely when leaving your vehicle.
3-40
Convenient features of your vehicle
EXTERIOR FEATURES Hood
Opening the hood
3
OOS047024
1. Park the vehicle and set the parking brake.
2. Pull the release lever to unlatch the hood. The hood should pop open slightly.
OOSEV048010
3. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise the hood slightly, push the secondary latch (1) inside of the hood center and lift the hood (2).
OOSEV039038CZ
4. Pull out the support rod and hold the hood open with the support rod (3).
3-41
Convenient features of your vehicle
WARNING
· Grasp the support rod in the area wrapped in rubber.
· The support rod must be inserted completely into the hole provided whenever you inspect the motor compartment. This will prevent the hood from falling and possibly injuring you.
Closing the hood
1. Before closing the hood, check in and around the motor compartment to ensure the following:
- Any tools or other loose objects are removed from the motor room area or hood opening area
- All glove, rags, or other combustible material is removed from the engine compartment
- All filler caps are tightly and correctly installed
2. Lower the hood halfway (lifted approximately 12 inches (30 cm) from the closed position) and push down to securely lock in place. Then double check to be sure the hood is secure. If the hood can be raised slightly, it is not securely locked. Open it again and close it with more force.
WARNING
· Before closing the hood, ensure all obstructions are removed from around the hood opening.
· Always double check to be sure that the hood is firmly latched before driving away. Check there is no hood open warning light or message displayed on the instrument cluster. Driving with the hood opened may cause a total loss of visibility, which might result in an accident.
· Do not move the vehicle with the hood in the raised position, as vision is obstructed, which might result in an accident, and the hood could fall or be damaged.
3-42
Convenient features of your vehicle
Liftgate Opening the liftgate
3. With the Smart Key in your possession, press the liftgate handle switch and open the liftgate.
Closing the liftgate
WARNING
The liftgate swings upward. Make sure no objects or people are near the rear of the vehicle when opening the liftgate.
3
NOTICE
OOSEV048011
Before attempting to open the liftgate, make sure the vehicle is in P (Park). To open the liftgate, perform one the following:
1. Unlock all doors with the Door Unlock button on your smart key. From outside press the liftgate handle switch and open the liftgate.
2. Press and hold the Liftgate Unlock button on the smart key. From outside press the liftgate handle switch and open the liftgate.
OOSEV048012
Lower the liftgate lid and press down until it locks. To be sure the liftgate lid is securely fastened, always check by trying to pull it up again without pressing the liftgate handle switch.
i Information
In cold and wet climates, door lock and door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions.
Make certain that you close the liftgate before driving your vehicle. Possible damage may occur to the liftgate struts and mounting hinges if the liftgate is not closed prior to driving.
3-43
Convenient features of your vehicle
WARNING
OHYK047009
Do not hold on to or try to pull on the liftgate strut. Be aware that the deformation of the liftgate strut may cause vehicle damage and risk of injury.
Emergency liftgate safety release
Your vehicle is equipped with an emergency liftgate safety release lever located on the bottom of the liftgate inside the vehicle.
2. Slide the key or screwdriver to the right to engage the safety release lever.
3. Push the liftgate outward and upward.
WARNING
OOSEV048013
To unlock and open the liftgate manually from inside the luggage compartment, perform the following steps:
1. Insert the mechanical key from the key fob or a small screwdriver into the slot at the bottom of the liftgate inside the luggage compartment.
· Be aware of the location of the emergency liftgate safety release lever in your vehicle and know how to open the liftgate using the safety release lever.
· No one should be allowed to occupy the luggage compartment of the vehicle at any time. The luggage compartment is a very dangerous location in the event of a crash.
· Use the release lever for emergencies only. Use extreme caution, especially while the vehicle is in motion.
3-44
Charging Door Opening the charging door
i Information
If you cannot open the charging door due to freezing weather, tap lightly or remove any ice near the charging door. Do not try to forcibly open the charging door.
Closing the charging door
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
OOSEVQ018008N
The charging door is located on the front of the vehicle and can be opened when the vehicle doors are unlocked.
1. Depress the brake pedal and apply the electronic parking brake.
2. Shift to P (Park) and turn OFF the vehicle using the POWER button.
3. Unlock the vehicle before opening the charging door. From the outside the vehicle, push on the charging door in the area indicated by the arrow to open the door.
OOSEVQ018013N
1. After recharging, make sure to install the charging port dust cover(s) before closing the charging door.
2. Push the charging door to the closed and latched position. The charging door must be fully closed before driving the vehicle.
For more details, refer to the Electric Vehicle System Overview manual which is provided along with this owner's manual.
3-45
Convenient features of your vehicle
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
3-46
1. Power/Charge gauge 2. Speedometer 3. Warning and indicator lights 4. LCD display (including Trip computer) 5. Battery SOC (State of Charge) gauge
The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. For more details, refer to the "Gauges and Meters" in this chapter.
OOSEV048100N
Convenient features of your vehicle
Instrument Cluster Control Adjusting instrument cluster
WARNING
illumination
Never adjust the instrument
cluster while driving. Doing so
could lead to driver distraction
which may cause an accident
and lead to vehicle damage, serious injury, or death.
3
OOSEV048014K
When the vehicle's position lights or headlights are on, press the illumination control button to adjust the brightness of the instrument panel illumination.
When pressing the illumination control button, the interior switch illumination intensity is also adjusted.
OIK047144L
· The brightness of the instrument panel illumination is displayed.
· If the brightness reaches the maximum or minimum level, a chime will sound.
For information regarding the illumination setting on your audio display, refer to the "Setup" section of your Audio or Navigation manual.
3-47
Convenient features of your vehicle
Gauges and Meters Speedometer
NORMAL mode
SPORT mode
Sub speedometer
OOSEV048174R ECO mode/ECO+ mode (if equipped)
OOSEV048177N
The speedometer indicates the speed of the vehicle and is calibrated in miles per hour (mph) and/or kilometers per hour (km/h).
The speedometer is displayed differently according to the selected drive mode.
For more details, refer to "Drive Mode System" in chapter 5.
OOSEV048187N
The sub speedometer is displayed on the cluster when you select `Other features Speedometer subscale' in the User Settings mode. The sub speedometer is not displayed if you deselect it in the User Setting mode.
For more details, refer to "LCD Display Mode" in this chapter.
OOSEV048167R
3-48
Toque gauge
Power/Charge gauge
State of Charge (SOC) gauge for high voltage battery
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
OOSEV048192N
The torque gauge shows the realtime torque value while driving when SPORT mode is selected by pressing the DRIVE MODE button.
OOSEVQ018001
The Power/Charge gauge shows the energy consumption rate of the vehicle and the charge/discharge status of the regenerative brakes.
· POWER :
This portion of the gauge indicates the amount of electrical power supplied to the EV motor while driving.
· CHARGE :
This portion of the gauge indicates the amount of charging to the EV battery when regenerative braking is applied.
OOSEV048102
The SOC gauge shows the charging status of the high voltage battery.
"L (Low)" position on the indicator indicates that there is not enough energy in the high voltage battery. "H (High)" position indicates that the driving battery is fully charged.
When driving your vehicle for long distances on the highway or in rural areas, make sure to check that the State of Charge (SOC) is sufficient to get to your destination and make sure to map out useable charging locations along your route.
3-49
Convenient features of your vehicle
OOSEV048103
When there are only 2 bars remaining on the gauge, the SOC level is low. The warning lamp turns ON to alert you that the battery must be charged soon.
When the warning lamp turns ON, the vehicle can drive an additional 12~18 miles (20~30 km) depending on the driving speed, heater/air conditioner, weather, driving style, and other factors. Charging is required.
NOTICE
When there are 1-2 gauge bars left for the high voltage battery, the vehicle speed is limited and then eventually the vehicle will turn OFF. Charge the vehicle immediately.
3-50
Outside temperature indicator
OOSEV048104N
The outside temperature is shown in the lower portion of the cluster LCD display. The units may be displayed in Fahrenheit (F) or Celsius (C). - Temperature range : -40°F ~ 140°F
(-40°C ~ 60°C) Note that the temperature indicated on the LCD display may not change as quickly as the outside temperature (there may be a slight delay before the temperature changes.)
You can change the temperature unit from °F to °C or °C to °F in the User Settings mode in the cluster: - Go to User Settings Mode Other
Temperature Unit. For vehicles equipped with Automatic Climate Control, you can also:
- Press the AUTO button while pressing the OFF button on the climate control unit for 3 seconds
Both the temperature unit on the cluster LCD display and climate control screen will change.
Odometer
Distance to empty
NORMAL mode
SPORT/ECO/ECO+ (if equipped) mode
Range accumulated from regenerative braking
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
OOSEV048107N
The odometer indicates the total distance that the vehicle has been driven and should be used to determine when periodic maintenance should be performed.
OOSEV048108N/OOSEV048180N
· The EV range is the estimated distance the vehicle can be driven with remaining level of the high voltage battery.
For more details, refer to the "EV Range" section in the Electric Vehicle System Overview manual.
· Note that the range is displayed in different locations in the instrument cluster depending on the current drive mode selection.
For more details, refer to "Drive Mode System" in chapter 5.
OOSEV048168R
When ECO mode or ECO+ mode (if equipped) is enabled, the speedometer display includes an additional range value which is accumulated as a result of regenerative braking. The value starts from zero and incrementally increases as the energy from regen braking increases. The display resets to zero when the regen level drops to zero (vehicle accelerating, etc.).
3-51
Convenient features of your vehicle Gear shift indicator
Regenerative braking level indicator
OOSEV048105R
This indicator displays which gear position is selected.
OOSEV048106N
Shift indicator pop-up
The pop-up indicates the current gear position displayed in the cluster for about 2 seconds when shifting into other positions (P/R/N/D).
The shift indicator pop-up function can be activated or deactivated from the User Settings mode in the cluster LCD display.
OOSEV048109N
The level of regenerative braking can be selected by using the paddle shifters on the steering wheel. The level (0 to 3) is displayed in the lower portion of the cluster LCD display.
For more details, refer to "Regenerative Braking System" in chapter 5.
3-52
Convenient features of your vehicle
Smart ECO pedal indicator
Smart ECO Pedal Indicator - Warning and Indicator lights Advantages
· Encourages mild acceleration i Information
when driving at low speeds.
· Provides a boundary of efficient acceleration - indicator color changes when the accelerator pedal is pressed beyond the
Make sure that all warning lights are OFF after starting the vehicle. If any light is still ON, this indicates a situation that needs attention.
3
boundary.
· Encourages the driver to maintain Ready Indicator
a constant speed when driving at
high speeds.
OOSEV048169R
When ECO mode or ECO+ mode (if equipped) is enabled, the speedometer display includes a Smart ECO Pedal Indicator. The indicator encourages efficient driving by displaying the desired acceleration to achieve optimum range efficiency.
This indicator illuminates: When the vehicle is ready to be driven. - ON : Normal driving is possible. - OFF : Normal driving is not possible,
or a problem has occurred. - Blinking : Emergency driving.
(1) Eco-driving indicator
(2) Measure of the driver's acceleration input
(3) Portion of the display that indicates aggressive acceleration (does not achieve optimum range efficiency)
When the ready indicator goes OFF or blinks, there is a problem with the system. If this occurs, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
3-53
Convenient features of your vehicle
Service Warning Light
This warning light illuminates: · When the POWER button is in the
ON position. - It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off. · When there is a problem with relat-
ed parts of the electric vehicle control system, such as sensors, etc.
When the warning light illuminates while driving, or does not go OFF after starting the vehicle, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Power Down Warning Light
This warning light illuminates: When the power output from the vehicle is limited. The vehicle is in fail-safe mode.
Power from the vehicle is limited due to one of the following reasons: - The state of charge (SOC) of the
high voltage battery is very low. Typically the Power Down Warning Light will turn ON when the SOC is below 3%. - The temperature of the EV drive motor or the high voltage battery is either too high (overheating) or too low (freezing) - There is a problem with either the cooling system or a vehicle system warning has occurred that may interrupt normal driving
NOTICE
· Do not accelerate or start the vehicle suddenly when the power down warning light is ON.
· When the high voltage battery level is low, the power down warning illuminates and the power output from the vehicle is limited. Charge the battery immediately since your vehicle may not drive uphill or skid on a slope with the warning light ON.
Charging Indicator Light
(red)
This warning light illuminates: · [Red] When charging the high volt-
age battery.
3-54
Convenient features of your vehicle
High Voltage Battery Low Level Warning Light
Seat Belt Warning Light
Regenerative Brake Warning Light
(yellow)
This warning light illuminates:
This warning light informs the driver This warning light illuminates:
When the high voltage battery level that the seat belt is not fastened.
When the regenerative brake does
is low. When the warning light turns ON, charge the battery immediately.
For more details, refer to the "Seat Belts" in chapter 2.
not operate and the brake does not perform well. This causes the Brake Warning light (red) and Regenerative
3
Supplemental Restraint System Warning Light
Brake Warning Light (yellow) to illuminate simultaneously.
If this occurs, drive safely and have
your vehicle inspected by an author-
This warning light illuminates:
· When the POWER button is in the ON position.
ized HYUNDAI dealer.
The operation of the brake pedal may be more difficult than normal and the braking distance may increase.
- It illuminates for approximately 6
seconds and then goes off.
· When there is a malfunction with the SRS.
If this occurs, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
3-55
Convenient features of your vehicle
Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Light
This warning light illuminates: · When the POWER button is in the
ON position. - It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds. - It remains on if the parking brake
is applied. · When the parking brake is applied. · When the brake fluid level in the
reservoir is low. - If the warning light remains illumi-
nated when the parking brake is released, check under the hood to see if the fluid level in the brake fluid reservoir is low.
If the brake fluid level in the reservoir is low:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe location and stop your vehicle.
2. With the vehicle turned off, check the brake fluid level immediately and add fluid as required (For more details, refer to "Brake Fluid" in chapter 7). After adding brake fluid, check all brake components for fluid leaks. If a brake fluid leak is found, or if the warning light remains on, or if the brakes do not operate properly, do not drive the vehicle. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Dual-diagonal braking system
Your vehicle is equipped with dualdiagonal braking systems. This means you still have braking on two wheels even if one of the dual systems should fail.
With only one of the dual systems working, more than normal pedal travel and greater pedal pressure is required to stop the vehicle.
Also, the vehicle will not stop in as short a distance with only a portion of the brake system working.
WARNING
Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Light
Driving the vehicle with a warning light ON is dangerous. If the Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Light illuminates with the parking brake released, it indicates that the brake fluid level is low. If this occurs, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
3-56
Convenient features of your vehicle
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Warning Light
Electronic Brake Force Distribution (EBD) System Warning Light
If this occurs, avoid high speed driving and abrupt braking.
Have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
This warning light illuminates:
When the ABS Warning and Parking
· When the POWER button is in the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off.
Brake Warning lamps are on simultaneously, it may indicate a problem with the Electronic Brake Force Distribution system.
i Information - Electronic
Brake Force Distribution (EBD) System Warning Light
3
· When there is a malfunction with the ABS (The normal braking system will still be operational without the assistance of the anti-lock brake system).
If this occurs, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
When the ABS Warning Light is on or both ABS and Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Lights are on, the speedometer, odometer, or tripmeter may not work. Also, the EPS Warning Light may illuminate and the steering
If this occurs, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Electronic Brake Force Distribution (EBD) System Warning Light
effort may increase or decrease.
If this occurs, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
When both ABS and Parking
Brake & Brake Fluid Warning
Lights are on, the brake system
will not work normally and you
may experience an unexpected
and dangerous situation during
sudden braking.
3-57
Convenient features of your vehicle
Electric Power Steering (EPS) Warning Light
Charging System Warning Light (for 12-volt battery)
Low Tire Pressure Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
· When the POWER button is in the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off.
· When there is a malfunction with the EPS.
If this occurs, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
This warning light illuminates:
· If the 12V auxiliary battery voltage is low, or if a system malfunction related to the low voltage DC charging system (LDC) occurs.
· If this warning light comes on while driving, or if this warning light comes on and off intermittently with ignition cycle, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
If the vehicle is driven continuously with the Charging System Warning Light on, the 12V auxiliary battery may discharge. If this occurs, vehicle operation may be limited.
This warning light illuminates:
· When the POWER button is in the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off.
· When one or more of your tires are significantly underinflated (The location of each underinflated tire is displayed on the LCD display).
For more details, refer to "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" in chapter 6.
3-58
Convenient features of your vehicle
This warning light remains ON after blinking for approximately 60 seconds, or repeatedly blinks ON and OFF in 3 second intervals:
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) Warning Light
EPB
AUTO HOLD Indicator Light
When there is a malfunction with the TPMS.
This warning light illuminates:
This indicator light illuminates:
If this occurs, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· When the POWER button is in the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
· [White] When you activate the auto hold system by pressing the AUTO HOLD switch.
3
seconds and then goes off.
· [Green] When you stop the vehicle
For more details, refer to "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" in chapter 6.
WARNING
· When there is a malfunction with the EPB.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
completely by depressing the brake pedal with the auto hold system activated.
· [Yellow] When there is a malfunction with the auto hold system.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
Safe Stopping
i Information
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· The TPMS cannot alert you to The Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)
severe and sudden tire damage Warning Light may illuminate when For more details, refer to "Auto
caused by external factors.
the Electronic Stability control (ESC) Hold" in chapter 5.
· If you notice any vehicle instability, immediately take your foot off the accelerator pedal, apply the brakes gradually with
Indicator Light comes on to indicate that the ESC is not working properly (This does not indicate malfunction of the EPB).
light force, and slowly move to
a safe position on the side of
the road.
3-59
Convenient features of your vehicle
Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist system Warning Light
This warning light illuminates : · When the POWER button is in the
ON position. - It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off. · When the FCA system is turned
off. · When the radar sensor (if equipped)
or cover is blocked with dirt or snow. Check the sensor and cover and clean them using a soft cloth. (Note that some models with FCA do not incorporate a radar sensor.) · When there is a malfunction with FCA. If this occurs, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
For more details, refer to "Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)" in chapter 5.
3-60
Lane Keeping Assist system Indicator Light
This indicator light illuminates: · [Green] When the system operat-
ing conditions are satisfied for LKA. · [White] When system operating conditions are not satisfied. · [Yellow] When there is a malfunction with the lane keeping assist system. If this occurs, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
For more details, refer to "Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)" in chapter 5.
LED Headlamp Warning Light (if equipped)
This warning light illuminates: · When the POWER button is in the
ON position. - It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off. · When there is a malfunction with
the LED headlamp. If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
This warning light blinks: When there is a malfunction with a component or system related to the LED headlamps. If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
NOTICE
Continuous driving with the LED Headlamp Warning Light on or blinking can reduce LED headlamp life.
Icy Road Warning Light (if equipped)
Master Warning Light
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) Indicator Light
Convenient features of your vehicle
This warning light is to warn the driver This indicator light illuminates:
This indicator light illuminates:
the road may be icy.
When there is a malfunction in oper- · When the POWER button is in the
When the reading on the outside ation in any of the following systems: temperature gauge is below 40°F - Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
ON position.
3
- It illuminates for approximately 3
(4°C), the Icy Road Warning Light system malfunction (if equipped)
seconds and then goes off.
and Outside Temperature Gauge blinks and then illuminates. Also, the warning chime sounds 1 time.
You can activate or deactivate Icy Road Warning function from the User Settings mode in the cluster LCD display.
- Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist radar blocked (if equipped)
- Blind-Spot Collision Warning system malfunction (if equipped)
- Blind-Spot Collision Warning radar blocked (if equipped)
- Lamp malfunction
· When there is a malfunction with the ESC system. If this occurs, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
This indicator light blinks:
i Information
- LED headlamp malfunction (if While the ESC is operating.
If the icy road warning light comes ON while driving, it is an indication that roads may be icy. In this situation, pay
equipped)
- High Beam Assist malfunction (if equipped)
For more details, refer to "Electronic Stability Control (ESC)" in chapter 5.
close attention to your driving and - Smart Cruise Control system mal-
reduce your vehicle speed as a precau- function (if equipped)
tion. Avoid sudden changes in acceleration or braking or sudden changes in steering in order to maintain control of your vehicle while driving in adverse weather conditions.
- Smart Cruise Control system radar blocked (if equipped)
- Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) malfunction
To identify the details of the warning,
look at the LCD display.
3-61
Convenient features of your vehicle
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) OFF Indicator Light
This indicator light illuminates: · When the POWER button is in the
ON position. - It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off. · When you deactivate the ESC sys-
tem by pressing the ESC OFF button.
For more details, refer to "Electronic Stability Control (ESC)" in chapter 5.
Immobilizer Indicator Light
This indicator light illuminates for up to 30 seconds: When the vehicle detects the smart key in the vehicle with the POWER button in the ACC or ON position. - Once the smart key is detected,
you can start the vehicle ( indicator ON). - The indicator light goes off after starting the vehicle ( indicator ON).
This indicator light blinks for a few seconds: When the smart key is not in the vehicle. - If the smart key is not detected,
you cannot start the vehicle.
This indicator light illuminates for 2 seconds and goes off: If the smart key is in the vehicle and the POWER button is ON, but the vehicle cannot detect the smart key. If this occurs, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
This indicator light blinks: · When there is a malfunction with
the immobilizer system. If this occurs, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
3-62
Convenient features of your vehicle
Turn Signal Indicator Light
High Beam Indicator Light
High Beam Assist (HBA) indicator light (if equipped)
This indicator light blinks:
This indicator light illuminates:
This indicator light illuminates:
· When you operate the turn signal · When the headlights are on and in · When the high-beam is on with the
indicator.
the high beam position. · When the turn signal lever is pulled
light switch in the AUTO light position.
3
If any of the following occurs, there may be a malfunction with the turn signal system.
- The turn signal indicator light illuminates but does not blink
into the Flash-to-Pass position.
Light ON Indicator Light
· If your vehicle detects oncoming or preceding vehicles, the High Beam Assist (HBA) system will switch the high beam to low beam automatically.
- The turn signal indicator light blinks rapidly
- The turn signal indicator light does not illuminate at all
If either of these conditions occur, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
This indicator light illuminates:
· When the parking lights or headlights are on.
For more details, refer to "High Beam Assist (HBA) system" in this chapter.
3-63
Convenient features of your vehicle
Cruise Indicator Light
SPORT Mode Indicator Light
ECO+ Mode Indicator (if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates: When the cruise control system is enabled.
For more details, refer to "Cruise Control System" in chapter 5.
This indicator light illuminates: When you select "SPORT" mode as drive mode.
For more details, refer to "Drive Mode System" in chapter 5.
This indicator light illuminates:
· When you select "ECO" mode as drive mode.
For more details, refer to "Drive Mode System" in chapter 5.
ECO Mode Indicator Light
UTIL (Utility) Mode Indicator
This indicator light illuminates: When you select "ECO" mode as drive mode.
For more details, refer to "Drive Mode System" in this chapter.
This indicator light illuminates:
· When Utility mode is activated from the User Settings mode.
For more details, refer to the Electric Vehicle System Overview manual which is provided along with this owner's manual.
3-64
Convenient features of your vehicle
LCD Display Messages Driving info display
i Information
Press brake pedal to start vehicle
· If sunroof open warning is displayed in the cluster, the Driving Information message may not be displayed.
This warning message is displayed if the POWER button changes to the ACC position twice by pressing the button repeatedly without depressing
· To set the charging time and/or cli- the brake pedal.
mate time, refer to a separately supplied Multimedia System manual for detailed information.
You can start the vehicle by depressing the brake pedal.
3
OOSEV048134N
At the end of each driving cycle, the Driving Info message is displayed. This display shows the trip distance (1), average vehicle speed (2), driving time (3), charging time status (4) and climate time status (5).
This information is displayed for a few seconds when you turn off the vehicle, and then goes off automatically. The information is calculated for each time the vehicle is turned on.
Key not in vehicle
This warning message is displayed if the smart key is not in the vehicle when you press the POWER button.
When attempting to start the vehicle, always have the smart key with you.
3-65
Convenient features of your vehicle
Key not detected This warning message is displayed if the smart key is not detected when you press the POWER button.
Press POWER button again This message is displayed if you were unable to start the vehicle when the POWER button was pressed. If this occurs, attempt to start the vehicle by pressing the POWER button again. If the warning message appears each time you press the POWER button, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Press POWER button with key This warning message is displayed if you press the POWER button while the warning message "Key not detected" is displayed.
Check BRAKE SWITCH fuse This warning message is displayed if the brake switch fuse is disconnected. You need to replace the fuse with a new one before starting the vehicle. If that is not possible, you can start the vehicle by pressing the POWER button for 10 seconds in the ACC position.
Shift to P to start vehicle This warning message is displayed if you try to start the vehicle without shifting to the P (Park) position.
Shift to P This warning message is displayed if you try to turn off the vehicle with the gear in the N (Neutral) position. At this time, the POWER button changes to the ACC position (If you press the POWER button once more, it will turn to the ON position).
Low Key Battery
This warning message is displayed if the battery of the smart key is discharged while changing the POWER button to the OFF position.
Battery discharging due to external electrical devices
This message is displayed if the battery voltage is weak due to any nonfactory electrical accessories (ex. dashboard camera) while parking. Be careful that the battery is not discharged.
If the warning message appears after removing the non-factory electrical accessories, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
3-66
Door, Hood, Liftgate open indicator
Sunroof open indicator (if equipped)
Low Pressure
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
OOSEV048113
This warning is displayed if any door or the hood or the liftgate is left open. The warning will indicate which door is open in the display.
CAUTION
Before driving the vehicle, you should confirm that the door/ hood/liftgate is fully closed. Also, check there is no door/ hood/liftgate open warning light or message displayed on the instrument cluster.
OOSEV048114
This warning is displayed if you turn off the engine when the sunroof is open.
Close the sunroof securely before leaving your vehicle.
OOSEV048111N
This warning message is displayed if the tire pressure is low.
The display will indicate which of the tires has low tire pressure and what is the approximate tire pressure value.
For more details, refer to "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" in chapter 6.
3-67
Convenient features of your vehicle
Lights mode
Wiper mode
Front
Rear
Heated Steering Wheel turned off (if equipped) This message is displayed if you turn off the heated steering wheel.
For more details, refer to "Heated Steering Wheel" in this chapter.
OIK047145L
This indicator displays the exterior lights mode when selected using the headlamp control stalk.
You can activate or deactivate Wiper/Lights Display function from the User Settings mode in the cluster LCD display.
OIK047146L/OTMA048119
This indicator displays the windshield wiper mode when selected using the windshield wiper stalk.
You can activate or deactivate Wiper/Lights Display function from the User Settings mode in the cluster LCD display.
Low washer fluid This warning message is displayed if the washer fluid level in the reservoir is nearly empty. Have the washer fluid reservoir refilled.
Check headlight This warning message is displayed if the headlights are not operating properly. A headlight bulb may need to be replaced. Make sure to replace the burned out bulb with a new one of the same wattage rating.
3-68
Convenient features of your vehicle
Check turn signal
Check High Beam Assist (HBA) Check Forward Collision
This warning message is displayed if system (if equipped)
Avoidance Assist system
the turn signal lamps are not operat- This warning message is displayed if This warning message is displayed if
ing properly. A lamp may need to be there is a problem with High Beam there is a problem with Forward
replaced.
Assist system. Have the vehicle Collision-Avoidance Assist system.
Make sure to replace the burned out inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI Have the vehicle inspected by an
bulb with a new one of the same dealer.
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
wattage rating.
For more details, refer to "High For more details, refer to "Forward
3
Beam Assist (HBA)" in chapter 3. Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)"
Check brake light
in chapter 5.
This warning message is displayed if the stop lamps are not operating properly. A lamp may need to be replaced.
Make sure to replace the burned out bulb with a new one of the same wattage rating.
Check headlight LED (if equipped)
This warning message is displayed if there is a problem with the LED headlight. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Check Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system
This warning message is displayed if there is a problem with the BlindSpot Collision Warning system. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Check cornering lamp (if equipped)
This warning message is displayed if the cornering lamps are not operating properly. A lamp may need to be replaced.
For more details, refer to "BlindSpot Collision Warning/Rear CrossTraffic Collision Warning (RCCW) System in chapter 5.
Make sure to replace the burned out bulb with a new one of the same wattage rating.
3-69
Convenient features of your vehicle
Check Smart Cruise Control System (if equipped)
This warning message is displayed if there is a problem with the Smart Cruise Control system. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
For more details, refer to "Smart Cruise Control (SCC)" in chapter 5.
Check Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system
This warning message is displayed if there is a problem with Driver Attention Warning. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
For more details, refer to "Driver Attention Warning (DAW)" in chapter 5.
Check Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system
This warning message is displayed if there is a problem with Check Lane Keeping Assist system. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
For more details, refer to "Check Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)" in chapter 5.
3-70
Convenient features of your vehicle
Shift to P to charge
Remaining Time
AC charge
DC charge
Unplug vehicle to start
3
OOSEV048119L
This message is displayed if you connect the charging cable without the gear in the P (Park) position.
Shift to P (Park) before connecting the charging cable.
OOSEV048133N/OOSEV048198N
This message is displayed to notify the remaining time to charge the battery to the selected target battery charge level.
OOSEV048129L
This message is displayed when you start the vehicle without unplugging the charging cable. Unplug the charging cable, and then turn on the vehicle.
3-71
Convenient features of your vehicle
Charging Door Open
Charging Stopped. Check the AC/DC charger
AC charge
DC charge
If this warning message appears, check if there is a problem with the charging cable or connector, or if there is an error message on the charging station display screen.
If the same problem occurs when charging the vehicle with a normally operating AC charger or genuine HYUNDAI portable charger, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
OOSEV048130N
This message is displayed when you attempt to shift the vehicle out of P (Park) with the charging door open. You must close the charging door before driving the vehicle.
OOSEV048131N/OOSEV048132N
· This warning message is displayed when charging is stopped, possibly due to one of the following reasons:
- There is a problem with the external AC charger or DC charger charger
- The external AC charger stopped charging
- The charging cable is damaged
3-72
Charging Stopped. Check the cable connection
If the same problem occurs when charging the vehicle with a replaced charging cable or genuine HYUNDAI portable charger, we recommend that you have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Check regenerative brakes / Stop vehicle and check regenerative brakes
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
OOSEV048196N
This warning message is displayed when charging is stopped because the charging connector is not correctly connected to the vehicle charging port.
If this message is displayed, disconnect the charging cable from the vehicle charging port and reconnect it. Before reconnecting, check to make sure there is no foreign debris or damage to the connector or charging port on the vehicle.
OOSEV048118L/OOSEV048117N
This warning message is displayed when the regenerative brake system does not work properly. If this warning message is displayed, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
3-73
Convenient features of your vehicle
Low Battery
Charge immediately. Power limited
Low outside temperature may limit power output. Charge EV battery / Low EV battery temperature. Power limited
AC charge
DC charge
OOSEV048121N
When the high voltage battery level reaches below 8%, this warning message is displayed.
The warning light on the instrument cluster ( ) will turn ON simultaneously.
Charge the high voltage battery immediately.
OOSEV048122L
When the high voltage battery level reaches below 3%, this warning message is displayed.
The warning light on the instrument cluster ( ) and the power down warning light ( ) will turn on simultaneously.
The vehicle's power will be reduced to minimize the energy consumption of the high voltage battery. Charge the battery immediately.
OOSEV048199N/OOSEV048126N
[A] : Displays when turning off vehicle. [B] : Displays when turning on vehicle.
Both warning messages are displayed to protect electric vehicle system when the outside ambient temperature is low. If the high voltage battery charging level is low and parked outside in low temperature for a long time, vehicle power could be limited.
Charging the battery before driving helps increase power.
3-74
Convenient features of your vehicle
NOTICE
If this warning message is still displayed even after the ambient temperature has increased, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
EV Battery Overheated! Stop vehicle
Power limited
3
OOSEV048122N
This warning message is displayed to protect battery and electric vehicle system when the high voltage battery temperature is too high.
Turn off the POWER button and stop the vehicle so that the battery temperature decreases.
OOSEV048125L
In the following cases, this warning message is displayed when the vehicle's power is limited for safety.
· When the high voltage battery is below a certain level, or voltage is decreasing.
· When the temperature of the motor or high voltage battery is very high.
· When there is a problem with the cooling system or a failure that may interrupt normal driving.
3-75
Convenient features of your vehicle
NOTICE
· When this warning message is displayed, do not accelerate or start the vehicle suddenly.
· When the high voltage battery level is low, the power down warning illuminates and the power output from the vehicle is limited. Charge the battery immediately since your vehicle may not drive uphill or skid on a slope with the warning light ON.
Stop vehicle and check power supply
Check Virtual Engine Sound System
OOSEV048200N
This warning message is displayed when a failure occurs in the power supply system.
If this warning message is displayed, park your vehicle in a safe location and have your vehicle towed to the nearest authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the vehicle inspected.
OOSEV048116N
This message is displayed when there is a problem with the Virtual Engine Sound System (VESS).
If this warning message is displayed, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
3-76
Check electric vehicle system
OOSEV048124L
This warning message is displayed when there is a problem with the electric vehicle control system. Refrain from driving when the warning message is displayed. If this warning message is displayed, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
3
3-77
Convenient features of your vehicle
Convenient features of your vehicle
LCD DISPLAY LCD Display Control
Type A
Type B
The LCD display modes can be changed by using the control buttons.
(1) : MODE button for changing modes
(2) , : MOVE switch for changing items
(3) OK : SELECT/RESET button for setting or resetting the selected item
3-78
OOSEV048015
Convenient features of your vehicle
LCD Display Modes
Menu
Trip Computer
TBT
Assist
User Settings
Master warning
3
Consumption Info
Route Guidance Lane Keeping Assist Head-Up Display The Master Warning
Accumulated Info Drive Info
Destination Info
Smart Cruise Control Driver Attention
Driver Assistance Door
mode displays warning messages related to the vehicle when
Digital Speedometer
Warning
Lights
one or more systems
Driving Style
Tire Pressure
Sound Convenience
is not operating normally.
Up/Down
Service Interval Other
Utility Mode
Language
Reset
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
3-79
Convenient features of your vehicle
Trip computer mode
Turn By Turn (TBT) mode
Driving Assist mode
OOSEV048135N
The trip computer mode displays information related to vehicle driving parameters including energy efficiency tripmeter information and vehicle speed.
For more details, refer to "Trip Computer" in this chapter.
OIK047147N
This mode displays the state of the navigation.
OOSEV058047N
SCC/LKA,DAW This mode displays the state of : - Smart Cruise Control - Lane Keeping Assist - Driver Attention Warning
For more details, refer to each system information in chapter 5.
3-80
Convenient features of your vehicle
Master warning mode
- High Beam Assist malfunction (if equipped)
- Smart Cruise Control system malfunction (if equipped)
- Smart Cruise Control system radar blocked (if equipped)
- Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) malfunction
3
OOSEV048112N
Tire Pressure This mode displays information related to Tire Pressure.
For more details, refer to "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" in chapter 6.
OOSEV048171L
This warning light informs the driver
the following situations.
- Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist system malfunction (if equipped)
- Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist radar blocked (if equipped)
- Blind-Spot Collision Warning system malfunction (if equipped)
- Blind-Spot Collision Warning radar blocked (if equipped)
- Lamp malfunction
- LED headlamp malfunction (if equipped)
At this time, a Master Warning icon ( ) will appear beside the User Settings icon ( ), on the LCD display.
3-81
Convenient features of your vehicle
User settings mode
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
Quick guide help
This mode provides quick guides for the systems in the User Settings mode.
Select an item, press and hold the OK button.
For more details, about each system, refer to this Owner's Manual.
OOSEV048216N
In this mode, you can change the settings of the instrument cluster, doors, lamps, etc. 1. Head-up display 2. Driver Assistance 3. Door 4. Lights 5. Sound 6. Convenience 7. Service interval 8. Other 9. Utility Mode 10. Language 11. Reset
OOSEV048172L
Shift to P to edit settings
This warning message appears if you try to adjust the User Settings while driving.
For your safety, change the User Settings after parking the vehicle, applying the parking brake and shifting to P (Park).
3-82
Convenient features of your vehicle
1. Head-Up Display
Items Display Height
Explanation To adjust the height of the image displayed
Rotation
To adjust the angle of the image displayed.
3
Brightness
To adjust the brightness of the image displayed.
Content Selection
To select the content to be displayed. - Turn by Turn - Traffic Info - Driving Assist Info - Lane Safety Info - Blind-Spot Safety Info
Speed Size Speed Color
To select the speedometer size displayed. - Large/Medium/Small
To select the speedometer color displayed. - White/Orange/Green
For more details, refer to "Head-Up Display" in this chapter.
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
3-83
Convenient features of your vehicle
2. Driver Assistance
Items SCC Reaction Driver Attention Warning
Lane Safety
Explanation
· Slow / Normal / Fast To adjust the sensitivity of the Smart Cruise Control system.
For more details, refer to ''Smart Cruise Control (SCC)'' in chapter 5.
· High sensitivity / Normal sensitivity / Off To adjust the sensitivity of the Driver Attention Warning.
For more details, refer to the "DAW (Driver Attention Warning)" in chapter 5.
· Lane Departure Warning: If selected, the system provides a warning when the vehicle leaves the lane.
· LKA: If selected, the system controls the vehicle and provides a warning when the vehicle leaves the lane.
· Active LKA: If selected, the system controls the vehicle and provides a warning when the vehicle leaves the lane.
For more details, refer to the "Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)" in chapter 5.
3-84
Convenient features of your vehicle
Items Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist Forward Collision Warning Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning
Explanation
To activate or deactivate the Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist system. For more details, refer to the "Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)" in chapter 5.
To adjust the initial warning alert time for Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist system.
3
- Early / Normal / Late
For more details, refer to "Forward Collision Avoidance Assist (FCA)" in chapter 5.
To activate or deactivate the Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning system. For more details, refer to "Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW)" in chapter 5.
Blind-Spot Collision Warning Sound
To activate or deactivate the Blind- Spot Collision Warning sound. For more details, refer to "Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW)" in chapter 5.
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
3-85
Convenient features of your vehicle
3. Door
Items
Auto Lock
Auto Unlock
Explanation
· Disable: The auto door lock operation will be canceled. · Enable on speed: All doors will be automatically locked when the vehicle speed exceeds 9.3
mph (15 km/h). · Enable on shift: All doors will be automatically locked if the vehicle is shifted from the P (Park)
position to the R (Reverse), N (Neutral), or D (Drive) position (only when the vehicle is in the ready mode).
· Disable : The auto door unlock operation will be canceled. · Vehicle off : All doors will be automatically unlocked when the POWER button is set to the
OFF position. · On shift to P : All doors will be automatically unlocked if the gear is shifted to the P (Park)
position (only when the vehicle is in the ready mode).
Two Press Unlock
· Off: The two press unlock function will be deactivated. Therefore, all doors will unlock if the door unlock button is pressed.
· On: Only the driver's door will unlock if the door unlock button is pressed. When the door unlock button is pressed again within 4 seconds, the remaining doors will unlock.
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
3-86
Convenient features of your vehicle
4. Lights
Items One Touch Turn Signal Headlight Delay
Explanation
· Off: The one touch turn signal function will be deactivated. · 3, 5, 7 Flashes: The turn signal indicator will blink 3, 5, or 7 times when the turn signal lever is
moved slightly.
For more details, refer to "Lighting" in this chapter.
3
To activate or deactivate the headlight delay function.
For more details, refer to "Lighting" in this chapter.
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
5. Sound
Items Parking Distance Warning Volume
Explanation
· Level 1 / Level 2 / Level 3 To adjust the Parking Distance Warning system volume.
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
3-87
Convenient features of your vehicle
6. Convenience
Items Wireless Charging System Wiper/Lights Display
Explanation
To activate or deactivate the wireless charging system in the front seat.
For more details, refer to "Wireless Charging System" in this chapter.
To activate or deactivate the Wiper/Light mode. When activated, the LCD display shows the selected Wiper/Light mode whenever you change the mode.
Auto Rear Wiper (in R)
To activate or deactivate the rear wiper while the vehicle is in reverse with the front wiper ON.
Gear Position Pop-up
To activate or deactivate the gear position pop-up. When activated, the gear position will be displayed in the cluster LCD display.
Smart Regeneration Icy Road Warning
To activate or deactivate the Smart Regeneration function. When activated, the regeneration level is adjusted automatically according to the current driving situation. For more details, refer to "Smart Regeneration System" in chapter 5.
To activate or deactivate the Icy Road Warning function.
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
3-88
Convenient features of your vehicle
7. Service Interval
Items Service Interval
Explanation To activate or deactivate the service interval function.
Adjust Interval
If the service interval menu is activated, you may adjust the time and distance.
3
i Information
To use the service interval menu, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
If the service interval is activated and the time and distance is adjusted, messages are displayed in the following situations each time the vehicle is turned on. - Service in: Displayed to inform the driver the remaining mileage and days to service. - Service required: Displayed when the mileage and days to service has been reached or passed.
i Information
If any of the following conditions occur, the mileage and number of days to service may be incorrect. - The battery cable is disconnected. - The fuse switch is turned off. - The battery is discharged.
3-89
Convenient features of your vehicle
8. Other
Items
Aux. Battery Saver+
Energy Consumption Reset
Speedometer Subscale Energy Consumption Unit Temperature Unit Tire Pressure Unit
Explanation To activate or deactivate the Aux. Battery Saver+ function. When activated, the high voltage battery is used to keep the 12V battery charged.
For more details, refer to the "Aux. Battery Saver+" section in the Electric Vehicle System Overview manual.
· Off : The average fuel economy will not reset automatically whenever recharging. · After Ignition : The average fuel economy will reset automatically whenever it has passed 4
hours after turning OFF the vehicle. · After Recharging : The average fuel economy will reset automatically when recharging.
For more details, refer to "Trip Computer" in this chapter.
To activate or deactivate the display of a secondary speedometer. When activated, it is displayed underneath the main speedometer. For more details, refer to "Gauges and Meters" in this chapter.
· km/kWh / kWh / 100km / mi/kWh To select the electric energy economy unit.
· °C / °F To select the temperature unit.
· psi / kPa / bar To select the tire pressure unit.
3-90
Convenient features of your vehicle
9. Utility mode
Items
Switch to utility mode?
10. Language
Items Language
Explanation
To activate the utility mode. When activated, electric devices in the vehicle is operated using the high voltage battery.
For more details, refer to the "Utility Mode" section in the Electric Vehicle System Overview manual.
3
To select language.
Explanation
11. Reset
Items
Explanation
Reset
You can reset the menus in the User Settings mode. All menus in the User Settings mode are reset to factory settings, except language and service interval.
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
3-91
Convenient features of your vehicle
TRIP COMPUTER
The trip computer is a microcomputer-controlled driver information system that displays information related to driving.
i Information
Some driving information stored in the trip computer resets if the battery is disconnected.
Trip modes
Consumption Info · Average Energy Consumption · Instant Energy Consumption
Accumulated Info · Tripmeter · Average Energy Consumption · Timer
Drive Info
· Tripmeter · Average Energy Consumption · Timer
Type A
Type B
OOSEV048015
To change the trip mode, toggle the " , " switch on the steering wheel.
Digital Speedometer Driving Style
3-92
Convenient features of your vehicle
Consumption info display
Manual reset
To clear the average energy consumption manually, press the OK button on the steering wheel for more than 1 second when the average energy consumption is displayed.
Instant Energy Consumption (2)
· The instantaneous energy consumption is displayed according to the bar graph in the LCD display while driving.
Automatic reset
3
To change the automatic reset for the
Energy Consumption display, select
one of the options in the User Settings
mode on the LCD display.
OOSEV048135N
Average Energy Consumption (1)
· The average energy consumption is calculated by the total driving distance and the high voltage battery usage since the last average energy consumption reset.
- After ignition: The average energy consumption will reset automatically after the vehicle has been turned OFF for at least four hours.
- After recharging: The average energy consumption will reset automatically after the vehicle has been charged more that 10%.
· The average energy consumption can be reset both manually and automatically.
i Information
The vehicle must be driven for a minimum of 0.19 miles (300 meters) since the last ignition key cycle before the average energy consumption will be recalculated.
3-93
Convenient features of your vehicle
Accumulated Info display
The accumulated driving information will continue to be counted while the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode (for example, when the vehicle is in traffic or stopped at a stop light).
Drive Info display
OOSEV048136N
This display shows the accumulated trip distance (1), the average energy consumption (2), and the total driving time (3).
The information is accumulated starting from the last reset.
To reset the details, press and hold the OK button when viewing the Accumulated driving info.
i Information
The vehicle must be driven for a minimum of 0.19 miles (300 meters) since the last ignition key cycle before the average accumulated driving information is recalculated.
OOSEV048137N
This display shows the trip distance (1), the average energy consumption (2), and the total driving time (3).
The information is combined for each ignition cycle. However, when the vehicle has been OFF for 4 hours or longer the Drive Info screen will reset.
The driving information will continue to be counted while the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode (for example, when the vehicle is in traffic or stopped at a stop light).
3-94
Convenient features of your vehicle
i Information
The vehicle must be driven for a minimum of 0.19 miles (300 meters) since the last ignition key cycle before the driving information is recalculated.
Energy flow
Driving style
Digital speedometer
3
OIK047151N
This digital speedometer display shows the speed of the vehicle.
OOSEV048139N
The electric vehicle system informs the drivers its energy flow in various operating modes. While driving, the current energy flow is specified in 3 modes.
For more details, refer to the "Energy Flow" section in the Electric Vehicle System Overview manual.
OOSEV048138N
This display shows whether the driver's driving style is Economical(1), Normal (2) or Aggressive (3).
3-95
Convenient features of your vehicle
HEAD UP DISPLAY (HUD) (IF EQUIPPED)
Precautions while using the head up display
It may sometimes be difficult to read information on the head up display in the following situations.
- The driver is improperly positioned in the driver's seat.
- The driver wears polarizing-filter sunglasses.
OOSEV040016N
The Head-Up Display is an optional feature that allows the driver to view information projected onto a transparent screen while still keeping your eyes safely on the road ahead while driving.
- An object is located above the head up display cover.
- The vehicle is driven on a wet road.
- Any improper lighting accessory is installed inside the vehicle, or there is incoming light from outside of the vehicle.
- The driver wears glasses.
- The driver wears contact lenses.
When it is difficult to read the head up display information, adjust the image height or brightness level of the head-up display in the User Settings mode.
For more details, refer to "LCD Display Modes" in this chapter.
WARNING
· Do not attach any stickers or accessories on the head-up display or crash pad.
· Do not attempt to adjust or try to move the combiner screen or the mechanical door on top of the dash manually by hand.
· The image may be invisible due to finger prints. Also, excessive force applied during operation may damage the display.
· Do not place any objects near the head-up display.
Interference with such objects during activation may influence the operation or damage the display.
· Do not put any drinks near the head-up display. If liquid flows in the display, the unit could be damaged.
3-96
· Do not place any objects on or around the head-up display. Do not apply any decals or stickers on the combiner screen. Doing so may obstruct the image display.
· Avoid prolonged exposure of direct sunlight onto the combiner screen.
· Do not place any objects on, inside, or near the combiner screen when the head-up display is either opened or closed.
Use caution to prevent any objects from falling inside the mechanical door.
· Use only a soft cloth to clean the combiner screen. Do not use any organic solvents, detergents, or polishing materials. Doing so could damage the display.
· For your safety, make sure to stop the vehicle before adjusting the settings.
CAUTION
Head Up Display ON/OFF
· When you open or close the
head-up display, noise may
occur from the motor and
gear.
· When you adjust the image
3
height of the head-up display,
noise may occur from the
motor and gear.
OOSEV048057K
Use the button on the left hand side of the dash panel to activate/deactivate the Head-up display when the the POWER button is in the ON position or when the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode.
The head-up display will retract automatically when the engine is turned OFF and the doors are locked with the Smart Key or when pressing the button on the outside door handle.
Note that if the vehicle is turned OFF and the doors are not locked, the head-up display will automatically retract after approximately five minutes.
3-97
Convenient features of your vehicle
Convenient features of your vehicle
Head Up Display Information
i Information
If you select the Turn By Turn (TBT) navigation information as head-up display contents, the Turn By Turn (TBT) navigation information will not be displayed on the LCD Display.
Head Up Display Setting
OOSEV048217N
1. Turn By Turn (TBT) navigation information (if equipped)
2. Speed limit sign (if equipped) 3. Speedometer 4. SCC setting speed 5. SCC Headway information
(if equipped) 6. Lane Safety information 7. Blind-Spot Safety information
(if equipped) 8. Warning Message
(Low Electric Energy, etc.) 9. Audio Station Info
3-98
OOSEV048142N
On the LCD display, you can change the head-up display settings as follows. · Display Height · Rotation · Brightness · Content Select · Speed Size · Speed Color
For more details, refer to "LCD Display" in this chapter.
Convenient features of your vehicle
LIGHTING Exterior Lights
Lighting control
To operate the lights, turn the knob at the end of the control lever to one of the following positions:
Daytime running light (DRL)
The Daytime Running Lights (DRL) can make it easier for others to see the front of your vehicle during the day, especially after dawn and before sunset.
The DRL system will turn the dedi-
3
cated lamp OFF when :
· The headlamps are ON.
· The parking lamps are ON.
OOS047050N
· The vehicle is turned off.
AUTO headlamp position
· The parking brake is engaged.
OOS047404N
The parking lamp and headlamp will be turned ON or OFF automatically depending on the amount of daylight as measured by the ambient light sensor (1) on the center dash.
1. OFF position 2. AUTO headlamp position 3. Parking lamp position 4. Headlamp position
Even with the AUTO headlamp feature in operation, it is recommended to manually turn ON the headlamps when driving at night, driving in rainy or foggy conditions, or when entering dark areas such as tunnels or underground parking facilities.
3-99
Convenient features of your vehicle
NOTICE
· Do not cover or spill anything on the sensor (1) located in front of the instrument panel.
· Do not clean the sensor using a window cleaner, the cleanser may leave a light film which could interfere with sensor operation.
· If your vehicle has window tint or other types of metallic coating on the front windshield, the AUTO headlamp system may not work properly.
OOS047405N
Parking lamp position ( )
The parking lamp, license plate lamp and instrument panel lamp are turned ON.
OOS047406N
Headlamp position ( )
The headlamp, parking lamp, license plate lamp and instrument panel lamp are turned ON.
i Information
The POWER button must be in the ON position to turn on the headlamp.
3-100
High beam operation
High Beam Assist (HBA) (if equipped)
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
OOS047407N
To turn on the high beam headlamp, push the lever away from you. The lever will return to its original position. The high beam indicator will light when the headlamp high beams are switched on. To turn off the high beam headlamp, pull the lever towards you. The low beams will turn on.
WARNING
Do not use high beam when there are other vehicles approaching you. Using high beam could obstruct the other driver's vision.
OOS047408N
To flash the high beam headlamp, pull the lever towards you, then release the lever. The high beams will remain ON as long as you hold the lever towards you.
OOS047409N
The High Beam Assist is a system that automatically adjusts the headlamp range (switches between high beam and low beam) according to the brightness of other vehicles and road conditions.
Operating condition 1. Place the headlamp switch in the
AUTO position. 2. Turn on the high beam by pushing
the lever away from you. The High Beam Assist ( ) indicator will illuminate.
3-101
Convenient features of your vehicle
3. High Beam Assist will turn on when vehicle speed is above 25 mph (40 km/h).
· If the headlamp switch is pushed away when High Beam Assist is operating, High Beam Assist will turn off and the high beam will be on continuously.
· If the headlamp switch is pulled towards you when the high beam is off, the high beam will turn on without High Beam Assist canceled. When you let go of the light switch, the lever will move to the middle and the high beam will turn off.
· If the headlamp switch is pulled towards you when the high beam is on by High Beam Assist, the low beam will be on and High Beam Assist will turn off.
· If the headlamp switch is placed to the headlamp ON position, High Beam Assist will turn off and the low beam will be on continuously.
When High Beam Assist is operating, the high beam switches to low beam if any of the following conditions occur :
- When the headlamp of an on-coming vehicle is detected.
- When the tail lamp of a vehicle in front is detected.
- When the headlamp or tail lamp of a motorcycle or a bicycle is detected.
- When the surrounding ambient light is bright enough that high beams are not required.
- When streetlights or other lights are detected.
- When the headlamp switch is not in the AUTO position.
- When High Beam Assist is off.
- When vehicle speed is below 20 mph (30 km/h).
OIK047132N
Warning light and message
When High Beam Assist is not working properly, the Check High Beam Assist warning message will come on for a few seconds. After the message disappears, the master warning light ( ) will illuminate. Take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked.
3-102
Convenient features of your vehicle
WARNING
· When the vehicle is driven on · When the front window is cov-
a narrow curved road or rough
ered with foreign matters such
The system may not operate nor-
road.
as ice, dust, fog, or is damaged.
mally if any of the following con-
· When the vehicle is driven on
3) When the forward visibility is
ditions should occur:
an uphill road or downhill
poor. Such examples may
1) When the illumination from
road.
include:
an on-coming vehicle or a vehicle in front is dim. Such
· When only part of the vehicle in front is visible on a crossroad
· When the headlamps of an oncoming vehicle or a vehicle in
3
examples may include:
or curved road.
front is not detected due to
· When the headlamps of an oncoming vehicle or the tail lamps of a vehicle in front is
· When there is a traffic light, reflecting sign, flashing sign or mirror.
poor outside visibility (smog, smoke, dust, fog, heavy rain, snow, etc.).
covered with dust, snow, or water.
· When the headlamps on an on-
· When the road conditions are bad such as being wet or covered with snow.
· When the windshield visibility is poor.
coming vehicle are OFF, but the fog lamps are ON.
· When a vehicle suddenly appears from a curve.
2) When the High Beam Assist camera is adversely affected by an external condition. Such examples may include:
· When the vehicle's headlamps have been damaged or not repaired properly.
· When the vehicle headlamps are not aimed properly.
· When the vehicle is tilted from a flat tire or being towed.
· When Lane Keeping Assist system warning light illuminates (if equipped).
· When the light from the oncoming or front vehicle is not detected because of smoke, fog, snow, etc.
3-103
Convenient features of your vehicle
WARNING
· Do not attempt to disassemble the front view camera without the assistance of an authorized HYUNDAI dealer technician. If camera is removed for any reason, the system may need to be re-calibrated. Have the system inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· If the windshield of your vehicle is replaced, most likely the front view camera will need to be re-calibrated. If this occurs, have your vehicle inspected and have the system re-calibrated by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· Be careful that water doesn't get into the High Beam Assist (HBA) unit and do not remove or damage related parts of the High Beam Assist (HBA) system.
· Do not place objects on the crash pad that reflect light such as mirrors, white paper, etc. The system may malfunction if sunlight is reflected.
· At times, High Beam Assist may not work properly. The system is for your convenience only. It is the responsibility of the driver for safe driving practices and always check the road conditions for your safety.
· When the system does not operate normally, change the headlamp position manually between the high beam and low beam.
Turn signals and lane change signals
OOS047410N
To signal a turn, push down on the lever for a left turn or up for a right turn in position (A). If an indicator stays on and does not flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of the turn signal bulbs may be burned out and will require replacement.
One-touch turn signal function
To activate the One Touch Turn Signal function, push the turn signal lever up or down to position (B) and then release it.
3-104
Convenient features of your vehicle
The lane change signals will blink 3, Headlamp delay function
NOTICE
5 or 7 times.
You can activate or deactivate the One Touch Turn Signal function or choose the number of blinks (3, 5, or 7) from the User Settings mode in the LCD display.
If the POWER button is placed in the ACC position or the OFF position with the headlamps ON, the headlamps (and/or parking lamps) remain on for about 5 minutes. However, if the driver's door is opened and closed, the headlights are turned off
If the driver exits the vehicle through another door besides the driver door, the battery saver function does not operate and the headlamp delay function does not turn OFF automatically.
3
For more details, refer to the "LCD after 15 seconds. Also, with the vehi- This may cause the battery to dis-
Display" section in this chapter. cle off if the driver's door is opened charge. To avoid battery dis-
and closed, the headlamps (and/or charge, turn OFF the headlamps
Battery saver function
The purpose of this feature is to prevent the battery from being discharged. The system automatically turns off the parking lamp when the driver turns the vehicle off and opens the driver-side door.
parking lamps) are turned off after 15 seconds.
The headlamps (and/or parking lamps) can be turned off by pressing the lock button on the smart key twice or turning the light switch to the OFF or AUTO position.
manually from the headlamp switch before exiting the vehicle.
With this feature, the parking lamps will turn off automatically if the driver parks on the side of road at night.
If necessary, to keep the lamps on when the vehicle is turned off, perform the following:
You can activate or deactivate the Headlamp Delay function from the User Settings mode (Light) on the LCD display.
For more details, refer to the "LCD Display" section in this chapter.
1) Open the driver-side door.
2) Turn the parking lamps OFF and ON again using the headlamp switch on the steering column.
3-105
Convenient features of your vehicle
Smart Cornering Lamp (if equipped)
As an optional safety feature, your vehicle may be equipped with a smart cornering lamp. The cornering lamp turns ON automatically while driving when the vehicle enters into a cornering maneuver.
The system will operate under the following conditions:
· When the headlamps are turned ON
· When the steering angle is above 25 to 35 degrees (depending on vehicle speed)
· When the vehicle speed is under 25 mph (40 km/h)
Welcome System
Headlamp and parking lamp
When the headlamp (lamp switch in the headlamp or AUTO position) is on and all doors (and liftgate) are locked and closed, the parking lamp and headlamp will come on for 15 seconds when the door unlock button is pressed on the smart key.
At this time, if you press the door lock or unlock button, the parking lamp and headlamp will turn off immediately.
You can activate or deactivate the Welcome Light from the User Settings mode on the LCD display. For more details, refer to "LCD Display" in this chapter.
Interior lamp
When the interior lamp switch is in the DOOR position and all doors (and liftgate) are closed and locked, the room lamp will come on for 30 seconds if any of the below is performed.
· When the door unlock button is pressed on the smart key.
· When the button of the outside door handle is pressed.
At this time, if you press the door lock or unlock button, the room lamp will turn off immediately.
3-106
Convenient features of your vehicle
Interior Lights WARNING
Front lamps
Type A
This light produces a spot beam for convenient use as a map lamp at night or as a personal lamp for the driver and the front passenger.
Do not use the interior lights
when driving in the dark. The interior lights may obscure your view and cause an accident.
Front Door Lamp (2) (
) :
3
The front or rear room lamps come
on when the front or rear doors are
NOTICE
opened. When doors are unlocked by
Do not use the interior lights for extended periods when the vehicle is turned off or the battery will discharge.
Type B
OOSEV048023
the smart key, the front and rear lamps come on for approximately 30 seconds as long as any door is not opened. The front and rear room lamps go out gradually after approxi-
mately 30 seconds if the door is
Interior lamp AUTO cut
The interior lamps will automatically go off approximately 20 minutes after the vehicle is turned off and the doors closed. If a door is opened, the lamp will go off 40 minutes after the vehicle is turned off. If the doors are locked by the smart key and the vehi-
closed. However, if the POWER button is in the ON position or all doors are locked, the front and rear lamps will turn off. If a door is opened with the POWER button in the ACC position or the OFF position, the front and rear lamps stay on for about 20 minutes.
cle enters the armed stage of the
OOSEV048045
theft alarm system, the lamps will go off five seconds later.
Front Map Lamp (1) :
Press either of these lenses to turn
the map lamp on or off.
3-107
Convenient features of your vehicle
Front Room Lamp
·
(3) :
Press the button to turn ON the room lamp for the front/rear seats.
Rear lamp
Luggage compartment lamp
·
(4) :
Press the button to turn OFF the room lamp for the front/rear seats regardless of front or rear door open position.
OOSEV048023
Rear Room Lamp ( ): Press this switch to turn the rear room lamp on and off.
OOSEV048025
The luggage compartment lamp comes on when the liftgate is opened.
NOTICE
The luggage compartment lamp comes on as long as the liftgate is open. To prevent unnecessary battery system drain, close the liftgate securely after using the luggage compartment.
3-108
Vanity mirror lamp
OOS047055
Push the switch to turn the light on or off. · : The lamp will turn on if this
button is pressed. · : The lamp will turn off if this
button is pressed. NOTICE Always have the switch in the off position when the vanity mirror lamp is not in use. If the sunvisor is closed without the lamp off, it may discharge the battery or damage the sunvisor.
3
3-109
Convenient features of your vehicle
Convenient features of your vehicle
WIPERS AND WASHERS
Front windshield wiper/washer
Rear window wiper/washer
OPD047454L
· LO Low wiper speed · HI High wiper speed
B : Intermittent control wipe time adjustment
C : Wash with brief wipes (front) (pull lever towards you)
D : Rear wiper/washer control · HI High wiper speed · LO Low wiper speed · OFF Off
E : Wash with brief wipes (rear) (push lever away from you)
* : if equipped
OTLA045318
A : Wiper speed control · MIST Single wipe · OFF Off · INT Intermittent wipe AUTO* Auto control wipe
3-110
Front Windshield Wipers
Operates as follows when the POWER button is in the ON position.
MIST : For a single wiping cycle, push the lever upward and release. The wipers will operate continuously if the lever is held in this position.
OFF : Wiper is not in operation.
INT : Wiper operates intermittently at the same wiping intervals. To vary the speed setting, move the speed control lever. The top most setting will run the wipers most frequently (for more rain). The bottom setting will run the wipers the least frequently (for less rain).
AUTO : The rain sensor located on the upper end of the windshield glass senses the amount of rainfall and controls the wiping cycle for the proper interval. The more it rains, the faster the wiper operates. When the rain stops, the wiper stops.To vary the speed setting, turn the speed control knob (B).
Convenient features of your vehicle
LO : The wiper runs at a lower speed. AUTO - Automatic Wiper Control HI : The wiper runs at a higher speed. (if equipped)
WARNING
i Information
If there is heavy accumulation of snow or ice on the windshield, defrost the windshield for about 10 minutes, or until the snow and/or ice is removed before using the windshield wipers to ensure proper operation.
The rain sensor located on the upper end of the windshield glass senses the amount of rainfall and controls the wiping cycle for the proper interval.
The wiper operation time will be automatically controlled depends on rainfall.
To avoid personal injury from the windshield wipers, when the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode and the windshield wiper switch is placed in the AUTO mode:
· Do not touch the upper end of the windshield glass facing
3
If you do not remove the snow and/or When the rain stops, the wiper stops.
the rain sensor.
ice before using the wiper and washer, To vary the sensitivity setting, turn · Do not wipe the upper end of
it may damage the wiper and washer the sensitivity control knob (1).
the windshield glass with a
system.
If the wiper switch is set in AUTO
damp or wet cloth.
mode when the POWER button is in · Do not put pressure on the
the ON position, the wiper will oper-
windshield glass.
ate once to perform a self-check of
the system. Set the wiper to OFF
position when the wiper is not in use.
3-111
Convenient features of your vehicle
NOTICE
· When washing the vehicle, set the wiper switch in the OFF position to stop the auto wiper operation. The wiper may operate and be damaged if the switch is set in the AUTO mode while washing the vehicle.
· Do not remove the sensor cover located on the upper end of the passenger side windshield glass. Damage to system parts could occur and may not be covered by your vehicle warranty.
· Because of using a photo sensor, temporary malfunction could occur according to sudden ambient light change made by stone and dust while driving.
Front Windshield Washers
OTLE045164
In the OFF position, pull the lever gently toward you to spray washer fluid on the windshield and to run the wipers 1-3 cycles. The spray and wiper operation will continue until you release the lever. If the washer does not work, you may need to add washer fluid to the washer fluid reservoir.
WARNING
When the outside temperature is below freezing, ALWAYS warm the windshield using the defroster to help prevent the washer fluid from freezing on the windshield and obscuring your vision which could result in an accident and serious injury or death.
3-112
Convenient features of your vehicle
NOTICE
Rear Window Wiper and Washer
· To prevent possible damage to the washer pump, do not operate the washer when the fluid reservoir is empty.
· To prevent possible damage to
the wipers or windshield, do not
3
operate the wipers when the
windshield is dry.
· To prevent damage to the wiper arms and other components, do not attempt to move the wipers manually.
· To prevent possible damage to the wipers and washer system, use anti-freezing washer fluids in the winter season or cold weather.
OTLE045165
The rear window wiper and washer switch is located at the end of the wiper and washer switch lever. Turn the switch to the desired position to operate the rear wiper and washer.
HI High wiper speed
LO Low wiper speed
OFF Off
OTLE045166
Push the lever away from you to spray rear washer fluid and to run the rear wipers 1~3 cycles. The spray and wiper operation will continue until you release the lever.
Auto rear wiper The rear wiper will operate while the vehicle is in reverse with the front wiper ON by selecting the function on the LCD display.
Go to 'User Settings Convenience Auto Rear Wiper (in R)'.
3-113
Convenient features of your vehicle
REAR VIEW MONITOR (RVM)
OOSEV048020 OOSEV048021L
The Rear View Monitor will activate when the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode and the gear is in the R (Reverse) position.
This is a supplemental system that helps provide a view of the area behind the vehicle through the audio or AVN screen while the vehicle is in the R (Reverse) position.
WARNING
The Rear View Monitor is not a safety device. It only serves to assist the driver in identifying objects directly behind the middle of the vehicle. The camera does NOT cover the complete area behind the vehicle.
WARNING
· Never rely solely on the Rear view monitor when backingup.
· ALWAYS look around your vehicle to make sure there are no objects or obstacles before moving the vehicle in any direction to prevent a collision.
· Always pay close attention when the vehicle is driven close to objects, particularly pedestrians, and especially children.
NOTICE
Always keep the camera lens clean. The camera may not work normally if the lens is covered with dirt, water or snow.
3-114
Convenient features of your vehicle
REVERSE PARKING DISTANCE WARNING (PDW) (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING
Operation of Reverse Parking Distance Warning system
· ALWAYS look around your vehi- Operating condition
cle to make sure there are not · This system will activate when
any objects or obstacles before
backing up with the POWER button
moving the vehicle in any direc-
in the ON position. However, if the
tion to prevent a collision.
· Always pay close attention when the vehicle is driven close
vehicle speed exceeds 3 mph (5km/h), the system may not detect
3
objects.
to objects, particularly pedestri- · If the vehicle speed exceeds 6 mph
OOSEV048400N
[A] : Sensor
Reverse Parking Distance Warning system assists the driver when backing up the vehicle by chiming if any object is sensed within approximately 50 in (120 cm) behind the vehicle.
This system is a supplemental sys-
ans, and especially children.
· Be aware that some objects may not be visible on the screen or be detected by the sensors, due to the objects distance, size or material, all of which can limit the effectiveness of the sensor.
(10 km/h), the system will not warn you even though objects are detected.
· When more than two objects are sensed at the same time, the closest one will be recognized first.
tem that senses objects within the
range and location of the sensors, it
cannot detect objects in other areas
where sensors are not installed.
3-115
Convenient features of your vehicle
Types of warning sound and
Types of warning sound
When an object is 24 to 47 in (60 to 120 cm) from the rear bumper, the warning sound beeps intermittently.
Indicator
To Turn OFF Reverse Parking Distance Warning system
When an object is 12 to 24 in (30 to 60 cm) from the rear bumper, the warning sound beeps more frequently.
When an object is within 12 in (30 cm) from the rear bumper, the warning sound beeps continuously.
inNdOiTcIaCtEor · The indicator may differ from the illustration as objects or sensors sta-
tus. If the indicator blinks, have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. · If the audible warning does not sound or if the buzzer sounds intermittently when shifting into R (Reverse) position, this may indicate a malfunction with the Reverse Parking Distance Warning system. If this occurs, have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
OOSEV048060L
Push the button to turn OFF Reverse Parking Distance Warning system. The indicator light on the button will turn on.
3-116
Convenient features of your vehicle
Conditions Where Reverse
Reverse Parking Distance
Detecting range may decrease
Parking Distance Warning sys- Warning system may experi-
when:
tem May Not Operate
ence a malfunction when the
· Outside air temperature is extreme-
Reverse Parking Distance
following occurs:
ly hot or cold.
Warning system may not oper- · Driving on uneven road surfaces
ate normally when any of the following occur:
· The sensor is covered with dirt or debris such as snow or ice, or the sensor cover is blocked.
such as unpaved roads, gravel, bumps, or gradient.
· Objects generating excessive noise such as vehicle horns, loud motorcycle engines, or truck air brakes can interfere with the sensor.
The following objects may not be recognized by the sensor:
· Sharp or slim objects such as ropes, chains or small poles.
· Objects, which tend to absorb sen-
3
· Heavy rain or water spray is present.
· Wireless transmitters or mobile phones are present near the sensor.
· The sensor is covered with snow.
sor frequency such as clothes, spongy material or snow.
· Undetectable objects smaller than 40 inches (1 m) and narrower than 6 inches (14 cm) in diameter.
· Any non-factory equipment or acces-
sories have been installed, or if the
vehicle bumper height or sensor
installation has been modified.
3-117
Convenient features of your vehicle
Reverse Parking Distance Warning system Precautions
· The Parking Distance Warning (Reverse) system may not operate consistently in some circumstances depending on the speed of the vehicle and the shapes of the objects detected.
· Reverse Parking Distance Warning system may malfunction if the vehicle bumper height or sensor installation has been modified or damaged. Any non-factory installed equipment or accessories may also interfere with the sensor performance.
· The sensor may not recognize objects less than 12 in. (30 cm) from the sensor, or it may sense an incorrect distance. Use caution.
· When the sensor is blocked with snow, dirt, debris, or ice, the rear parking assist system may be inoperative until the snow or ice melts, or the debris is removed. Use a soft cloth to wipe debris away from the sensor.
· Do not push, scratch or strike the sensor with any hard objects that could damage the surface of the sensor. Sensor damage could occur.
· Do not spray the sensors or its surrounding area directly with a high pressure washer. Doing so may cause the sensors to fail to operate normally.
WARNING
Extreme caution should always be taken to avoid accidents or vehicle injuries. Do not solely rely on the Parking Distance Warning (Reverse) system. Always drive safely and cautiously, especially when backing up in reverse.
3-118
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM
1. Temperature control knob
2. Fan speed control knob
3
3. AUTO (automatic control) button
4. OFF button
5. Mode selection button
6. Air conditioning button
7. Climate control information screen selection button
8. Driver only button
9. Front windshield defroster button
10. Rear window defroster button
11. HEAT button
12. Air intake control button
OOSEV048300
3-119
Convenient features of your vehicle
Convenient features of your vehicle
Automatic Temperature Control Mode
The Automatic Climate Control System is controlled by setting the desired temperature.
- Fan speed control knob
The selected function will be controlled manually while other functions operate automatically.
For your convenience and to improve the efficiency of the climate control, use the AUTO button and set the temperature to 72°F (22°C).
OOSEV048301
1. Press the AUTO button. The modes, fan speeds, air intake and air-conditioning will be controlled automatically by the temperature setting you select.
OOSEV048302
2. Turn the temperature control knob to the desired temperature. If the temperature is set to the lowest setting (Lo), the air conditioning system will operate continuously. After the interior has cooled sufficiently, adjust the knob to a higher temperature set point whenever possible.
To turn the automatic operation off, select any function of the following:
- Mode selection button
- Front windshield defroster button (Press the button one more time to deselect the front windshield defroster function. The 'AUTO' sign will illuminate on the information display once again.)
i Information
In some situations, the air conditioning system is used to control the temperature of the high voltage battery. This may occur when the outside ambient air temperature is high or when the vehicle is charging. If this occurs, you may hear sounds from operation of the A/C compressor and/or cooling fan.
Also, when the outside ambient temperature is high, the A/C performance in the cabin may be reduced while driving due to operation of the cooling system for the high voltage battery.
3-120
Convenient features of your vehicle
Manual Temperature Control Mode
6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the air conditioning system on.
The heating and cooling system can 7. Press the AUTO button to convert to
be controlled manually by pushing
full automatic control of the system.
buttons other than the AUTO button. When starting the vehicle in cold
In this case, the system works weather using manual temperature
sequentially according to the order of control, operate the system in the fol-
buttons selected.
lowing method to improve heating.
3
OOSEV048026
NOTICE
Never place anything near the ambient light/solar sensor to ensure better control of the heating and cooling system.
When pressing any button except the AUTO button while using automatic operation, the functions not selected will be controlled automatically.
1. Start the vehicle.
2. Set the mode to the desired position.
To improve the effectiveness of heating and cooling, select the mode according to the following:
- Turn off or lower the blower, right after starting the engine.
· Allow the engine to warm up during this time since the air flow from the heater is still cold.
- After a few minutes of engine warm up, turn on or set the fan to a higher level and adjust the temperature setting to hot.
- Heating:
- Cooling:
3. Set the temperature control to the desired position.
4. Set the air intake control to Fresh mode.
5. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed.
3-121
Convenient features of your vehicle Mode selection
OOSEV048303
The mode selection button controls the direction of the air flow through the ventilation system.
3-122
OOSEV040304N
Convenient features of your vehicle
The air flow outlet direction is cycled as follows:
Floor & Defrost (A, C, D, E)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor and the windshield with a small
amount directed to the side window
Face-Level (B, D)
defrosters.
3
Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face. Additionally, each outlet can be controlled to direct the air discharged from the outlet.
Bi-Level (B, C, D, E)
Floor-Level (A, C, D, E)
Most of the air flow is directed to the floor, with a small amount of the air being directed to the windshield and side window defrosters.
OOSEV048305
Defrost-Level (A)
Most of the air flow is directed to the windshield with a small amount of air directed to the side window defrosters.
Air flow is directed towards the face and the floor.
3-123
Convenient features of your vehicle
Instrument panel vents
OOSEV040306N
The instrument panel vent air flow can be directed up/down or left/right using the vent adjustment lever. The air flow can also be CLOSED using the vent adjustment lever. The instrument panel air vents are the "click-to-close" type. To CLOSE the instrument panel vents perform the following: - For the driver side vents, slide the
vent adjustment lever to the left until it clicks. - For the passenger side vents, slide the vent adjustment lever to the right until it clicks.
Temperature control
OOSEV048302
Turn the knob to the right to increase the temperature. Turn the knob to the left to decrease temperature. The temperature will increase or decrease by 1°F/0.5°C for each incremental location. When set to the lowest temperature setting, the air conditioning will operate continuously.
Temperature conversion
If the battery has been discharged or disconnected, the temperature mode display will reset to Fahrenheit.
To change the temperature unit from °F to °C or °C to °F:
- On the instrument cluster, go to User Settings Other Temperature Unit.
- Press the AUTO button while pressing the OFF button on the climate control unit for 3 seconds.
The temperature unit on both the cluster LCD display and climate control screen will change.
3-124
Convenient features of your vehicle
Air intake control
Fresh mode When Fresh mode is
WARNING
selected, air enters the vehicle from outside and is heated or cooled according to the function selected.
· Continued use of the climate control system operation in Recirculation mode for a prolonged period of time may cause drowsiness to the occupants in the cabin. This
3
i Information
may lead to loss of vehicle
Operating the system primarily in Fresh mode is recommended. Use
control which may lead to an accident.
Recirculation mode temporarily only · Continued use of the climate
OOSEV048315 when needed.
control system operation in
The air intake control button is used to select either Fresh mode (outside air) or Recirculation mode (cabin air).
Recirculation mode When Recirculation mode is selected, air from the passenger compartment will be
Prolonged operation of the heater in Recirculation mode and without the A/C ON can cause fogging of the windshield.
In addition, prolonged use of the A/C ON in Recirculation mode may result in excessively dry, dehumidified air in the cabin and may promote formation of musty vent odor due to stagnant air.
Recirculation mode with the A/C OFF may allow humidity to increase inside the cabin. This may cause condensation to accumulate on the windshield and obscure visibility.
· Do not sleep in your vehicle or remain parked in your vehicle with the windows up and either the heater or the air
recirculated through the
conditioning ON for pro-
system and heated or
longed periods of time. Doing
cooled according to the
so may increase the levels of
function selected.
carbon dioxide in the cabin
which may lead to serious
injury or death.
3-125
Convenient features of your vehicle
Fan speed control
OOSEV048307
The fan speed can be set to the desired speed by turning the fan speed control knob. More air is delivered with higher fan speeds. Pressing the OFF button turns off the fan.
i Information
For better sound quality, fan speed may automatically slow down for a couple of minutes when you activate voice recognition or hands free.
NOTICE
Operating the fan when the POWER button is in the ON position could cause the battery to discharge. Operate the blower when the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode.
Driver only
OOSEV048314
If you press the DRIVER ONLY
(
) DRIVER
ONLY
button,
the
indicator
light
will illuminate. In this mode the cli-
mate control system blows air prima-
rily through the two left-most vents
(nearest the driver).
The purpose of the DRIVER ONLY option helps to reduce energy consumption from the climate control system when only the driver is in the vehicle.
Note that the DRIVER ONLY function will be disabled when:
1) The DRIVER ONLY button is deselected (indicator light OFF)
2) Whenever the FRONT Defroster button is selected.
The DRIVER ONLY indicator light will remain illuminated, but air will flow through all upper vents towards the windshield glass for as long as the FRONT defrost button is activated.
3-126
Air conditioning
HEAT button
Climate control information screen selection button
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
OOSEV048308
Push the A/C button to manually turn the system on (indicator light will illuminate) and off.
OOSEV048310
Push the HEAT button to turn the heater on (indicator light will illuminate).
Push the button again to turn the heater off.
The air conditioner and heater uses energy from the battery. If you use the heater or air conditioner for too long, the EV range can be reduced due to increased power consumption.
Turn off the heater and air conditioner if not required.
OOSEV048309
Push the climate control information screen selection button to display climate control information on the audio or AVN screen.
3-127
Convenient features of your vehicle
OFF mode
OOSEV048311
Push the OFF button to turn the climate control system off. You can still operate the mode and air intake buttons as long as the POWER button is in the ON position.
System Operation
Cooling / Ventilation 1.Select the Face Level mode.
2.Set the air intake control to fresh mode.
3.Set the temperature control to the desired position.
4.Set the fan speed control to the desired speed.
Heating 1.Select the Floor Level mode.
2.Set the air intake control to fresh mode.
3.Set the temperature control to the desired position.
4.Set the fan speed control to the desired speed.
5.If desired, turn the air conditioning ON with the temperature control knob set to heat in order to dehumidify the air before it enters into the cabin.
If the windshield fogs up, select the Floor & Defrost mode or press the Front Defrost mode.
Operation Tips
· To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from entering the car through the ventilation system, temporarily set the air intake control to the recirculation mode. Return the control to the to fresh mode when the unpleasant air outside has diminished. This will help keep the driver alert and comfortable.
· To help prevent the inside of the windshield from fogging, set the air intake control to fresh mode and the fan speed to the desired position, turn on the air conditioning system, and adjust the temperature control to the desired temperature.
3-128
Convenient features of your vehicle
Air conditioning
Air conditioning system operation · It is useful to operate the air condi-
1. Start the engine. 2. Press the air conditioning button. 3. Select the Face Level mode. 4. Set the air intake control to
Recirculation mode temporarily to
tips
· If the vehicle has been parked in direct sunlight during hot weather, open the windows for a short time to let the hot air inside the vehicle escape.
tioning system periodically throughout the year. Turn on the A/C system at least once a month for a few minutes to maintain system pressure and help optimize A/C performance.
allow the cabin to cool quickly. When the desired temperature in the cabin is reached, change the air intake control back to Fresh mode.
5. Adjust the fan speed control and temperature control to maintain maximum comfort.
When maximum cooling is desired,
· After sufficient cooling has been achieved, switch back from recirculation mode to fresh mode.
· To help decrease the humidity inside the vehicle on rainy or humid days, operate the air conditioning system with the windows and sunroof closed.
Note that if you operate the air con- 3
ditioner to cool your vehicle with the mode set to or when the outside relative humidity is high, moisture may collect on the outer surface of the windshield glass causing the windshield to fog up on the outside and limit your visibility.
set the temperature control to the
If this occurs, use the windshield
MAX A/C position, then set the fan
wipers to clear the glass. In addi-
speed control to the highest setting.
tion, change the mode selection
knob or button on the climate con-
trol system to the
mode to
redirect cooling air away from the
windshield.
3-129
Convenient features of your vehicle
System Maintenance Cabin air filter
If the vehicle is frequently driven on dusty or gravel roads, or if the occupants inside the vehicle smoke, or if pets are regularly inside the vehicle, then it is recommended to change the cabin filter more often. Refer to the maintenance section in this manual for more detailed information.
If the air flow rate suddenly decreases, the system should be checked at an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and compressor lubricant
When the amount of refrigerant is low, the performance of the air conditioning is reduced. Overfilling also reduces the performance of the air conditioning system.
Therefore, if abnormal operation is found, have the system inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
OIK047401L
[A] : Outside air, [B] : Recirculated air [C] : Climate control air filter, [D] : Blower [E] : Evaporator core, [F] : Heater core
The cabin air filter is installed behind the glove box. It filters the dust or other pollutants that enter the vehicle through the heating and air conditioning system.
Have the The cabin air filter replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer according to the maintenance schedule.
NOTICE
It is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used. Otherwise, damage to the compressor and abnormal system operation may occur. To prevent damage, the air conditioning system in your vehicle should only be serviced by trained and certified technicians.
3-130
Convenient features of your vehicle
WARNING
Example
Vehicles equipped with R-1234yf
Since the refrigerant
is mildly flammable
and operated at high
pressure, the air conditioning system
3
should only be serv-
iced by trained and
certified technicians. It is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant are used.
All refrigerants should be reclaimed with proper equipment.
OOSEV088003N
Air Conditioning refrigerant label
You can find out which air conditioning refrigerant is applied to your vehicle on the label located inside of the hood.
OHYK059002
Each symbols and specification on the air conditioning refrigerant label is represented as below:
1. Classification of refrigerant
2. Amount of refrigerant
Venting refrigerants directly to the atmosphere is harmful to individuals and environment. Failure to heed these warnings can lead to serious injuries.
3. Classification of compressor lubricant
4. Caution
5. Flammable refrigerant
6. To require registered technician to service air conditioning system
3-131
Convenient features of your vehicle
WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING
WARNING
Outside Windshield Moisture
Note that if you operate the air conditioner to cool your vehicle with the mode set to or when the outside relative humidity is high, moisture may collect on the outer surface of the windshield glass causing the windshield to fog up on the outside and limit your visibility.
If this occurs, use the windshield wipers to clear the glass. In addition, change the mode selection knob or button on the climate control system to the
mode to redirect cooling air away from the windshield.
· For maximum defrost performance, set the temperature control knob to the highest temperature setting (rotated all the way to the right) and the fan speed control to the highest setting.
· If warm air to the floor is desired while defrosting or defogging, set the mode to the floor-defrost position.
· Before driving, clear all snow and ice from the windshield, rear window, side view mirrors, and all side windows.
· Clear all snow and ice from the hood and air inlet in the cowl grill to improve heater and defroster efficiency and to reduce the probability of fogging up the inside of the windshield.
To Defog Inside Windshield
OOSEV048312
1. Select the desired fan speed. 2. Select the desired temperature. 3. Press the defroster button ( ). 4. Fresh mode will be selected auto-
matically. Check to make sure the air intake control is in Fresh mode. If the air intake control LED is illuminated, press the button once to enable Fresh mode (LED OFF). If the position is selected, the fan speed is automatically increased.
3-132
Convenient features of your vehicle
To Defrost Outside Windshield Defogging logic
Auto Defogging System
To reduce the probability of fogging (if equipped)
up the inside of the windshield, the
air intake or air conditioning are con-
trolled automatically according to
certain conditions such as or
positions. To cancel or reset the
defogging logic, do the following.
3
OOSEV048313
To defrost outside windshield
1. Set the fan speed to the highest (extreme right) position.
2. Set the temperature to the extreme hot (HI) position.
3. Press the defroster button ( ).
4. The outside (fresh) air position will be selected automatically.
If the position is selected, lower fan speed is adjusted to a higher fan speed.
1. Press the POWER button to the ON position.
2. Press the defroster button ( ).
3. While pressing the air conditioning button (A/C), press the air intake control button at least 5 times within 3 seconds.
The air intake control button will blink 3 times to indicate that the defogging logic has been disabled.
Repeat the steps again to re-enable the defogging logic.
If the battery has been discharged or disconnected, it resets to the defog logic status.
OOSEV048027
Auto defogging helps reduce the possibility of fogging up the inside of the windshield by automatically sensing the moisture on inside the windshield. The auto defogging system operates when the heater or air conditioning is on.
i Information
The auto defogging system may not operate normally, when the outside temperature is below 14 °F (-10 °C).
3-133
Convenient features of your vehicle
When the Auto Defogging System operates, the indicator will illuminate.
If a high amount of humidity is detected in the vehicle, the Auto Defogging System will be enabled. The following steps will be performed automatically:
Step 1) The A/C button will turn ON.
Step 2) The air intake control will change to Fresh mode.
Step 3) The mode will be changed to defrost to direct airflow to the windshield.
Step 4) The fan speed will be set to MAX.
If the air conditioning is off or recirculated air position is manually selected while Auto Defogging System is ON, the Auto Defogging System Indicator will blink 3 times to signal that the manual operation has been canceled.
To cancel the auto defogging system
1. Press the POWER button to the ON position.
2. Press the front defroster button over 3 seconds.
3. The front defroster button indicator will blink 3 times and then ADS OFF will illuminate on the climate control information screen when the auto defogging system is canceled.
To reactivate the auto defogging system
1. Press the POWER button to the ON position.
2. Press the front defroster button over 3 seconds.
3. The front defroster button indicator will blink 6 times and then ADS OFF will go out on the climate control information screen when the auto defogging system is reactivated.
i Information
· When the air conditioning is turned on by Auto defogging system, if you try to turn off the air conditioning, the indicator will blink 3 times and the air conditioning will not be turned off.
· To maintain the effectiveness and efficiency of the Auto Defogging System, do not select Recirculation mode while the system is operating.
· When the Auto Defogging System is operating, the fan speed adjustment button, the temperature adjustment knob, and the air intake control button are all disabled.
NOTICE
Do not remove the sensor cover located on the upper end of the windshield glass.
Damage to system parts could occur and may not be covered by your vehicle warranty.
3-134
Convenient features of your vehicle
Rear Window Defroster
i Information
NOTICE
· If there is heavy accumulation of
To prevent damage to the rear window defroster conducting elements bonded to the inside sur-
snow on the rear window, brush it off before operating the rear defroster.
face of the rear window, never use
· The rear window defroster auto-
sharp instruments or window cleaners containing abrasives to
matically turns off after approxi- 3
mately 20 minutes or when the
clean the window.
POWER button is in the OFF posi-
If you want to defrost and defog the front windshield, refer to the "Windshield Defrosting and Defogging" section in this chapter.
OOSEV048316
The defroster heats the window to remove frost, fog and thin ice from the interior and exterior of the rear window, while the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode.
tion.
Side view mirror defroster (if equipped) If your vehicle is equipped with the side view mirror defrosters, they will operate at the same time you turn on
· To activate the rear window the rear window defroster.
defroster, press the rear window
defroster button located in the center
control panel. The indicator on the
rear window defroster button illumi-
nates when the defroster is ON.
· To turn off the defroster, press the rear window defroster button again.
3-135
Convenient features of your vehicle
CLIMATE CONTROL ADDITIONAL FEATURES
Cluster ionizer
When the POWER button is in the ON position, the clean air function turns on automatically.
Also, the clean air function turns off automatically, when the POWER button is in the OFF position.
Automatic Ventilation (if equipped)
When the POWER button is in the ON position or when the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode and temperature is below 59°F (15°C) with the recirculation mode selected more than three to five minutes, the air intake position will automatically change to fresh mode.
To cancel or reset the Automatic Ventilation
When the air conditioning system is on, select Face Level mode and press the recirculation mode button five times within three seconds while pressing A/C button.
When the Automatic Ventilation feature is enabled, the recirculation button LED indicator will blink 6 times.
When the Automatic Ventilation feature is disabled, the recirculation button LED indicator will blink 3 times.
3-136
Convenient features of your vehicle
STORAGE COMPARTMENT WARNING
Center Console Storage
Glove Box
Never store cigarette lighters,
propane cylinders, or other
flammable/explosive materials
in the vehicle. These items may
catch fire and/or explode if the vehicle is exposed to hot tem-
3
peratures for extended periods.
WARNING
ALWAYS keep the storage compartment covers closed securely while driving. Items inside your vehicle are moving as fast as the vehicle. If you have to stop or turn quickly, or if there is a crash, the items may fly out of the compartment and may cause an injury if they strike the driver or a passenger.
NOTICE
To avoid possible theft, do not leave valuables in the storage compartments.
OOSEV048028
To open : Grab and hold the latch (1) on the arm rest then lift the lid.
To open: Pull the lever (1).
OOS047057
WARNING
ALWAYS close the glove box door after use.
An open glove box door can cause serious injury to the passenger in an accident, even if the passenger is wearing a seat belt.
3-137
Convenient features of your vehicle
Sunglass Holder
OOSEV048029
To open: Push and release the cover and the holder will slowly open. Place your sunglasses in the compartment door with the lenses facing out. To close: Push back into position. Make sure the sunglass holder is closed while driving.
WARNING
· Do not keep objects except sunglasses inside the sunglass holder. Such objects can be thrown from the holder in the event of a sudden stop or an accident, possibly injuring the passengers in the vehicle.
· Do not open the sunglass holder while the vehicle is moving. The rear view mirror of the vehicle can be blocked by an open sunglass holder.
· Do not put the glasses forcibly into a sunglass holder. It may cause personal injury if you try to open it forcibly when the glasses are jammed in holder.
3-138
Convenient features of your vehicle
INTERIOR FEATURES Cup Holder
Front
Rear
· Do not place uncovered or
unsecured cups, bottles,
cans, etc., in the cup holder
containing hot liquid while the
vehicle is in motion. Injuries
may result in the event of a
sudden stop or collision. · Only use soft cups in the cup
3
holders. Hard objects can
injure you in an accident.
OOSEV048031L
Cups or small beverages cups may be placed in the cup holders.
OOS047061
Pull the armrest down to use the cup holders.
WARNING
· Avoid abrupt starting and braking when the cup holder is in use to prevent spilling your drink. If hot liquid spills, you could be burned. Such a burn to the driver could cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
WARNING
Keep cans or bottles out of direct sun light and do not put them in a hot vehicle. It may explode.
3-139
Convenient features of your vehicle
NOTICE
· Keep your drinks sealed while driving to prevent spilling your drink. If liquid spills, it may get into the vehicle's electrical/electronic system and damage electrical/electronic parts.
· When cleaning spilled liquids do not use hot air to blow out or dry the cup holder. This may damage the interior.
Sunvisor
OTM048089
To use the sunvisor, pull it downward. To use the sunvisor to block the sun from the side window, pull it downward, release it from the bracket (1) and swing it to the side towards the window (2). To use the vanity mirror, pull down the sunvisor and slide the mirror cover (3). Adjust the sunvisor forward or backward (4) as needed (if equipped). Use the ticket holder (5) to hold tickets.
Close the vanity mirror cover securely and return the sunvisor to its original position after use.
WARNING
For your safety, do not block your view when using the sunvisor.
NOTICE
The tab (5) adjacent to the vanity mirror on the sunvisor can be used for toll road tickets or selfparking tickets. Use caution when inserting tickets into the ticket holder to avoid damage. Refrain from putting several tickets in the ticket holder as this could also damage the retaining tab.
3-140
Convenient features of your vehicle
Power Outlet
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the Power Outlets :
· Push the plug in as far as it will go. If good contact is not made, the plug may overheat and the fuse may open.
· Use the power outlet only when · Plug in battery equipped electri-
the vehicle is in the ready ( ) cal/electronic devices with
mode and remove the accessory reverse current protection. The
plug after use. Using the acces- current from the battery may 3
sory plug for prolonged periods flow into the vehicle's electri-
of time with the engine off could cal/electronic system and cause
cause the battery to discharge.
system malfunction.
· Only use 12V electric acces-
OOSEV048032
sories which are less than 180 W in electric capacity.
The power outlet is designed to provide power for 12V accessories or other devices designed to operate with vehicle electrical systems. The devices should draw less than 180 W with the vehicle in the ready ( ) mode.
· Adjust the air-conditioner or heater to the lowest operating level when using the power outlet.
· Close the cover when not in use.
· Some electronic devices can cause electronic interference when plugged into a vehicle's
WARNING
power outlet. These devices may cause excessive audio static
Avoid electrical shocks. Do not place your fingers or foreign objects (pin, etc.) into a power
and malfunctions in other electronic systems or devices used in your vehicle.
outlet or touch the power outlet
with a wet hand.
3-141
Convenient features of your vehicle
USB Charger
OOSEV048033
The USB charger is designed to recharge batteries of small size electrical devices using a USB cable. The electrical devices can be recharged when the vehicle is ON. Insert the USB charger into the USB port, and re-charge a smart phone or a tablet PC. The battery charging state may be monitored on the electrical device. Disconnect the USB cable from the USB port after use.
· A smart phone or a tablet PC may get warmer during the re-charging process. It does not indicate any malfunction with the charging system.
· A smart phone or a tablet PC, which adopts a different re-charging method, may not be properly re-charged. In this case, use an exclusive charger of your device.
· The charging terminal is only to recharge a device. Do not use the charging terminal either to turn ON an audio or to play media.
Wireless Cellular Phone Charging System (if equipped)
OOSEV040034CZ [A]: Indicator light, [B]: Charging pad
On certain models, the vehicle comes equipped with a wireless cellular phone charger. To use the wireless cellular phone charging system, open the front console cover by pressing the lower part of the cover (1). After use, to close the cover, slightly pull down the cover. The system is available when all doors are closed, and when the vehicle is ON.
3-142
Convenient features of your vehicle
To charge a cellular phone
If your cellular phone is not charging: NOTICE
The wireless cellular phone charging system charges only the Qi-enabled cellular phones ( ). Read the label on the cellular phone accessory cover or visit your cellular phone
- Slightly change the position of the cellular phone on the charging pad.
- Make sure the indicator light is orange.
· The wireless cellular phone charging system may not support certain cellular phones, which are not verified for the Qi specification ( ).
manufacturer's website to check whether your cellular phone supports the Qi technology.
The indicator light will blink orange for 10 seconds if there is a malfunction in the wireless charging system.
· When placing your cellular phone on the charging mat, position the phone in the middle
3
The wireless charging process starts In this case, temporarily stop the of the mat for optimal charging
when you put a Qi-enabled cellular charging process, and re-attempt to performance. If your cell phone
phone on the wireless charging unit. charge your cellular phone again.
is off to the side, the charging
1. Remove other items, including the The system warns you with a messmart key, from the wireless charg- sage on the LCD display if the cellular ing unit. If not, the wireless charg- phone is still on the wireless charging
rate may be less and in some cases the cell phone may experience higher heat conduction.
ing process may be interrupted. unit after the vehicle is turned OFF · In some cases, the wireless
Place the cellular phone on the center of the charging pad ( ).
2. The indicator light is orange when the cellular phone is charging. The indicator light turns green when phone charging is complete.
3. You can turn ON or OFF the wireless charging function in the user settings mode on the instrument cluster. For further information, refer to the "LCD Display Modes"
and the front door is opened.
i Information
For some manufacturers' cellular phones, the system may not warn you even though the cellular phone is left on the wireless charging unit. This is due to the particular characteristic of the cellular phone and not a malfunction of the wireless charging.
charging may stop temporarily when the Smart Key is used, either when starting the vehicle or locking/unlocking the doors, etc.
· When charging certain cellular phones, the charging indicator may not change to green when the cell phone is fully charged.
in this chapter.
3-143
Convenient features of your vehicle
· The wireless charging process may temporarily stop, when temperature abnormally increases inside the wireless cellular phone charging system. Stop the charging cellular phone and wait until temperature falls to a certain level.
· The wireless charging process may temporarily stop when there is any metallic item, such as a coin, between the wireless cellular phone charging system and the cellular phone.
· When charging some cellular phones with a self-protection feature, the wireless charging speed may decrease and the wireless charging may stop.
· If the cellular phone has a thick cover, the wireless charging may not be possible.
· If the cell phone is not completely contacting the charging pad, wireless charging may not operate properly.
· Some magnetic items like credit cards, phone cards or rail tickets may be damaged if left with the cellular phone during the charging process.
3-144
· When any cellular phone without a wireless charging function or a metallic object is placed on the charging pad, a small noise may sound. This small sound is due to the vehicle discerning compatibility of the object placed on the charging pad. It does not affect your vehicle or the cellular phone in any way.
i Information
If the POWER button is in the OFF position, the charging also stops.
i Information
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules.
Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
Clock
WARNING
Do not attempt to adjust the clock while driving. Doing so may result in distracted driving which may lead to an accident involving personal injury or death.
Vehicles with Audio system Select the [SETUP] button on the audio system Select [Date/Time]. · Set time: Set the time displayed on
the audio screen. · Time format: Choose between 12-
hour and 24-hour time formats.
Vehicles with Navigation system Select the Settings menu on the Navigation system Select [Date/Time]. · GPS time: Displays time according
to the received GNSS time. · 24-hour: Switches to 12 hour or 24
hour.
Coat Hook
WARNING
Floor Mat Anchor(s)
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
OOS047065
These hangers are not designed to hold large or heavy items.
OOS047066
Do not hang other objects such as hangers or hard objects except clothes. Also, do not put heavy, sharp or breakable objects in the clothes pockets. In an accident or when the curtain air bag is inflated, it may cause vehicle damage or personal injury.
OOS047067
ALWAYS use the Floor Mat Anchors to attach the front floor mats to the vehicle. The anchors on the front floor carpet keep the floor mats from sliding forward.
WARNING
Do not overlay additional mats or liners over the floor mats. If using All Weather mats, remove the carpeted floor mats before installing them. Only use floor mats designed to connect to the anchors.
3-145
Convenient features of your vehicle
WARNING
The following must be observed when installing ANY floor mat to the vehicle.
· Ensure that the floor mats are securely attached to the vehicle's floor mat anchor(s) before driving the vehicle.
· Do not use ANY floor mat that cannot be firmly attached to the vehicle's floor mat anchors.
· Do not stack floor mats on top of one another (e.g. all-weather rubber mat on top of a carpeted floor mat). Only a single floor mat should be installed in each position.
IMPORTANT - Your vehicle was manufactured with driver's side floor mat anchors that are designed to securely hold the floor mat in place. To avoid any interference with pedal operation, HYUNDAI recommends that the HYUNDAI floor mat designed for use in your vehicle be installed.
Luggage Net Holder (if equipped)
OOSEV048036N
To keep items from shifting in the luggage compartment, you can use the 4 holders located in the luggage board to attach the luggage net. Make sure the luggage net is securely attached to the holders in the luggage board.
WARNING
Avoid eye injury. DO NOT overstretch the luggage net. ALWAYS keep your face and body out of the luggage net's recoil path. DO NOT use the luggage net when the strap has visible signs of wear or damage.
Use the luggage net to keep only light items from shifting in the luggage compartment.
3-146
Cargo Area Cover
NOTICE
Since the cargo area cover may be damaged or deformed, do not put luggage on it when it is being used.
WARNING
OOSEV048037
Use the cover to hide items stored in the cargo area.
The cargo area cover will lift when the liftgate is opened.
Disconnect the strap (1) from the holder if you want to return the cover to the original position. To remove the cargo area cover completely, lift the cover to a 50-degree angle and pull it out (2).
· Do not place objects on the cargo area cover while driving. Such objects may be thrown about inside the vehicle and possibly injure vehicle occupants during an accident or when braking.
· Never allow anyone to ride in the luggage compartment. It is designed for luggage only.
· Maintain balance of the vehicle and locate the weight as far forward as possible.
3
3-147
Convenient features of your vehicle
Multimedia System
Multimedia System.................................................4-2 USB and iPod® Port..........................................................4-2 Antenna ...............................................................................4-3 Steering Wheel Audio Controls......................................4-3 Bluetooth® Wireless Technology ..................................4-4 Audio (Display Audio) / Video / Navigation System (AVN).................................................4-4
4
Multimedia System
MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM
NOTICE
· If you install an aftermarket HID head lamp, your vehicle's audio and electronic devices may not function properly.
· Prevent chemicals such as perfume, cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand cleaner, and air freshener from contacting the interior parts because they may cause damage or discoloration.
USB and iPod® Port
i Information
When using a portable audio device connected to the power outlet, noise may occur during playback. If this happens, use the portable audio device's power source.
iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc.
OOSEV040038CZ
You can use an USB cable to connect audio devices to the vehicle USB port.
To use the USB and iPod®, open the front console cover by slightly pressing the lower part of the cover (1).
After use, to close the cover, slightly pull down the cover.
4-2
Multimedia System
Antenna
Steering Wheel Audio Control
SEEK/PRESET ( / ) (2)
If the SEEK/PRESET switch is pressed up or down and held for 0.8 second or more, it will function in the following modes:
RADIO mode
It will function as the AUTO SEEK select button. It will SEEK until you release the button.
4
MEDIA mode
OOSEV048041N
OOSEV048042 It will function as the FF/RW button.
The shark fin antenna will receive the
AM, FM broadcast signals and transmit data.
NOTICE
Do not operate multiple audio remote control buttons simultaneously.
If the SEEK/PRESET switch is pressed up or down, it will function in the following modes:
RADIO mode
VOLUME (VOL + / - ) (1)
It will function as the PRESET STATION UP/DOWN button.
· Press the VOLUME (+) switch up to increase volume.
· Press the VOLUME (-) switch down to decrease volume.
MEDIA mode
It will function as the TRACK UP/ DOWN button.
MODE (3)
Press the MODE button to toggle through Radio or SXM modes.
4-3
Multimedia System
MUTE (4) · Press the MUTE button to mute the
sound. · Press the MUTE button again to
activate the sound.
i Information
Detailed information for audio control buttons are described in the separately supplied manual with the vehicle.
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
OOSEV048043
(1) Call / Answer button (2) Call end button (3) Microphone
Detailed information for the Bluetooth hands-free is described in a separately supplied manual with the vehicle.
Audio (Display Audio) / Video / Navigation System (AVN) (if equipped) Detailed information for the AVN system is described in a separately supplied manual with the vehicle.
OOSEV048050L
4-4
Driving your vehicle
Before Driving ........................................................5-4
Disabling the Smart Regeneration System ...............5-23
Before Entering the Vehicle ...........................................5-4
Vehicle-to-Vehicle Front Recognition
Before Starting ..................................................................5-4
- Front Radar Sensor ....................................................5-23
Power Button..........................................................5-6
Warning Message............................................................5-24
Power Button Positions ...................................................5-7
Limitations of the System.............................................5-24
Starting the Vehicle ..........................................................5-9
Braking System ....................................................5-29
Turning Off the Vehicle .................................................5-10
Power Brakes ...................................................................5-29
Push Button Gear Shift Selector.......................5-11
Disc Brake Wear Indicator ............................................5-30
Vehicle Operation............................................................5-11 Parking ...............................................................................5-13
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)...................................5-30 Auto Hold ..........................................................................5-36
LCD Display Messages ...................................................5-14
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ....................................5-40
Good Driving Practices ..................................................5-17
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)................................5-42
Regenerative Braking System............................5-19 Paddle Shifter Operation...............................................5-19
Vehicle Stability Management (VSM).........................5-45 Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) ....................................5-47
5
One Pedal Driving ...........................................................5-20
Good Braking Practices.................................................5-47
Smart Regeneration System .............................5-21
Initial Setting for Each Drive Mode............................5-48
System Setting.................................................................5-21
Drive Mode System .............................................5-48
Activating the Smart Regeneration System .............5-21
Drive Mode .......................................................................5-48
Cancelling the Smart Regeneration System.............5-23
Resuming the Smart Regeneration System..............5-23
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) ......5-49
System Setting and Activation.....................................5-49
FCA Warning Message and System Control ............5-52
FCA Sensor .......................................................................5-54
System Not Operating....................................................5-56
Limitations of the System.............................................5-57
Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) /
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) ..5-62
System Description .........................................................5-62
Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) ..........................5-63
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW).........5-66
Detecting Sensor.............................................................5-68
5
Limitations of the System.............................................5-69
Declaration of Conformity..................................5-75
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) .................................5-76
LKA Operation..................................................................5-77
Warning Light and Message.........................................5-79
Limitations of the System.............................................5-82
LKA Function Change.....................................................5-83
Driver Attention Warning (DAW).......................5-84
System Setting and Activation.....................................5-84
Resetting the System .....................................................5-86
System Standby...............................................................5-86
System Not Operating....................................................5-86
Cruise Control (CC) ..............................................5-89 Cruise Control Operation...............................................5-89
Smart Cruise Control (SCC) ................................5-94 Smart Cruise Control Switch ........................................5-94 Smart Cruise Control Speed .........................................5-95 Smart Cruise Control Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance...5-99 Sensor to Detect Distance to the Vehicle Ahead ..5-103 SCC Reaction Setting ...................................................5-105 Conventional Cruise Control Mode...........................5-105 Limitations of the System...........................................5-106
Special Driving Conditions ................................5-112 Hazardous Driving Conditions....................................5-112 Rocking the Vehicle......................................................5-112 Smooth Cornering.........................................................5-113 Driving at Night .............................................................5-113 Driving in the Rain ........................................................5-113 Driving in Flooded Areas.............................................5-114 Highway Driving ............................................................5-114 Reducing the Risk of a Rollover ...............................5-115
Winter Driving ....................................................5-116 Snow or Icy Conditions................................................5-116 Winter Precautions.......................................................5-118
Vehicle Load Limit..............................................5-120 Tire Loading Information Label.................................5-120
Trailer Towing.....................................................5-124
5
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING
Engine exhaust and a wide variety of automobile components including components found in the interior furnishings in a vehicle, contain or emit harmful chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects and reproductive harm. In addition, certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm.
BEFORE DRIVING
Before Entering the Vehicle
· Be sure all windows, outside mirror(s), and outside lights are clean and unobstructed.
· Remove any frost, snow, or ice that has accumulated on your vehicle.
· Visually check the tires for uneven wear and damage.
· Check under the vehicle for any sign of leaks.
· Be sure there are no obstacles behind you if you intend to back up.
Before Starting
· Make sure the hood, the liftgate, and the doors are securely closed and locked.
· Adjust the position of the seat and steering wheel.
· Adjust the inside and outer side view mirrors.
· Verify all the lights work.
· Fasten your seat belts. Check that all passengers have fastened their seat belts.
· Check the gauges and indicators in the instrument panel and the messages on the instrument display when the POWER button is in the ON position.
· Check that any items you are carrying are stored properly or fastened down securely.
5-4
WARNING
WARNING
You are much more likely to have
a serious accident if you drink or
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS
NEVER drink or take drugs and
take drugs and drive. If you are
INJURY or DEATH, take the fol- drive.
drinking or taking drugs, don't
lowing precautions:
· ALWAYS wear your seat belt. All passengers must be properly belted whenever the vehi-
Drinking or taking drugs and driving is dangerous and may result in an accident and SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH.
drive. Do not ride with a driver who has been drinking or taking drugs. Choose a designated driver or call a taxi.
cle is moving. For more information, refer to "Seat Belts" in chapter 2.
Drunk driving is the number one contributor to the highway death toll each year. Even a
· Always drive defensively.
small amount of alcohol will
Assume other drivers or pedestrians may be careless and
affect your reflexes, perceptions and judgment. Just one
5
make mistakes.
drink can reduce your ability to
· Stay focused on the task of driving. Driver distraction can cause accidents.
· Leave plenty of space between you and the vehicle in front of you.
respond to changing conditions and emergencies and your reaction time gets worse with each additional drink.
Driving while under the influence of drugs is as dangerous or more dangerous than driving
under the influence of alcohol.
Driving your vehicle
5-5
Driving your vehicle
POWER BUTTON
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH, take the following precautions: · NEVER allow children or any
person who is unfamiliar with the vehicle to touch the POWER button or related parts. Unexpected and sudden vehicle movement can occur. · NEVER reach through the steering wheel for the POWER button or any other control, while the vehicle is in motion. The presence of your hand or arm in this area may cause a loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
OOSEV058002K
Whenever the front door is opened, the POWER button will illuminate and will go off 30 seconds after the door is closed.
WARNING
To turn the vehicle off in an emergency: Press and hold the POWER button for more than two seconds OR Rapidly press and release the POWER button three times (within three seconds).
If the vehicle is still moving, you can restart the vehicle without depressing the brake pedal by pressing the POWER button with the gear in the N (Neutral) position.
WARNING
· NEVER press the POWER button while the vehicle is in motion except in an emergency. This will result in the vehicle turning off and loss of power assist for the steering and brake systems. This may lead to loss of directional control and braking function, which could cause an accident.
· Before leaving the driver's seat, always make sure the gear is in the P (Park) position, set the parking brake, press the POWER button to the OFF position, and take the Smart Key with you. Unexpected vehicle movement may occur if these precautions are not followed.
5-6
Power Button Positions
Button Position OFF
Action
Notice
To turn off the vehicle, press the POWER Note if the POWER button is pressed with the
button with the gear in P (Park).
gear in D (Drive) or R (Reverse), the vehicle
will automatically shift to P (Park).
If the POWER button is pressed with the gear in N (Neutral), the vehicle will go to the ACC position.
ACC
5
Press the POWER button when the button is In the ACC position, electrical accessories are in the OFF position without depressing the available. brake pedal.
Driving your vehicle
5-7
Driving your vehicle
Button Position ON
Action
Press the POWER button while it is in the ACC position without depressing the brake pedal. The warning lights can be checked before the vehicle is started.
Notice
Do not leave the POWER button in the ON position when the vehicle is not in the ready ( ) mode to prevent the battery from discharging.
START
To start the vehicle, depress the brake pedal If you press the POWER button without
and press the POWER button with the gear depressing the brake pedal, the vehicle does
in the P (Park) position.
not start and the POWER button changes as
follows:
OFF ACC ON OFF or ACC
5-8
Starting the Vehicle
i Information
1. Always carry the smart key with you.
WARNING
· Always wear appropriate shoes when operating your vehicle. Unsuitable shoes, such as high heels, ski boots, sandals, flipflops, etc., may interfere with your ability to use the brake
· The vehicle will start by pressing the POWER button, only when the smart key is in the vehicle.
· Even if the smart key is in the vehicle, and when it is far away from the driver, the vehicle may not start.
· When the POWER button is in the ACC or ON position, any door is
2. Make sure the parking brake is applied.
3. Make sure the gear is in P (Park).
4. Depress the brake pedal.
5. Press the POWER button. If the vehicle starts, the " " indicator will come on.
and accelerator pedals.
open, the system checks for the
· Do not start the vehicle with the accelerator pedal depressed.
The vehicle can move and lead to an accident.
smart key. If the smart key is not i Information
detected, the " " indicator will blink and the warning "Key not in vehicle" will come on. If the key is
· Always start the vehicle with your foot on the brake pedal.
5
not detected and all the doors are · If ambient temperature is low, the
closed when the POWER button is " " indicator may remain illumi-
in the ACC or ON position, a warn- nated longer than the normal amount
ing chime will sound for about 5 sec- of time.
onds.
Keep the smart key in the vehicle when the vehicle POWER button is in the ACC position or if the vehicle is in the " " state.
Driving your vehicle
5-9
Driving your vehicle
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the vehicle:
If the " " indicator turns off while you are in motion, do not attempt to shift to the P (Park) position.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the vehicle:
When the stop lamp fuse is blown, you cannot normally start the vehicle. Replace the fuse with a new one. If you are not able to replace the fuse, you can start the vehicle by pressing and holding the POWER button for 10 seconds with the POWER button in the ACC position.
Do not press the POWER button for more than 10 seconds except when the stop lamp fuse is blown.
For your safety always depress the brake pedal before starting the vehicle.
OOSEV058003K
i Information
If the smart key battery is weak or the smart key is not operating correctly, the vehicle still may be started by pressing the POWER button with the smart key directly. Hold the smart key in the position shown and press the POWER button inward with the smart key.
Turning Off the Vehicle 1. Depress the brake pedal fully. 2. Shift to P (Park). 3. Apply the parking brake. 4. Press the POWER button to turn
the vehicle off. 5. Make sure the " " indicator
light on the instrument cluster is turned off.
CAUTION
If the " " indicator light on the instrument cluster is still on, the vehicle is not turned off and can move when the gear is in any position except P (Park).
5-10
PUSH BUTTON GEAR SHIFT SELECTOR Vehicle Operation
Gear position
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or death:
· ALWAYS check the surround-
ing areas near your vehicle for
people, especially children,
before shifting a vehicle into
D (Drive) or R (Reverse).
· Before leaving the driver's
OOSEV058004L
seat, always make sure the Select the desired gear by pressing
OOSEV048105R
gear is in the P (Park) position, then set the parking brake, and place the POWER button in the OFF position. Unexpected and sudden vehi-
one of the buttons on the Gear Shift Selector.
For your safety, always depress the brake pedal while shifting to another gear.
The indicator in the instrument cluster displays the gear position when the POWER button is in the ON position.
5
cle movement can occur if
these precautions are not followed.
WARNING
The reduction gear button or interior parts might get hot when a vehicle is parked outside during hot weather. Always be careful when the vehicle is hot.
Driving your vehicle
5-11
Driving your vehicle
P (Park)
Always come to a complete stop before shifting into P (Park).
To shift the gear from R (Reverse), N (Neutral) or D (Drive) to P (Park), press the [P] button.
If you turn off the vehicle in D (Drive) or R (Reverse), the gear automatically shifts to P (Park).
· With the vehicle on, the gear automatically shifts to P (Park) if you open the driver's door when the gear is in N (Neutral), R (Reverse) or D (Drive) and the following conditions are met:
- The brake/accelerator pedal is not depressed
- The seat belt is unfastened
- The vehicle speed is below 1 mph (2 km/h)
· When the vehicle is over a certain speed, the gear does not shift to P (Park) when the P button is pressed.
WARNING
· Shifting into P (Park) while the vehicle is in motion may cause you to lose control of the vehicle.
· After the vehicle has stopped, always make sure the gear is in P (Park), apply the parking brake, and turn the vehicle off.
· Do not use the P (Park) position in place of the parking brake.
R (Reverse)
Use this position to drive the vehicle in reverse.
To shift to R (Reverse), press the [R] button while depressing the brake pedal.
N (Neutral)
The wheels and gear are not engaged.
To shift to N (Neutral), press the [N] button while depressing the brake pedal.
Always depress the brake pedal when you are shifting from N (Neutral) to another gear.
In N (Neutral), if the driver attempts to turn off the vehicle, the gear remains in N (Neutral) and the POWER button will be in the ACC position.
To turn off the vehicle from the ACC position, press the [P] button within 3 minutes. The vehicle will shift to P (Park) and turn off.
5-12
When the driver's door is opened Shift-lock system
When the battery (12 V) is dis-
within 3 minutes with the POWER button in the ACC position and the gear in N (Neutral), the vehicle is automatically turned OFF and shifted to the P (Park) position.
For your safety, your vehicle has a shift-lock system which prevents shifting the gear from P (Park) or N (Neutral) into R (Reverse) or D (Drive) unless the brake pedal is depressed.
charged
You cannot shift the gear when the battery is discharged.
Jump start your vehicle (refer to "Jump Starting" in chapter 6) or contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
D (Drive)
To shift from P (Park) or N (Neutral)
This is the normal driving position.
To shift to D (Drive), press the [D] button while depressing the brake pedal.
into R (Reverse) or D (Drive), from R (Reverse) into D (Drive) or from D (Drive) into R (Reverse):
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
2. Start the vehicle or place the POWER button in the ON position.
Parking
Always come to a complete stop and continue to depress the brake pedal. Shift to the P (Park) position, apply the parking brake, and place the POWER button in the OFF position.
5
3. Press the R (Reverse) or D (Drive) Take the Key with you when exiting
button.
the vehicle.
i Information
For your safety, you cannot shift the gear while the charging cable is connected.
Driving your vehicle
5-13
Driving your vehicle
LCD Display Messages Shifting conditions not met
Press brake pedal to change gear
Shift to P after stopping
OOSEV058006N
The message appears on the LCD display in the following conditions:
1. When driving speed is too fast to shift the gear. Decrease the vehicle speed or slow down before shifting the gear.
2. When the gear is shifted while the vehicle is in Utility mode.
OOSEV058008L
The message appears on the LCD display, when the brake pedal is not depressed while shifting the gear.
Depress the brake pedal and then shift the gear.
OIK057046L
The message appears on the LCD display when the gear is shifted to P (Park) while the vehicle is moving.
Stop the vehicle before shifting to P (Park).
5-14
PARK engaged
NEUTRAL engaged
Gear already selected
OIK057051L
OIK057052L
OOSEV058007N
The message appears on the LCD The message appears on the LCD The message appears on the LCD 5
display when the P (Park) position is display when the N (Neutral) position display when the selected gear but-
engaged.
is engaged.
ton is pressed again.
Driving your vehicle
5-15
Driving your vehicle
PARK malfunction. Engage parking brake when parking vehicle
D Button Error. Only shift or turn vehicle Off at final destination
Check P button
OOSEV058009N
The message is displayed when there is a problem with function engaging P (Park) position.
Immediately have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
OOSEV058013N
The message is displayed when there is a problem with the D button.
If this message is displayed, do not shift the gear or turn the vehicle off while driving. If the driver shifts the gear to P/R/N position or turns off the engine, it is impossible to shift back to D (Drive).
OOSEV058012L
The message appears on the LCD display when there is problem with the P button.
Immediately have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
5-16
Check shift controls
Shift button held down
Good Driving Practices
· Never shift to P (Park) or N (Neutral) to any other position with the accelerator pedal depressed.
· Never shift to P (Park) when the vehicle is in motion.
Be sure the vehicle is completely stopped before you attempt to shift into R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
· Do not shift to N (Neutral) when
driving. Doing so may result in an
accident.
OIK057051L
OOSEV058014N · Driving uphill or downhill, always
The message appears on the LCD The message appears on the LCD shift to D (Drive) when driving for-
5
display when there is problem with display when the shift button is con- ward or to R (Reverse) when driv-
the shift buttons.
tinuously pressed or there is problem ing backwards, and check the gear
Immediately have the vehicle inspect- with the button.
position indicated on the cluster
ed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Make sure that there is no object before driving. If you drive in the
over the shift button. If the problem opposite direction of the selected
persists, immediately have the vehi- gear, the vehicle will turn off and a
cle inspected by an authorized serious accident might be occurred
HYUNDAI dealer
due to the degraded brake per-
formance.
· Do not drive with your foot resting on the brake pedal. Even light, but consistent pedal pressure can result in the brakes overheating, brake wear and possibly even brake failure.
Driving your vehicle
5-17
Driving your vehicle
· Always apply the parking brake when leaving the vehicle. Do not depend on placing the gear in P (Park) to keep the vehicle from moving.
· Exercise extreme caution when driving on a slippery surface. Be especially careful when braking, accelerating or shifting gears. On a slippery surface, an abrupt change in vehicle speed can cause the drive wheels to lose traction and may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident
· Optimum vehicle performance and economy is obtained by smoothly depressing and releasing the accelerator.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH:
· ALWAYS wear your seat belt. In a collision, an unbelted occupant is significantly more likely to be seriously injured or killed than a properly belted occupant.
· Avoid high speeds when cornering or turning.
· Do not make quick steering wheel movements, such as sharp lane changes or fast, sharp turns.
· The risk of rollover is greatly increased if you lose control of your vehicle at highway speeds.
· Loss of control often occurs if two or more wheels drop off the roadway and the driver over steers to reenter the roadway.
· In the event your vehicle leaves the roadway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slow down before pulling back into the travel lanes.
· HYUNDAI recommends you follow all posted speed limits.
5-18
REGENERATIVE BRAKING SYSTEM
Paddle Shifter Operation
· One Pedal Driving - If the left side paddle shifter is held for more than 0.5 second when coasting, the One Pedal Driving feature is enabled. This function increases the regenerative braking effort to a maximum. Holding the paddle shifter will enable the vehicle to come to a complete stop without applying the foot pedal braking.
Refer to the following pages on "One Pedal Driving".
OOSEV048109N
OOS057006
The paddle shifter is used to adjust the regenerative braking level from 0
i Information
The paddle shifter does not operate
The selected regenerative braking level is displayed on the instrument cluster.
5
to 3 during decelerating or braking. when:
· Left side ( ): Increases regener- · The [ ] and [ ] paddle
ative braking and deceleration.
shifters are pulled at the same time.
· Right side ( ): Decreases · The vehicle is decelerating by regenerative braking and decelera- depressing the brake pedal.
tion.
· The Cruise Control system or Smart
Cruise Control system is activated.
Driving your vehicle
5-19
Driving your vehicle
Initial setting of the regenerative braking level and adjustable range vary according to the selected Drive mode.
Drive mode Initial setting
Adjustable Range
ECO+
2
0-3
ECO
2
0-3
COMFORT
1
0-3
SPORT
1
0-3
For more details, refer to "Drive Mode Integrated Control System" in this chapter.
One Pedal Driving
The driver can stop the vehicle by pulling and holding the left side paddle shifter.
Operating Conditions The system enters the operating condition when the conditions below are met: · The driver's door is closed. · The driver's seat belt is fastened.
To operate: · Pull and hold the left side paddle
shifter while coasting. · When the vehicle speed is above 3
km/h, release the paddle shifter to return to the previously set level. · When the vehicle speed is below 3 km/h, the function maintains control to stop the vehicle even though the paddle shifter is released. · While the One pedal driving is in activation, the driver can control the vehicle stopping position using the accelerator pedal.
Automatic engagement of EPB After the vehicle is stopped by the One Pedal Driving function, EPB is automatically engaged when any of these conditions occur: · The driver's door is open · The driver's seatbelt is unfastened. · The hood is open · The tailgate is open. · 5 minutes have passed after the
vehicle has stopped. · The system operation is limited
due to other reasons.
WARNING
Stopping the vehicle may not be possible according to the vehicle and road conditions. Pay attention to the road condition ahead and apply the brake if necessary.
5-20
SMART REGENERATION SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED WITH SMART CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM)
The Smart Regeneration System controls the regenerative braking automatically according to the road gradient and driving condition of the vehicle in front. The system minimizes the unnecessary operation of the brake and acceleration pedal, improving the electric energy efficiency and assisting the driver.
System Setting
Activating the Smart Regeneration System
With 'AUTO' for the regenerative braking level displayed on the cluster, the regenerative braking level is controlled automatically when vehicle speed is above 6 mph (10 km/h) and one of the condition below is met.
- The road gradient changes
- Distance from the vehicle ahead
reduces or increases
OOSEV048205N - Speed of the vehicle ahead The Smart Regeneration System is reduces or increases
5
enabled when:
The gear is in P (Park) and select
WARNING
'User settings Convenience Smart Regeneration' on the User Settings mode.
The setting is maintained when the vehicle is restarted.
When vehicle speed is under 6 mph (10 km/h), the Smart Regeneration System is cancelled. The driver must adjust the vehicle speed by depress-
ing the accelerator or brake
pedal according to the road
condition ahead and driving
condition.
Driving your vehicle
5-21
Driving your vehicle
OOSEV058097N
When the system is turned on from the User Settings mode, but the front radar doesn't recognize the vehicle in front, 'AUTO' is displayed in white.
OOSEV058001N
If the front radar recognizes the vehicle in front, 'AUTO' is displayed in blue. The regenerative braking level is automatically controlled depending on the driving condition of the vehicle in front and the level is indicated with arrows.
However, current regenerative braking level is maintained if the driver depresses the brake pedal while the system is in activation. Also, the system is cancelled temporarily if the accelerator pedal is depressed.
WARNING
The Smart Regeneration System which automatically controls the regenerative braking level when coasting is only a supplemental system for the driver's convenience. The system cannot completely stop the vehicle nor avoid all collisions. The brake control may be insufficient depending on the speed of the vehicle in front and when the vehicle in front suddenly stops, a vehicle cuts in suddenly or there is a steep slope. Always look ahead cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring.
5-22
Cancelling the Smart Regeneration System:
WARNING
Vehicle-to-Vehicle Front Recognition - Front Radar
· Cancelled manually
When the Smart Regeneration Sensor
Pulling and holding the right side paddle shifter for more than 1 second.
The Smart Regeneration System turns off temporarily. Note that the "AUTO" indicator in the LCD display turns off.
· Cancelled automatically
System is cancelled automatically, adjust the vehicle speed directly by depressing the accelerator or brake pedal according to the road condition ahead and driving condition.
Resuming the Smart
In order for the Smart Regeneration System to operate properly, always make sure the radar sensor cover is clean and free of dirt, snow, and debris. Dirt, snow, or foreign substances on the lens may adversely affect the sensing performance of the sensor. In this case, the system operation may stop temporarily and
- The vehicle is shifted to N Regeneration System
not operate normally.
(Neutral), R (Reverse) or P (Park).
- Cruise Control system (including Smart Cruise Control system) is enabled.
- The ESC (Electronic Stability Control) or ABS is activated.
To re-activate the Smart Regeneration System while driving, pull and hold the right side paddle shifter for more than 1 second again. Note that the "AUTO" indicator in the LCD display turns back on, signaling that the Smart Regeneration System is enabled again.
CAUTION
· Do not apply license plate frame or foreign objects such as a bumper sticker or a bumper guard near the radar sensor. Doing so may adversely affect the sensing perform-
5
ance of the radar.
Disabling the Smart Regeneration System
· Always keep the radar sensor and lens cover clean and free
To turn off the system, shift to P (Park)
of dirt and debris.
and deselect 'User Settings
Convenience Smart Regeneration'
on the User Settings mode.
Driving your vehicle
5-23
Driving your vehicle
· Use only a soft cloth to wash the vehicle. Do not spray pressurized water directly on the sensor or sensor cover.
· Be careful not to apply unnecessary force on the radar sensor or sensor cover. If the sensor is forcibly moved out of proper alignment, the Smart Regeneration System may not operate correctly. In this case, a warning message may not be displayed. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· If the front bumper becomes damaged in the area around the radar sensor, the Smart Regeneration System may not operate properly. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· Use only genuine HYUNDAI parts to repair or replace a damaged sensor or sensor cover. Do not apply paint to the sensor cover.
Warning Message
Limitations of the System
The Smart Regeneration System may not operate properly in certain situations when the driving condition is beyond the performance of the front radar sensor.
Driver's attention is required in such cases when the system does not react properly or operate unintentionally.
OOSEV048204N
Check Smart Regeneration System
The message will appear when the system is not functioning normally. The system will be disabled and the "AUTO" indicator in the LCD display will be turned off. Check for foreign substances on the front radar. Remove any dirt, snow, or foreign material that could interfere with the radar sensors. If the system still does not operate normally, take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked.
5-24
On curves
On inclines
Driving your vehicle
OTM058073
OTM058117 Your vehicle speed can be reduced
OOS057073
When coasting on the curve, the system may not detect the vehicle in your lane and the regenerative braking level will reduce automatically, making you feel that the vehicle is accelerating.
due to a vehicle in the adjacent lane.
Apply the accelerator pedal and select the appropriate speed. Check to be sure that the road conditions permit safe operation of the Smart Regeneration System.
When coasting on an uphill or downhill, the system may not detect the vehicle in your lane and the regenerative braking level will reduce automatically, making you feel that the vehicle is accelerating.
5
Also, if the system suddenly recognizes the vehicle in front, the regenerative braking level will increase automatically, making you feel that the vehicle is decelerating.
Also, if the system suddenly recognizes the vehicle in front, the regenerative braking level will increase automatically, making you feel that the vehicle is decelerating.
The driver must maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.
The driver must maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.
5-25
Driving your vehicle
Lane changing
OTM058074
· A vehicle which moves into your lane from an adjacent lane cannot be recognized by the sensor until it is in the sensor's detection range.
· The radar may not detect immediately when a vehicle cuts in suddenly. Always pay attention to the traffic, road and driving conditions.
Vehicle recognition
OTM058128
Some vehicles in your lane cannot be recognized by the sensor: - Narrow vehicles such as motorcy-
cles or bicycles - Vehicles offset to one side - Slow-moving vehicles or sudden-
decelerating vehicles - Stopped vehicles (When the vehi-
cle ahead drives away, the system may not detect a stopped vehicle.) - Vehicles with small rear profile such as trailers with no loads
A vehicle ahead cannot be recognized correctly by the sensor if any of following occurs:
- When the vehicle is pointing upwards due to overloading in the luggage compartment
- While the steering wheel is operating
- When driving to one side of the lane
- When driving on narrow lanes or on curves
Apply the brake or accelerator pedal if necessary.
5-26
WARNING
When using the Smart Regeneration System take the following precautions:
· If an emergency stop is necessary, you must apply the brakes.
· Keep a safe distance according to road conditions and vehicle speed. If the vehicleto-vehicle distance is too close and the brakes are suddenly applied, a serious collision may result.
· Always maintain sufficient braking distance and decelerate your vehicle by applying the brakes if necessary.
· The Smart Regeneration System cannot recognize a stopped vehicle, pedestrians or an oncoming vehicle. Always look ahead cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring.
· Vehicles moving in front of
NOTICE
you with frequent lane changes may cause a delay in the system's reaction or may cause the system to react to a vehicle actually in an adjacent
The Smart Regeneration System may not operate temporarily due to:
· Electrical interference
lane. Always drive cautiously · Modifying the suspension
to prevent unexpected and · Differences of tire abrasion or
sudden situations from occur-
tire pressure
ring.
· Installing different type of tires
· The Smart Regeneration
System may not recognize
complex driving situations so
always pay attention to driv-
5
ing conditions and control
your vehicle speed.
Driving your vehicle
5-27
Driving your vehicle
i Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the device.
i Information
Radio frequency radiation exposure information:
This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance of 8 in. (20 cm) between the radiator (antenna) and your body.
This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.
5-28
BRAKING SYSTEM
Power Brakes Your vehicle has power-assisted
WARNING
· Wet brakes may impair the vehicle's ability to safely slow
brakes that adjust automatically through normal usage.
If power is not supplied to your vehicle such as when the battery is discharged or the vehicle is turned off while driving, the power assist for the brakes will not work.You can still stop your vehicle by applying greater force to the brake pedal than typical. The stopping distance, however, will be longer than with power brakes.
Do not pump the brake pedal when the power assist has been interrupted.
Take the following precautions:
· Do not drive with your foot resting on the brake pedal. This will create abnormal high brake temperatures, excessive brake lining and pad wear, and increased stopping distances.
· When descending down a long or steep hill, use the paddle shifter (left side lever) to increase regenerative braking in order to control your speed without using the brake pedal excessively. Applying the brakes continuously will
down; the vehicle may also
pull to one side when the
brakes are applied. Applying
the brakes lightly will indicate
whether they have been
affected in this way. Always
test your brakes in this fash-
ion after driving through deep
water. To dry the brakes, light-
ly tap the brake pedal to heat
up the brakes while maintain-
ing a safe forward speed until brake performance returns to
5
normal. Avoid driving at high
speeds until the brakes func-
tion correctly.
cause the brakes to overheat
and could result in a tempo-
rary loss of braking perform-
ance.
Driving your vehicle
5-29
Driving your vehicle
NOTICE
· Do not continue depressing the brake pedal if the " " indicator is OFF. The battery may be discharged.
· Noise and vibration generated during braking is normal.
· Under normal operation, electric brake pump noise and motor vibration may occur temporarily in below cases.
- When the pedal is depressed suddenly.
- When the pedal is repeatedly depressed in short intervals.
- When the ABS function is activated while braking.
Disc Brake Wear Indicator
When your brake pads are worn and new pads are required, you will hear a high pitched warning sound from your front or rear brakes. You may hear this sound come and go or it may occur whenever you depress the brake pedal. Note that some driving conditions or climates may cause a brake squeal when you first apply (or lightly apply) the brakes. This is normal and does not indicate a problem with your brakes.
NOTICE
To avoid costly brake repairs, do not continue to drive with worn brake pads.
i Information
Always replace brake pads as complete front or rear axle sets.
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) Applying the parking brake
OOSEV058015N
To apply the EPB (Electronic Parking Brake): 1. Depress the brake pedal. 2. Pull the EPB switch upwards. Make sure the Parking Brake Warning Light comes on. With the Auto Hold feature enabled, the EPB is automatically applied when the vehicle is shut off.
5-30
However, if Auto Hold is OFF when Releasing the parking brake the the vehicle is turned off, the EPB
will not be applied.
To release EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) automatically:
· Gear in P (Park)
WARNING
With the vehicle in the ready ( ) mode depress the brake pedal and
shift out of P (Park) to either D
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS
(Drive) or R (Reverse).
INJURY or DEATH, do not oper-
· Gear in N (Neutral)
ate the parking brake while the vehicle is moving except in an emergency situation. It could damage the brake system and lead to an accident.
With the vehicle in the ready ( ) mode depress the brake pedal and shift out of N (Neutral) to R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
OOSEV058016K · Under the following conditions
To release the EPB (Electronic
1. Start the vehicle.
5
Parking Brake), press the EPB switch in the following condition:
2. Fasten the driver's seat belt.
· Have the POWER button in the ON position.
3. Close the driver's door, hood and liftgate.
· Depress the brake pedal.
Make sure the Parking Brake Warning Light goes off.
4. Depress the accelerator pedal while the gear is in D (Drive) or R (Reverse).
The Parking Brake Warning Light
should be turned off when the EPB is
released.
Driving your vehicle
5-31
Driving your vehicle
i Information
· For your safety, you can engage the EPB even though the POWER button is in the OFF position, but you cannot release it.
· For your safety, depress the brake pedal and release the parking brake manually with the EPB switch when you drive downhill or when backing up the vehicle.
EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) may be automatically applied when:
· Requested by other systems
· The vehicle is turned off with the Auto Hold operating
Warning messages
NOTICE
· If the parking brake warning light is still on even though the EPB has been released, have the system checked an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· Do not drive your vehicle with the EPB applied. It may cause excessive brake pad and brake rotor wear.
OTMA058132
To release EPB, fasten seatbelt, close door, hood and liftgate
A warning will sound and a message will appear in the following conditions.
· If you try to drive with the EPB applied.
· If the driver's seat is not fastened, and you try to release EPB.
· If the driver's door is opened, and you try to release EPB.
· If the hood is opened with the gear in D (Drive) and you try to release EPB.
5-32
· If the liftgate is opened with the gear in R (Reverse) and you try to release EPB.
· If there is a problem with the vehicle.
If the situation occurs, depress the brake pedal and release EPB by pressing the EPB switch.
WARNING
· Whenever leaving the vehicle or parking, always come to a complete stop and continue to depress the brake pedal.
Shift into the P (Park) position, press the EPB switch, and press the POWER button
NOTICE
· Do not apply the accelerator pedal while the parking brake is engaged. If you depress the accelerator pedal with the EPB engaged, a warning will sound and a message will appear. Damage to the parking brake may occur.
to the OFF position. Take the · Driving with the parking brake
Smart Key with you when exit-
on can overheat the braking sys-
ing the vehicle.
tem and cause premature wear
Vehicles not fully engaged in P (Park) with the parking brake set are at risk for moving inadvertently and causing
or damage to brake parts. Make
sure the EPB is released and the 5
Parking Brake Warning Light is
off before driving.
injury to yourself or others.
· NEVER allow anyone who is i Information
unfamiliar with the vehicle to touch the EPB switch. If the EPB is released unintentionally, serious injury may occur.
· Only release the EPB when
· A clicking sound may be heard while operating or releasing the EPB. These conditions are normal and indicate that the EPB is functioning properly.
you are seated inside the vehicle with your foot firmly on the brake pedal.
· When leaving your keys with a parking attendant or assistant, make sure to inform him/her how to
operate the EPB.
Driving your vehicle
5-33
Driving your vehicle
EPB malfunction indicator
OIK057079N
AUTO HOLD turning Off! Press brake pedal
When the conversion from Auto Hold to EPB is not working properly a warning will sound and a message will appear.
OIK057077N
Parking brake automatically engaged
If the EPB is applied while Auto Hold is activated, a warning will sound and a message will appear.
OOSEV058017R
This warning light illuminates if the POWER button is changed to the ON position and goes off in approximately 3 seconds if the system is operating normally.
If the EPB malfunction indicator remains on, comes on while driving, or does not come on when the POWER button is changed to the ON position, this indicates that the EPB may have malfunctioned.
If this occurs, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
5-34
The EPB malfunction indicator may Parking brake warning light
Emergency braking
illuminate when the ESC (Electronic Stability Control) indicator comes on to indicate that the ESC is not working properly, but it does not indicate a malfunction of the EPB.
Check the Parking Brake Warning Light by placing the POWER button to the ON position (do not start the
If there is a problem with the brake pedal while driving, emergency braking is possible by pulling up and holding the EPB switch. Braking is possible only while you are holding
vehicle).
the EPB switch. However, braking
NOTICE
This light will be illuminated when the distance will be longer than normal.
· If the EPB warning light is still on, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
parking brake is applied with the POWER button in the START or ON position.
WARNING
· If the parking brake warning Before driving, be sure the parking Do not operate the parking
light does not illuminate or brake is released and the Brake blinks even though the EPB Warning Light is OFF.
brake while the vehicle is moving except in an emergency sit-
5
switch was pulled up, the EPB If the Parking Brake Warning Light uation.
may not be applied.
remains on after the parking brake is
· If the parking brake warning light blinks when the EPB warning light is on, press the switch, then pull it up. Once more press
released while while the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode, there may be a malfunction in the brake system. Immediate attention is necessary.
i Information
During emergency braking by the EPB, the parking brake warning light
it back to its original position If at all possible, cease driving the will illuminate to indicate that the sys-
and pull it back up. If the EPB vehicle immediately. If that is not pos- tem is operating.
warning does not go off, have sible, use extreme caution while
the system checked by an operating the vehicle and only con-
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
tinue to drive the vehicle until you
can reach a safe location.
Driving your vehicle
5-35
Driving your vehicle
NOTICE
If you continuously notice a noise or burning smell when the EPB is used for emergency braking, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Auto Hold
The Auto Hold feature keeps the vehicle stationary once the vehicle reaches a complete stop.
To apply:
When the EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) does not release
If the EPB does not release normally, contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer by loading the vehicle on a flatbed tow truck and have the system checked.
White
OOSEV058018
1. With the driver's door, hood and liftgate closed, depress the brake pedal and then press the [AUTO HOLD] switch. The white AUTO HOLD indicator will come on and the system will be in the standby position.
5-36
To release:
To cancel:
White
· If you press the accelerator pedal
with the gear in D (Drive) or R
(Reverse), the Auto Hold will be
released automatically and the
vehicle will start to move. The
Green
AUTO HOLD indicator changes from green to white.
Light off
· When using the Smart Cruise
Control system while using the
AUTO HOLD feature, if the RES+
OOSEV058019K or SET- toggle switch is pressed,
2. When you stop the vehicle completely by depressing the brake pedal, Auto Hold maintains the brake pressure to hold the vehicle stationary. The indicator changes from white to green.
3. The vehicle will remain stationary
the AUTO HOLD will be released.
OOSEV058020
When this occurs the AUTO HOLD indicator will change from green to
1. Depress the brake pedal.
5
white.
2. Press the [AUTO HOLD] switch.
The AUTO HOLD indicator will turn
WARNING
off.
even if you release the brake When the AUTO HOLD is auto-
pedal.
matically released by depress-
WARNING
4. If EPB is applied, Auto Hold will be released.
ing the accelerator pedal, always take a look around your vehicle.
To prevent, unexpected and sudden vehicle movement, ALWAYS press your foot on the
Slowly depress the accelerator brake pedal to cancel the Auto
pedal for a smooth start.
Hold before you:
- Drive downhill.
- Park the vehicle.
Driving your vehicle
5-37
Driving your vehicle
i Information
· The Auto Hold does not operate when: - The driver's door is opened - The hood is opened - The liftgate is opened - The gear is in P (Park) - The EPB is applied
· For your safety, the Auto Hold automatically switches to EPB when: - The driver's door is opened - The hood is opened - The liftgate is opened - The vehicle stops for more than 10 minutes - The vehicle stands on a steep slope - The vehicle moves several times
In these cases, the parking brake warning light comes on, the AUTO HOLD indicator changes from green to white, and a warning sounds and a message will appear to inform you that EPB has been automatically engaged. Before driving again, depress the brake pedal, check the surrounding area near your vehicle and release the parking brake manually with the EPB switch.
· While the AUTO HOLD feature is operating, some mechanical noises may be audible. This is a normal condition of the AUTO HOLD feature.
NOTICE
If the AUTO HOLD indicator changes to yellow, the Auto Hold is not working properly. Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
· Depress the accelerator pedal slowly when you start the vehicle.
· For your safety, cancel the Auto Hold when you drive downhill, back up the vehicle or park the vehicle.
NOTICE
If there is a malfunction with the driver's door or hood open detection system, the Auto Hold may not work properly. Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
5-38
Warning messages
Driving your vehicle
OIK057079N
OIK057080L
OIK057077N AUTO HOLD turning Off!
Press brake pedal to deactivate
Parking brake automatically engaged
Press brake pedal
AUTO HOLD
5
When the conversion from Auto Hold If you did not apply the brake pedal
to EPB is not working properly a when you release the Auto Hold by
When the EPB is applied from Auto warning will sound and a message pressing the [AUTO HOLD] switch, a
Hold, a warning will sound and a will appear.
warning will sound and a message
message will appear.
When this message is displayed, the will appear.
Auto Hold and EPB may not operate.
For your safety, depress the brake pedal.
5-39
Driving your vehicle
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
WARNING
OOSEV058076N
AUTO HOLD conditions not met. Close door, hood and liftgate
When you press the [AUTO HOLD] switch, if the driver's door, hood and liftgate are not closed, a warning will sound and a message will appear on the LCD display.
Press the [AUTO HOLD] switch after closing the driver's door, hood and liftgate.
An Anti-Lock Braking System (ABS) or an Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system will not prevent accidents due to improper or dangerous driving maneuvers. Even though vehicle control is improved during emergency braking, always maintain a safe distance between you and objects ahead of you. Vehicle speeds should always be reduced during extreme road conditions. The braking distance for cars equipped with ABS or ESC may be longer than for those without these systems in the following road conditions.
Drive your vehicle at reduced speeds during the following conditions:
· Rough, gravel or snow-covered roads.
· On roads where the road surface is pitted or has different surface height.
· Tire chains are installed on your vehicle.
The safety features of an ABS or ESC equipped vehicle should not be tested by high speed driving or cornering. This could endanger the safety of yourself or others.
ABS is an electronic braking system that helps prevent a braking skid. ABS allows the driver to steer and brake at the same time.
5-40
Using ABS
To obtain the maximum benefit from your ABS in an emergency situation, do not attempt to modulate your brake pressure and do not try to pump your brakes. Depress your brake pedal as hard as possible.
When you apply your brakes under conditions which may lock the wheels, you may hear sounds from the brakes, or feel a corresponding
ABS cannot prevent a loss of stability. Always steer moderately when braking hard. Severe or sharp steering wheel movement can still cause your vehicle to veer into oncoming traffic or off the road.
On loose or uneven road surfaces, operation of the anti-lock brake system may result in a longer stopping distance than for vehicles equipped with a conventional brake system.
WARNING
If the ABS warning light ( ) is on and stays on, you may have a problem with the ABS. Your power brakes will work normally. To reduce the risk of serious injury or death, contact your HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
sensation in the brake pedal. This is The ABS warning light ( ) will stay
normal and it means your ABS is on for several seconds after the
active.
POWER button is in the ON position.
ABS does not reduce the time or dis- During that time, the ABS will go
5
tance it takes to stop the vehicle.
through self-diagnosis and the light
Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you.
will go off if everything is normal. If the light stays on, you may have a problem with your ABS. Contact an
ABS will not prevent a skid that authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon
results from sudden changes in as possible.
direction, such as trying to take a
corner too fast or making a sudden
lane change. Always drive at a safe
speed for the road and weather con-
ditions.
Driving your vehicle
5-41
Driving your vehicle
NOTICE
When you drive on a road having poor traction, such as an icy road, and apply your brakes continuously, the ABS will be active continuously and the ABS warning light ( ) may illuminate. Pull your car over to a safe place and turn the vehicle off.
Restart the vehicle. If the ABS warning light is off, then your ABS system is normal.
Otherwise, you may have a problem with your ABS system. Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
i Information
When you jump start your vehicle because of a drained battery, the ABS warning light ( ) may turn on at the same time. This happens because of the low battery voltage. It does not mean your ABS is malfunctioning. Have the battery recharged before driving the vehicle.
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
OOSEV058031N
The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system helps to stabilize the vehicle during cornering maneuvers. ESC checks where you are steering and where the vehicle is actually going. ESC applies braking pressure to any one of the vehicle's brakes and intervenes in the electric vehicle control system to assist the driver with keeping the vehicle on the intended path. It is not a substitute for safe driving practices. Always adjust your speed and driving to the road conditions.
WARNING
Never drive too fast for the road conditions or too quickly when cornering. The ESC system will not prevent accidents.
Excessive speed in turns, abrupt maneuvers, and hydroplaning on wet surfaces can result in severe accidents.
5-42
ESC operation
When operating
ESC OFF condition
ESC ON condition
When the POWER button is in the ON position, the ESC and the ESC OFF indicator lights illuminate for approximately three seconds. After both lights go off, the ESC is enabled.
When the ESC is in operation, the ESC indicator light blinks:
· When you apply your brakes under conditions which may lock the wheels, you may hear sounds from the brakes, or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal. This is normal and it means your ESC is active.
To cancel ESC operation : · State 1
· When the ESC activates, the vehi-
cle may not respond to the acceler-
ator as it does under routine condi-
5
tions.
· If the Cruise Control was in use when the ESC activates, the Cruise Control automatically disengages. The Cruise Control can be reengaged when the road conditions allow. See "Cruise Control System" later in this chapter.
OIK057082L
Press the ESC OFF button briefly. The ESC OFF indicator light and message "Traction Control disabled" will illuminate. In this state, the traction control function of ESC is disabled, but the brake control function of ESC still operates.
Driving your vehicle
5-43
Driving your vehicle
· State 2
Indicator lights
ESC indicator light (blinks)
ESC OFF indicator light (comes on)
WARNING
When the ESC is blinking, this indicates the ESC is active:
Drive slowly and NEVER attempt to accelerate. NEVER turn the ESC off while the ESC indicator light is blinking or you may lose control of the vehicle resulting in an accident.
OIK057084L
Press and hold the ESC OFF button continuously for more than 3 seconds. The ESC OFF indicator light and message "Traction & Stability Control disabled" illuminates and a warning chime sounds. In this state, both the traction control function of ESC and the brake control function of ESC are disabled.
If the POWER button is pressed to the OFF position when ESC is off, ESC remains off. Upon restarting the vehicle, the ESC will automatically turn on again.
When the POWER button is pressed to the ON position, the ESC indicator light illuminates, then goes off if the ESC system is operating normally.
The ESC indicator light blinks whenever the ESC is operating.
If the ESC indicator light stays on, your vehicle may have a malfunction with the ESC system. When this warning light illuminates, have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
The ESC OFF indicator light comes on when the ESC is turned off with the button.
NOTICE
Driving with wheels and tires with different sizes may cause the ESC system to malfunction. Before replacing tires, make sure all four tires and wheels are the same size. Never drive the vehicle with different sized wheels and tires installed.
5-44
ESC OFF usage
When Driving
The ESC OFF mode should only be used briefly to help free the vehicle if stuck in snow or mud, by temporarily stopping operation of the ESC, to maintain wheel torque.
To turn ESC off while driving, press the ESC OFF button while driving on a flat road surface.
NOTICE
· Do not allow wheel(s) of one axle to spin excessively while the ESC, ABS, and parking brake warning lights are displayed. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Reduce vehicle power and do not spin the wheel(s) excessively while these lights are displayed.
Vehicle Stability Management (VSM)
The Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) is a function of the Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system. It helps ensure the vehicle stays stable when accelerating or braking suddenly on wet, slippery and rough roads where traction over the four tires can suddenly become uneven.
· When operating the vehicle on a
WARNING
dynamometer, make sure the
ESC is turned off (ESC OFF light Take the following precautions
5
illuminated).
when using the Vehicle Stability
Management (VSM):
i Information
Turning the ESC off does not affect ABS or standard brake system operation.
· ALWAYS check the speed and the distance to the vehicle ahead.The VSM is not a substitute for safe driving practices.
· Never drive too fast for the road conditions. The VSM system will not prevent accidents. Excessive speed in bad weather, slippery and uneven roads can result in severe accidents.
Driving your vehicle
5-45
Driving your vehicle
VSM operation VSM ON condition The VSM operates when: · The Electronic Stability Control
(ESC) is on. · Vehicle speed is approximately
under 93 mph (150 km/h) when the vehicle is braking on rough roads.
When operating When you apply your brakes under conditions which may activate the ESC, you may hear sounds from the brakes, or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal. This is normal and it means your VSM is active.
i Information
The VSM does not operate when: · Driving on a banked road such as a
gradient or incline. · Driving in reverse. · The ESC OFF indicator light is on. · The EPS (Electric power steering)
warning light ( ) is on or blinks.
WARNING
If the ESC indicator light ( ) or EPS warning light ( ) stays on or blinks, your vehicle may have a malfunction with the VSM system. When the warning light illuminates, have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
NOTICE
Driving with wheels and tires with different sizes may cause the VSM system to malfunction. Before replacing tires, make sure all four tires and wheels are the same size. Never drive the vehicle with different sized tires and wheels installed.
5-46
Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) Good Braking Practices
To dry the brakes, apply the brakes
The Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) helps prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards when starting a vehicle from a stop on a hill. The system operates the brakes automatically for
WARNING
Whenever leaving the vehicle or parking, always come to a com-
lightly until the braking action returns to normal. If the braking action does not return to normal, stop as soon as it is safe to do so and call an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.
approximately 3 seconds and releas- plete stop and continue to DO NOT drive with your foot resting
es the brake after 3 seconds or when depress the brake pedal. Shift on the brake pedal. Even light, but
the accelerator pedal is depressed.
to the P (Park) position, then constant pedal pressure can result in
apply the parking brake, and the brakes overheating, brake wear,
WARNING
place the POWER button in the OFF position.
and possibly even brake failure. If a tire goes flat while you are driv-
Always be ready to depress the accelerator pedal when starting the vehicle on an incline. The HAC feature activates only for approximately 3 seconds.
Vehicles parked with the park- ing, apply the brakes gently and
ing brake not applied or not fully engaged may roll inadver-
keep the vehicle pointed straight ahead while you slow down. When
5
tently and may cause injury to you are moving slowly enough for it
the driver and others. ALWAYS to be safe to do so, pull off the road
apply the parking brake before and stop in a safe location.
exiting the vehicle.
Keep your foot firmly on the brake
i Information
pedal when the vehicle is stopped to
· The HAC does not operate when the gear is in P (Park) or N (Neutral).
Wet brakes can be dangerous. The brakes may get wet if the vehicle is
prevent the vehicle from rolling forward.
· The HAC activates even though the driven through standing water or if it
ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is is washed. Your vehicle will not stop
off but does not activate when the as quickly if the brakes are wet. Wet
ESC has malfunctioned.
brakes may cause the vehicle to pull
to one side.
Driving your vehicle
5-47
Driving your vehicle
DRIVE MODE SYSTEM Drive Mode
OOSEV058022
The drive mode may be selected according to the driver's preference or road condition. · The mode changes, as below,
whenever the DRIVE MODE button is pressed.
NORMAL
SPORT
ECO · Press and hold the DRIVE MODE
button to select ECO+ mode (if equipped). 5-48
Initial Setting for Each Drive Mode
Drive mode
NORMAL
SPORT
Feature
Normal driving mode
Sporty driving mode
Button activation
Indicator on the cluster
Air conditioner/ heater system
control
Press
-
NORMAL (ECO/
NORMAL)
Press
NORMAL (ECO/
NORMAL)
ECO
Optimal for eco- driving
Press
ECO+ *1 (if equipped) Ultra power saving driving
mode
Press and hold
ECO
Off
Speed limit
-
-
(55 mph~75 mph) *2 Below 56 mph
Regenerative
1 (1~3) *2
1 (1~3) *2
2 (1~3) *2
2
braking level
*1 : Change to ECO+ mode (if equipped)
- Distance to empty may not change when the air conditioner/heater system is off. However, actual distance may be extended.
- Air conditioner/heater system turns off (except the defroster) but you may turn it on if necessary.
- When the drive mode is switched from the ECO+ mode to a different mode, it is changed to air conditioner/heater operation status of the ECO mode.
- The speed limit is automatically deactivated when the Smart Cruise Control system is in activation or the accelerator pedal is depressed to the end. If speed limit function is deactivated by depressing the accelerator pedal, the speed limit function will reactivate when vehicle speed is lower than the set speed limit. Also, the speed is changed to the speed set at ECO mode when the drive mode switches from the ECO+ mode to ECO mode.
*2 : It is possible to set the driving condition for each drive mode (except the ECO+ mode) at the drive mode setting in the Audio and AVN system. For more information, refer to the separately supplied manual.
FORWARD COLLISION-AVOIDANCE ASSIST (FCA) - FRONT VIEW CAMERA ONLY
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist system is designed to help detect and monitor the vehicle ahead in the roadway through camera recognition and radar signals to warn the driver that a collision is imminent, and if necessary, apply emergency braking.
The camera type FCA system detects the vehicle ahead in the roadway through the camera.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when using the Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) system:
· This system is only a supplemental system and it is not intended to, nor does it replace the need for extreme care and attention of the driver. The sensing range and objects detectable by the sen-
System Setting and Activation
System setting
· Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist system is enabled whenever the vehicle is turned on.
To turn off the system, go to the 'User Settings Driver Assistance' and deselect 'Forward Collision Avoidance Assist' on the cluster LCD display.
FCA deactivates, when the driver deselects the system setting.
sors are limited. Pay attention
5
to the road conditions at all
times.
· NEVER drive too fast in accordance with the road conditions or while cornering.
· Always drive cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring. FCA does not stop the vehicle completely and is not a collision avoidance system.
Driving your vehicle
5-49
Driving your vehicle
The warning light illuminates on the LCD display, when you cancel the FCA system. The driver can monitor the FCA ON/OFF status on the LCD display. Also, the warning light illuminates when the ESC is turned off (Traction & Stability control disabled).
If the warning light remains ON when the FCA is activated, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
OOSEV058100N
· The driver can select the initial warning activation time on the LCD display.
Go to the 'User Settings Driver Assistance Forward Collision Warning Late/Normal/Early'.
The options for the initial Forward Collision Warning includes the following:
- Late:
When this condition is selected, the initial Forward Collision Warning is activated later than normal. This setting reduces the amount of distance between the vehicle ahead before the initial warning occurs.
Even though, 'Late' is selected if the front vehicle suddenly stops the initial warning activation time may not seem late.
Select 'Late' when traffic is light and when driving speed is slow.
- Normal:
When this condition is selected, the initial Forward Collision Warning is activated normally. This setting allows for a nominal amount of distance between the vehicle ahead before the initial warning occurs.
5-50
- Early:
Prerequisite for activation
When this condition is selected, the FCA system is on and ready when
WARNING
initial Forward Collision Warning is activated earlier than normal. This setting maximizes the amount of distance between the vehicle ahead before the initial warning occurs.
Even though, 'Early' is selected if the front vehicle suddenly stops the initial warning activation time may not seem fast.
FCA is selected on the LCD display and when the following prerequisites are satisfied:
- The ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is on.
- Driving speed exceeds approximately 6 mph (10 km/h). (FCA is only activated within a certain speed range.)
- The system detects a vehicle in
· Completely stop the vehicle on a safe location before operating the switch on the steering wheel to activate/ deactivate FCA system.
· FCA automatically activates when the POWER button is in the ON position. The driver can deactivate FCA by canceling the system setting on the
If you feel the warning activates too front, which may collide with your
LCD display.
early, set Forward Collision Warning to "Normal".
vehicle. (FCA may not be activated or may sound a warning alarm in
· If you cancel the ESC (Electronic Stability Control)
5
accordance with the driving situa-
when FCA system is turned
tion or vehicle condition.)
on FCA automatically deacti-
vates and the FCA warning
light illuminates. When the
ESC is canceled the FCA can-
not be activated on the LCD
display. The FCA warning light
will illuminate which is nor-
mal.
Driving your vehicle
5-51
Driving your vehicle
FCA Warning Message and System Control
FCA produces warning messages and warning alarms in accordance with the collision risk levels, such as abrupt stopping of the vehicle in front, or insufficient braking distance detection. Also, it controls the brakes in accordance with the collision risk levels.
The driver can select the initial warning activation time in the User Settings in the LCD display. The options for the initial Forward Collision Warning include Late, Normal or Early initial warning time.
Collision Warning (First warning)
OOSEV058023N
This warning message appears on the LCD display with a warning chime. Additionally, some vehicle system intervention occurs to help decelerate the vehicle.
- Your vehicle speed may decelerate moderately.
- FCA system limitedly controls the brakes to preemptively mitigate impact in a collision.
Emergency braking (Second warning)
OOSEV058024N
This warning message appears on the LCD display with a warning chime. Additionally, some vehicle system intervention occurs to help decelerate the vehicle.
- FCA system limitedly controls the brakes to preemptively mitigate impact in a collision. The brake control is maximized just before a collision.
5-52
Brake operation · The braking system enters into the
CAUTION
WARNING
ready status to react promptly to urgent situations.
· The driver should always use extreme caution while operat-
FCA system logic operates within certain parameters, such
· FCA provides additional braking
ing the vehicle, whether or not as the distance from the vehicle
power for optimum braking per-
there is a warning message or ahead, the speed of the vehicle
formance, when the driver depress-
alarm from FCA system.
ahead, and the driver's vehicle
es the brake pedal.
· The braking control is automatically deactivated, when the driver sharply depresses the accelerator
· If any other warning sound such as seat belt warning chime is already generated, the Forward Collision-
speed. Certain conditions such as inclement weather and road conditions may affect the operation of FCA system.
pedal, or when the driver abruptly
Avoidance Assist (FCA) sys-
operates the steering wheel. · FCA brake control is automatically
tem warning may not sound.
WARNING
5
canceled, when risk factors disap-
pear.
WARNING
Never deliberately drive dangerously to activate the system.
The braking control cannot completely stop the vehicle nor avoid all collisions. The driver should hold the responsibility to safely drive and control the vehicle.
Driving your vehicle
5-53
Driving your vehicle
FCA Sensor
Front view camera
OOSEV058117N
In order for the FCA system to operate properly, always make sure the camera is clean and free of dirt, snow, and debris. Dirt, snow, or foreign substances on the surface may adversely affect the sensing performance of the sensor.
NOTICE
The sensing performance of the sensor may be affected if the following instructions are not followed.
· Always keep the camera sensor clean and free of dirt and debris.
· Use only genuine parts to repair or replace a damaged sensor.
NOTICE
Be careful not to apply unnecessary force on the camera sensor. If the sensor is forcibly moved out of proper alignment, the FCA system may not operate correctly. In this case, a warning message may not be displayed. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
NOTICE
· Do not tint the window or install stickers, accessories around the inside mirror where the camera is installed.
· NEVER locate any reflective objects (i.e. white paper, mirror) over the dashboard. Any light reflection may cause a malfunction of the system.
· Pay extreme caution to keep the camera out of water.
· NEVER arbitrarily disassemble the camera assembly, nor apply any impact on the camera assembly.
· Playing the vehicle audio system at high volume may offset the system warning sounds.
i Information
Have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer when:
· The windshield glass is replaced.
· The camera or related parts are repaired or removed.
5-54
Warning message and warning light
However, the FCA may not properly operate in an area (e.g. open terrain), where any substances are not detected or the camera is blocked with dirt, snow or debris after turning ON the vehicle.
Also, even though a warning message does not appear on the LCD display, the FCA may not properly operate.
WARNING
The FCA system may not activate according to road conditions, inclement weather, driving conditions or traffic conditions.
OAD058172L
5
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) system disabled. Camera obscured
When the front camera is blocked with dirt, snow, or debris, the FCA system operation may stop temporarily. If this occurs, a warning message will appear on the LCD display. Remove any dirt, snow, or debris and clean the front camera before operating FCA system.
Driving your vehicle
5-55
Driving your vehicle
System Not Operating
OIK057091L
Check Forward Collision Avoidance Assist system · When FCA is not working properly,
the FCA warning light ( ) will illuminate and the warning message will appear for a few seconds. After the message disappears, the master warning light ( ) will illuminate. In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. · The FCA warning message may appear along with the illumination of the ESC (Electronic Stability Control) warning light and FCA is automatically deactivated. 5-56
WARNING
· FCA is only a supplemental system for the driver's convenience. The driver should hold the responsibility to control the vehicle operation. Do not solely depend on the FCA system. Rather, maintain a safe braking distance, and, if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce the driving speed.
· In certain instances and under certain driving conditions, FCA system may unintentionally activate. This initial warning message appears on the LCD display with a warning chime.
Also, in certain instances the front camera recognition system may not detect the vehicle ahead. FCA system may not activate and the warning message will not be displayed.
· Even if there is any problem with the brake control function of FCA system, the vehicle's basic braking performance will operate normally. However, brake control function for avoiding collision will not activate.
· If the vehicle in front stops suddenly, you may have less control of the brake system. Therefore, always keep a safe distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front of you.
· FCA system may activate during braking and the vehicle may stop suddenly shifting loose objects toward the passengers. Always keep loose objects secured.
· FCA system may not activate if the driver applies the brake pedal to avoid a collision.
· The brake control may be insufficient, possibly causing a collision, if a vehicle in front abruptly stops. Always pay extreme caution.
· Occupants may get injured, if the vehicle abruptly stops by the activated FCA system. Pay extreme caution.
· FCA system operates only to help detect vehicles in front of the vehicle.
WARNING
· FCA system does not operate when the vehicle is in reverse.
· FCA system is not designed to detect other objects on the road such as animals.
· FCA system does not detect vehicles in the opposite lane.
· FCA system does not detect cross traffic vehicles that are approaching.
· FCA system cannot detect the Limitations of the System
driver approaching the side Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
view of a parked vehicle (for (FCA) system is designed to help
example on a dead end monitor the vehicle ahead in the road-
street.)
way through camera recognition to
In these cases, you must maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the
warn the driver that a collision is imminent, and if necessary, apply emergency braking.
brake pedal to reduce the driv- In certain situations, the camera may
ing speed in order to maintain a not be able to detect the vehicle
safe distance.
ahead. In these cases, FCA system
may not operate normally. The driver
must pay careful attention in the fol-
lowing situations where the FCA 5
operation may be limited.
Driving your vehicle
5-57
Driving your vehicle
Detecting vehicles
The sensor may be limited when:
· The camera is blocked with a foreign object or debris
· The camera lens is contaminated due to tinted, filmed or coated windshield, damaged glass, or stuck of foreign matter (sticker, bug, etc.) on the glass
· Inclement weather such as heavy rain or snow obscures the field of view of the camera
· The vehicle is on unpaved or uneven rough surfaces, or road with sudden gradient changes.
· The camera sensor recognition is limited
· The vehicle in front is too small to be detected (for example a motorcycle or a bicycle, etc.)
· The camera does not recognize the entire vehicle in front.
· The vehicle in front is an oversize vehicle or trailer that is too big to be detected by the camera recognition system (for example a tractor trailer, etc.)
· The camera's field of view is not well illuminated (either too dark or too much reflection or too much backlight that obscures the field of view)
· The vehicle in front does not have their rear lights properly turned ON
· The outside brightness changes suddenly, for example when entering or exiting a tunnel
· Light coming from a street light or an oncoming vehicle is reflected on a wet road surface such as a puddle in the road
· The field of view in front is obstructed by sun glare
· The vehicle drives inside a building, such as a basement parking lot
· The adverse road conditions cause excessive vehicle vibrations while driving
· The camera is damaged.
· The brightness outside is too low such as when the headlamps are not on at night or the vehicle is going through a tunnel.
· The shadow is on the road by a median strip, trees, etc.
· The vehicle drives through a tollgate.
· The windshield glass is fogged up; a clear view of the road is obstructed
· The rear part of the vehicle in front is not normally visible (for example, the vehicle is spinning or the vehicle is overturned)
· The sensor recognition changes suddenly when passing over a speed bump
· The vehicle in front is driving erratically
· The vehicle in front is moving vertically to the driving direction
· The vehicle in front is stopped vertically
· The vehicle in front is driving towards your vehicle or reversing
· You are on a roundabout and the vehicle in front circles
5-58
Driving your vehicle
OOSEV058110N
OOSEV058111N
OOSEV058102L
- Driving on a curve
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist - Driving on a slope
The performance of Forward system may recognize a vehicle in The performance of Forward CollisionCollision-Avoidance Assist system the next lane or outside the lane Avoidance Assist system may be
5
may be limited when driving on a when driving on a curved road.
decreased while driving upward or
curved road.
If this occurs, the system may unnec- downward on a slope. The front cam-
The front camera recognition system may not detect the vehicle traveling in front on a curved road. This may result in no alarm and braking when
essarily alarm the driver and apply the brake.
Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, while driving.
era recognition may not detect the vehicle in front. This may result in unnecessary alarm and braking or no alarm and braking when necessary.
necessary.
When the system suddenly recog-
Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce
nizes the vehicle in front while passing over a slope, you may experience sharp deceleration.
your driving speed in order to main-
Always keep your eyes forward while
tain a safe distance.
driving upward or downward on a
slope, and, if necessary, depress the
brake pedal to reduce your driving
speed in order to maintain distance.
5-59
Driving your vehicle
OOSEV058112N
- Changing lanes
When a vehicle changes lanes in front of you, the FCA system may not immediately detect the vehicle, especially if the vehicle changes lanes abruptly. In this case, you must maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.
OTM058119
When driving in stop-and-go traffic, and a vehicle in front of you merges out of the lane, the FCA system may not immediately detect the new vehicle that is now in front of you. In this case, you must maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.
OOSEV058028
- Detecting the vehicle in front of you
If the vehicle in front of you has cargo that extends rearward from the cab, or when the vehicle in front of you has higher ground clearance, additional special attention is required. The FCA system may not be able to detect the cargo extending from the vehicle. In these instances, you must maintain a safe braking distance from the rearmost object, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain distance.
5-60
WARNING
· Do not use Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist system when towing a vehicle. Application of FCA system while towing may adversely affect the safety of your vehicle or the towing vehicle.
· Use extreme caution when the vehicle in front of you has cargo that extends rearward from the cab, or when the vehicle in front of you has higher ground clearance.
· FCA system is designed to help detect and monitor the vehicle ahead in the roadway through camera recognition. It is not designed to detect bicycles, motorcycles, or smaller wheeled objects such as luggage bags, shopping carts, or strollers.
· Never try to test the operation of FCA system. Doing so may cause severe injury or death.
i Information
In some instances, FCA system may be cancelled when subjected to electromagnetic interference.
5
5-61
Driving your vehicle
Driving your vehicle
BLIND-SPOT COLLISION WARNING (BCW) / REAR CROSS-TRAFFIC COLLISION WARNING (RCCW)
System Description
The Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW)/Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) system uses radar sensors in the rear bumper to monitor and warn the driver of an approaching vehicle in the driver's blind spot area.
The system monitors the rear area of the vehicle and provides information to the driver with an audible alert and an indicator on the outer side view mirrors.
Blind-Spot Collision Warning
OTM058120L
(1) Blind spot area The blind spot area range varies relative to Ego vehicle speed. Note that if your vehicle is traveling much faster than the vehicles around you, the warning will not occur. If the driver activates the turn signal when the system detects an oncoming vehicle, the system sounds an audible alert.
OTM058121L
(2) Closing at high speed
BCW will help alert you when a vehicle is approaching in an adjacent lane at a high rate of speed. If the driver activates the turn signal when the system detects an oncoming vehicle, the system sounds an audible alert.
The time of alert varies according to the speed difference between you and the approaching vehicle.
5-62
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning
WARNING
Blind-Spot Collision Warning (if equipped)
· Always be aware of road conditions while driving and be alert for unexpected situations even though Blind-spot Collision Warning/Rear CrossTraffic Collision Warning system is operating.
Operating conditions
· The Blind-Spot Collision
Warning/Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision Warning system is
not a substitute for proper and
OTM058092
safe driving. Always drive safe-
5
The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) feature monitors approaching cross traffic from the left and right side of the vehicle when your vehicle is in reverse. The feature will operate when the vehicle is moving in reverse below about 6 mph (10
ly and use caution when changing lanes or backing up the vehicle. Blind-Spot Collision Warning/Rear CrossTraffic Collision Warning system may not detect every object alongside the vehicle.
OOSEV058031N
To operate: Press the Blind-Spot Safety button with the POWER button in the ON position. The indicator on the Blind-Spot
km/h).
Safety button will illuminate.
If oncoming cross traffic is detected a warning chime will sound.
The time of alert varies according to the speed difference between you and the approaching vehicle.
Driving your vehicle
5-63
Driving your vehicle
To cancel: Press the Blind-Spot Safety button again. The indicator on the switch will go off. When the system is not used, turn the system off by turning off the switch.
i Information
· If the vehicle is turned off then on again, the BCW system returns to the previous state.
· When the system is turned on, the warning light will illuminate for 3 seconds on the outer side view mirror.
The function will activate when:
1. The system is on.
2. The vehicle speed is above approximately 20 mph (30 km/h).
3. An oncoming vehicle is detected in the blind spot area.
Left side
Right side
OOS057024
First stage alert If a vehicle is detected within the boundary of the system, a warning light (yellow) will illuminate on the outer side view mirror. Once the detected vehicle is no longer within the blind spot area, the warning will turn off depending on the driving conditions of the vehicle.
5-64
Left side
Right side
OOS057025
OOS057026
Second stage alert
A warning chime to alert the driver will activate when:
1. A vehicle has been detected in the blind spot area by the radar system (the warning light will illuminate on the outer side view mirror and/or the head up display (if equipped) (i.e, in the first stage alert)) AND
2. The turn signal is applied (same side as where the vehicle is being detected).
When this alert is activated, the warning light on the outer side view mirror and/or the head up display (if equipped) will also blink.
If you turn off the turn signal indicator, the second stage alert (warning chime and blinking warning light on the outer side view mirror) will be deactivated.
Once the detected vehicle is no longer within the blind spot area, the warning will turn off according to the driving conditions of the vehicle.
· The second stage alarm may be deactivated.
- To deactivate the warning chime:
Go to the 'User Settings Driver Assistance and deselect BlindSpot Collision Warning Sound' on the LCD display.
- To activate the warning chime:
Go to the 'User Settings Driver Assistance and select Blind-Spot Collision Warning Sound' on the LCD display.
i Information
5
The warning chime function helps alert the driver. Deactivate this function only when it is necessary.
For more information, refer to "LCD Display Modes" in chapter 3.
Driving your vehicle
5-65
Driving your vehicle
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) (if equipped)
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning monitors approaching cross traffic from the left and right side of the vehicle when your vehicle is in reverse.
Operating conditions To operate: Go to the 'User Settings Driver Assistance and select Rear CrossTraffic Collision Warning' on the LCD display. For more details, refer to "LCD Display Modes" in chapter 3.
The system will turn on and standby to activate. The system will activate when vehicle speed is below 6 mph (10 km/h) and with the gear in R (Reverse).
If the function is deselected from the instrument cluster, the function will deactivate.
i Information
· The last selected setting (ON or OFF) of RCCW is remained in the system.
· The system will activate when vehicle speed is below 6.2 mph (10 km/h) and with the gear shifted to R (Reverse).
· The RCCW (Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning) detecting range is approximately 1 ft ~ 65 ft (0.5 m ~ 20 m) in the direction of both lateral sides of the vehicle.
An approaching vehicle will be detected if their vehicle speed is within 2.5 ~ 22.5 mph (8 km/h ~36 km/h).
Note that the detecting range may vary under certain conditions. As always, use caution and pay close attention to your surroundings when backing up your vehicle.
Warning type
Left
Right
OOSEV058032/OOSEV058033
If the vehicle detected by the sensors approaches your vehicle, the warning chime will sound, the warning light on the outer side view mirror will blink and a message will appear on the LCD display.
5-66
i Information
WARNING
· The Blind-Spot Collision
· The warning chime will turn off when:
- The detected vehicle moves out of the sensing area or
- when the vehicle is right behind your vehicle or
· With the system activated, the warning light on the outer side view mirror will illuminate whenever a vehicle is detected at the rear side by the system.
Warning (BCW) system and Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) system are not a substitute for proper and safe driving practices. Always drive safely and use caution when changing lanes
- when the vehicle is not approaching your vehicle or
- when the other vehicle slows down.
· The system may not operate properly due to other factors or circumstances. Always pay attention to your surrounding.
To avoid accidents, do not focus only on the warning light and neglect to see the surrounding of the vehicle.
· Drive safely even though the vehicle is equipped with a Blind-Spot Collision Warning
or backing up your vehicle.
The Blind-Spot Collision
Warning (BCW) system and
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision
Warning (RCCW) system may
not detect every object alongside the vehicle.
5
· If the sensing area near the rear bumper is blocked by either a wall
(BCW) system and Rear CrossTraffic Collision Warning
NOTICE
or barrier or by a parked vehicle, the system sensing area may be reduced.
(RCCW) system. Do not solely rely on the system but check your surrounding before changing lanes or backing the vehicle up.
The system may not alert the driver in some conditions so always check your surroundings while driving.
· The system may not work properly when the bumper has been damaged, or if the rear bumper has been replaced or repaired.
· The sensing range differs somewhat according to the width of the road. When the road is narrow, the system may detect other vehicles in the next lane.
· The system may turn off due to strong electromagnetic waves.
Driving your vehicle
5-67
Driving your vehicle
Detecting Sensor
OOSEV058034
The sensors are located inside the rear bumper. Always keep the rear bumper clean for proper operation of the system.
Warning message
OIK057092L
Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system disabled. Radar blocked This warning message may appear when :
- One or both of the sensors on the rear bumper is blocked by dirt or snow or a foreign object.
- Driving in rural areas where the sensor does not detect another vehicle for an extended period of time.
- When there is inclement weather such as heavy snow or rain.
If any of these conditions occur, the light on the Blind-Spot Safety button and the system will turn off automatically.
When the BCW canceled warning message is displayed in the cluster, check to make sure that the rear bumper is free from any dirt or snow in the areas where the sensor is located. Remove any dirt, snow, or foreign material that could interfere with the radar sensors.
After any dirt or debris is removed, BCW system should operate normally after about 10 minutes of driving the vehicle.
If the system still does not operate normally have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
5-68
Limitations of the System
· When the sensors are blocked by
The driver must be cautious in the below situations, because the system may not detect other vehicles or objects in certain circumstances.
other vehicles, walls or parking-lot pillars.
· The vehicle drives on a curved road or through a tollgate.
· The vehicle is driven near areas
· When a trailer or carrier is installed.
containing metal substances such as a construction zone, railroad, etc.
OIK057094N
· The vehicle drives in inclement weather such as heavy rain or snow.
· There is a fixed object near the vehicle, such as a guardrail, person, animal, etc.
Check Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system
· The sensor is polluted with rain, snow, mud, etc.
· While going down or up a steep road where the height of the lane is
5
If there is a problem with BCW sys- · The rear bumper where the sensor different.
tem, a warning message will appear and the light on the switch will turn off. The system will turn off automati-
is located is covered with a foreign object such as a bumper sticker, a bumper guard, a bike rack, etc.
· When driving through a narrow road with many trees or bushes.
cally. Have your vehicle inspected by · The rear bumper is damaged, or · When driving on wet surfaces.
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
the sensor is out of the original · When driving through a large area
default position.
with few vehicles or structures
· The vehicle height gets lower or higher due to heavy loading in the
around, such as a desert, rural area, etc.
luggage compartment, abnormal · A big vehicle is near such as a bus
tire pressure, etc.
or truck.
· When the temperature near the · When other vehicles are close to
rear bumper area is high or low.
your vehicle.
· When the other vehicle approach-
es very close.
Driving your vehicle
5-69
Driving your vehicle
· When the detected vehicle also moves back, as your vehicle drives back.
· While changing lanes.
· The vehicle is turning left or right at a crossroad.
· If the vehicle has started at the same time as the vehicle next to you and has accelerated.
· When the other vehicle passes at a very fast speed.
· When the vehicle in the next lane moves two lanes away from you OR when the vehicle two lanes away moves to the next lane to you.
· A motorcycle or bicycle is near.
· A flat trailer is near.
· If there are small objects in the detecting area such as a shopping cart or a baby stroller.
· If there is a low height vehicle such as a sports car.
Blind-Spot Collision Warning
OTM058109
· Driving on a curve The BCW and BCA systems may not operate properly when driving on a curved road. In certain instances, the system may not detect the vehicle in the next lane. Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, while driving.
OTM058110
The BCW and BCA systems may not operate properly when driving on a curved road. In certain instances, the system may recognize a vehicle in the same lane.
Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, while driving.
5-70
Driving your vehicle
OTM058111
OOSEV058113N
OOSEV058114N
· Driving where the road is merg- · Driving on a slope
· Driving where the heights of the
ing/dividing
The BCW and BCA systems may not lanes are different
5
The BCW and BCA systems may not operate properly when driving on a The BCW and BCA systems may not
operate properly when driving where slope. In certain instances the sys- operate properly when driving where
the road is merging/dividing. In cer- tem may not detect the vehicle in the the heights of the lanes are different.
tain instances, the system may not next lane.
In certain instances, the system may
detect the vehicle in the next lane.
Also, in certain instances, the system not detect the vehicle on a road with
Always pay attention to road and may recognize the ground or struc- different lane heights (i.e. underpass
driving conditions, while driving.
tures.
joining section, grade separated
Always pay attention to road and intersections, etc.).
driving conditions, while driving.
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions, while driving.
5-71
Driving your vehicle
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning
OOSEV058115N
[A] : noise barrier, [B] : guardrail
· Driving where there is a structure beside the road
The BCW and BCA systems may not operate properly when driving where there is structure beside the road.
In certain instances, the system may recognize the structures (i.e. noise barriers, guardrail, double guardrail, median strip, bollard, street light, road sign, tunnel wall, etc.) beside the road.
Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, while driving.
OTM058102L
[A] : Structure
· Driving where there is a vehicle or structure near
The system may not operate properly when driving where there is a vehicle or structure near.
In certain instances, the system may not detect the vehicle approaching from behind and the warning may not operate properly.
Always pay attention to your surrounding while driving.
OTM058103
· When the vehicle is in a complex parking environment
The system may not operate properly when the vehicle is in a complex parking environment.
In certain instances, the system may not be able to exactly determine the risk of collision for the vehicles which are parking or pulling out near your vehicle (e.g. a vehicle escaping beside your vehicle, a vehicle parking or pulling out in the rear area, a vehicle approaching your vehicle making a turn, etc.).
If this occurs, the warning may not operate properly.
5-72
Driving your vehicle
OTM058104L
OOSEV058116N
OTM058106L
[A] : Vehicle
· When the vehicle is on/near a [A] : Structure, [B] : Wall
· When the vehicle is parked diago- slope
· Pulling into the parking space 5
nally
The system may not operate proper- where there is a structure
The system may not operate proper- ly when the vehicle is on/near a The system may not operate proper-
ly when the vehicle is parked diago- slope.
ly when pulling in the vehicle to the
nally.
In certain instances, the system may parking space where there is a struc-
In certain instances, when the diagonally parked vehicle is pulled out of the parking space, the system may
not detect the vehicle approaching from the rear left/right and the warning may not operate properly.
ture at the back or side of your vehicle.
In certain instances, when backing
not detect the vehicle approaching Always pay attention to your sur- into the parking space, the system
from the rear left/right of your vehi- rounding while driving.
may not detect the vehicle moving in
cle. In this case, the warning may not
front of your vehicle. In this case, the
operate properly.
warning may not operate properly.
Always pay attention to your surrounding while driving.
Always pay attention to the parking space while driving.
5-73
Driving your vehicle
OTM058107
· When the vehicle is parked rearward
If the vehicle is parked rearward and the sensor detects the another vehicle in the rear area of the parking space, the system may not warn properly. Always pay attention to the parking space while driving.
Non-operating condition The BCW indicator on the outer side view mirror may not illuminate properly when: · The outer side view mirror housing
is damaged. · The mirror is covered with dirt,
snow, or debris. · The window is covered with dirt,
snow, or debris. · The window is tinted.
i Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
5-74
DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY (IF EQUIPPED)
The radio frequency components (Rear Corner Radar) complies: - United States & U.S. territory, - Canada
Micronesia, Dominican Republic and Honduras
OANATEL002 OANATEL003
OANATEL004
5
5-75
Driving your vehicle
Driving your vehicle
LANE KEEPING ASSIST (LKA)
WARNING
Lane Keeping Assist system is not a substitute for safe driving practices, but a convenience function only. It is the responsibility of the driver to always be aware of the surrounding and steer the vehicle.
OOSEV058117N
Lane Keeping Assist system helps detect lane markers on the road with a camera at the front windshield, and assists the driver's steering to help keep the vehicle between lanes.
When the system detects the vehicle straying from its lane, it alerts the driver with a visual and audible warning, while applying a slight countersteering torque, to try to prevent the vehicle from moving out of its lane.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when using Lane Keeping Assist system:
· Do not steer the steering wheel suddenly when the steering wheel is being assisted by the system.
· LKA helps to prevent the driver from moving out of the lane unintentionally by assisting the driver's steering. However, the driver should not solely rely on the system but always pay attention on the steering wheel to stay in the lane.
· The operation of LKA can be canceled or not work properly according to road condition and surroundings. Always be cautious when driving.
· Do not disassemble LKA camera temporarily to tint the window or attach any types of coatings and accessories. If you disassemble the camera and assemble it again, take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked for calibration.
· When you replace the windshield glass, LKA camera or related parts of the steering wheel, take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked for calibration.
5-76
· The system detects lane markers and controls the steering wheel by a camera, therefore, if the lane markers are hard to detect, the system may not work properly.
Please refer to "Limitations of the system".
· Do not remove or damage the related parts of LKA.
· You may not hear a warning sound of LKA because of excessive audio sound.
· If any other warning sound such as seat belt warning chime is already generated, Lane Keeping Assist system warning may not sound.
· Do not place objects on the dashboard that reflects light such as mirrors, white paper, etc. The system may malfunction if the sunlight is reflected.
· Always have your hands on the steering wheel while the LKA system is activated. If you continue to drive with your hands off the steering wheel after the "Keep hands on steering wheel" warning message appears, the system will turn off automatically.
LKA Operation
After then, if you drive with
your hands on the steering
wheel, the control will be acti-
vated again.
OOSEV058069K
· The steering wheel is not con- To activate/deactivate LKA:
5
tinuously controlled so if the
vehicle speed is at a higher With the POWER button in the ON
speed when leaving a lane the position, press the Lane Safety but-
vehicle may not be able to be ton located on the instrument panel
controlled by the system. The on the left hand side of the steering
driver must always follow the wheel. The indicator in the cluster
speed limit when using the display will initially illuminate white.
system.
This indicates LKA is in the READY
· If you attach objects to the but NOT ENABLED state.
steering wheel, the system If you press the Lane Safety button
may not assist steering or the again, the indicator on the switch and
hands off alarm may not work cluster display will go off.
properly.
Driving your vehicle
5-77
Driving your vehicle
The color of indicator will change depending on the condition of LKA.
- White : Sensor does not detect lane markers or vehicle speed is under 40 mph (64 km/h).
- Green : Sensor detects lane markers and the system is able to control vehicle steering.
i Information
If the indicator (white) is activated from the previous ignition cycle, the system will turn ON without any additional control. If you press the Lane Safety button again, the indicator on the cluster goes off.
LKA activation
OOSEV058055L
· To see LKA screen on the LCD display in the cluster, select Driving Assist mode ( ). For more information, refer to "LCD Display Modes" in chapter 3.
WARNING
Lane marker undetected
Lane marker detected
OOSEV058055L/OOSEV058056N
· If vehicle speed is over 40 mph (64 km/h) and the system detects lane markers, the color changes from gray to white.
· Both lane markers must be detected for the system to fully activate.
Lane Keeping Assist system is a system to prevent the driver from leaving the lane. However, the driver should not solely rely on the system but always check the road conditions when driving.
5-78
· If your vehicle departs from the projected lane in front of you, the LKA operates as follows:
Left lane marker
Right lane marker
2. LKA system will control the vehicle's steering to prevent the vehicle from crossing the lane maker in below conditions.
- Vehicle speed is over 40 mph (64 km/h)
Warning Light and Message Keep hands on steering wheel
- The system detects lane markers
- When driving, the vehicle is located between both lanes normally.
- The steering wheel is not turned
suddenly.
When lanes are detected and all the
OOSEV058060L
5
OOSEV058057L/OOSEV058058L
1. A visual warning appears on the cluster LCD display. Either the left lane marker or the right lane marker in the cluster LCD display
conditions to activate LKA system are satisfied, a LKA system indicator light ( ) will change from white to green. This indicates that LKA system is in the ENABLED state and the
If the driver takes their hands off the steering wheel for several seconds while the LKA is activated, the system will warn the driver.
will blink depending on which steering wheel will be able to be con-
direction the vehicle is veering. trolled.
i Information
Also, a warning sound will be heard.
If the steering wheel is held very lightly the message may still appear
because LKA system may not recog-
nize that the driver has their hands on
the wheel.
Driving your vehicle
5-79
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
The warning message may appear late according to road conditions. Therefore, always have your hands on the steering wheel while driving. If hands-off occurs continuously, the beeping can be lengthened and continued even if the LKA steer control is released.
Driver's grasp not detected. LKA system will be disabled temporarily
Check Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system
OIK057120N
If the driver still does not have their hands on the steering wheel after the message "Keep hands on steering wheel", the system will not control the steering wheel and warn the driver only when the driver crosses the lane markers.
However, if the driver has their hands on the steering wheel again, the system will start controlling the steering wheel.
This warning message is available when Active LKA is selected from the User Settings mode.
OIK057122N
If there is a problem with the system a message will appear for a few seconds. If the problem continues LKA failure indicator will illuminate.
5-80
WARNING
· The driver is responsible for accurate steering.
· Turn off the system in below situations.
LKA system failure indicator
The LKA system failure indicator (yellow) will illuminate if LKA system is not working properly. Have your vehicle checked by an authorized
LKA system will not be in the ENABLED state and/or the steering wheel will not be assisted when:
· The turn signal is turned on before changing a lane. If you change lanes without the turn signal on, the steering wheel might be controlled.
- In bad weather
HYUNDAI dealer.
· The vehicle is not driven in the mid-
- In bad road condition
dle of the lane when the system is
- When the steering wheel When there is a problem with the needs to be controlled by the system do one of the following:
turned on or right after changing a lane.
driver frequently.
· Turn the system on after turning · ESC (Electronic Stability Control) or
the vehicle off and on again.
VSM (Vehicle Stability Management)
i Information
· Even though the steering is assisted by the system, the driver can still steer to control the steering wheel.
· The steering wheel may feel heavier when the steering wheel is assisted
· Check if the vehicle is ON.
· Check if the system is affected by the weather. (ex: fog, heavy rain, etc.)
· Check if there is foreign matter on the camera lens.
is activated.
· The vehicle is driven on a sharp curve.
· Vehicle speed is below 35 mph (56 km/h) and over 110 mph (177 km/h).
· The vehicle makes sharp lane
5
by the system than when it is not.
changes.
If the problem is not resolved, have your vehicle checked by an author-
· The vehicle brakes suddenly.
ized HYUNDAI dealer.
· The lane is very wide or narrow.
· There are more than two lane lines
on the road. (e.g. construction area)
Driving your vehicle
5-81
Driving your vehicle
· Radius of a curve is too small.
· The vehicle is driven on a steep incline.
· The steering wheel is turned suddenly.
Limitations of the System
LKA system may operate prematurely even if the vehicle does not depart from the intended lane, OR, LKA system may not warn you if the vehicle leaves the intended lane under the following circumstances:
When the lane and road conditions are poor
· It is difficult to distinguish the lane marker from the road because the lane marker is covered with dust or sand.
· It is difficult to distinguish the color of the lane marker from the road.
· There are markings on the road surface that look like a lane marker that is inadvertently being detected by the camera.
· The lane marker is indistinct or damaged.
· The lane marker is merged or divided. (e.g. tollgate)
· The lane number increases or decreases or the lane marker are crossing complicatedly.
· There are more than two lane markers on the road in front of you.
· The lane marker is very thick or thin.
· The lane is very wide or narrow.
· The lane marker ahead is not visible due to rain, snow, water on the road, damaged or stained road surface, or other factors.
· The shadow is on the lane marker by a median strip, trees, guardrail, noise barriers, etc.
· The lane markers are complicated or a structure substitutes for the lines such as a construction area.
· There are crosswalk signs or other symbols on the road.
· The lane marker in a tunnel is stained with oil, etc.
· The lane suddenly disappears such as at the intersection.
When external condition is intervened
· The brightness outside changes suddenly such as when entering or exiting a tunnel, or when passing under a bridge.
· The brightness outside is too low such as when the headlamps are not on at night or the vehicle is going through a tunnel.
· There is a boundary structure in the roadway such as a concrete barrier, guardrail and reflector post that is inadvertently being detected by the camera.
· When light coming from a street light or an oncoming vehicle is reflected on a wet road surface such as a puddle in the road.
· The field of view in front is obstructed by sun glare.
· There is not enough distance between you and the vehicle in front to be able to detect the lane marker or the vehicle ahead is driving on the lane marker.
5-82
· Driving on a steep grade, over a hill, or when driving on a curved road.
· The adverse road conditions cause excessive vehicle vibrations while driving.
· The surrounding of the inside rear view mirror temperature is high due to direct sunlight, etc.
LKA Function Change
The driver can change LKA to Lane Departure Warning from the LCD display. Go to the 'User Settings Driver Assistance Lane Safety Lane Departure Warning/LKA/Active LKA.
Active LKA
Active LKA mode provides more frequent steering wheel control in comparison with the Standard LKA mode. Active LKA can reduce the driver's fatigue to assist the steering for maintaining the vehicle in the middle of the lane.
Lane Departure Warning
When front visibility is poor
LDW mode alerts the driver with a
· The windshield or the camera lens visual warning and a warning alarm
is blocked with dirt or debris.
when the system detects the vehicle
· The windshield glass is fogged up; a departing the lane. The steering clear view of the road is obstructed. wheel will not be controlled.
5
· Placing objects on the dashboard,
etc.
LKA
· The sensor cannot detect the lane because of fog, heavy rain or snow.
LKA mode guides the driver to help keep the vehicle within the lanes. It rarely controls the steering wheel, when the vehicle drives well inside the lanes. However, it starts to control the steering wheel, when the vehicle is about to deviate out of the lanes.
Driving your vehicle
5-83
Driving your vehicle
DRIVER ATTENTION WARNING (DAW)
Driver Attention Warning system is designed as a safety feature to help reduce drowsy or inattentive driving. The DAW displays a bar graph that is intended to represent the driver's attention and fatigue level while driving.
· The driver can select the mode of Driver Attention Warning system.
- High Sensitivity : Driver Attention Warning system helps alert the driver of his/her fatigue level or inattentive driving practices faster than Normal mode.
System Setting and Activation
System setting
· To turn ON Driver Attention Warning system, turn on the vehicle, and then select 'User Settings Driver Assistance Driver Attention Warning High Sensitivity/Normal Sensitivity' in the LCD display.
- Normal Sensitivity : Driver Attention Warning system helps alert the driver of his/her fatigue level or inattentive driving practices.
- Off : Driver Attention Warning system is deactivated.
· The set-up of Driver Attention Warning system will be maintained, as selected, when the vehicle is re-started.
Driver's attention level
System off
Attentive driving
OIK057129N
5-84
OIK057130N
Inattentive driving
· The number increases when the driver attentively drives for a certain period of time.
· When the driver turns on the system while driving, it displays 'Last Break time' and level.
Take a break
Driving your vehicle
OIK057131N
· The driver can monitor their driving conditions on the LCD display.
The DAW screen will appear when you select the Driving Assist mode tab ( ) on the LCD display if the system is activated. For more details, refer to "LCD Display Modes" in chapter 3.
· The driver's attention level is displayed on the scale from 1 to 5. The lower the number is, the more inattentive the driver is.
· The number decreases when the driver does not take a break for a certain period of time.
OIK057132L
· The "Consider taking a break" 5
message appears on the LCD display and a warning sounds in order to suggest the driver to take a break, when the driver's attention level is below 1. · Driver Attention Warning system does not suggest the driver to take a break, when the total driving time is shorter than 10 minutes.
5-85
Driving your vehicle
CAUTION
If any other warning sound such as seat belt warning chime is already generated, Driver Attention Warning system warning may not sound.
System Standby
System Not Operating
Resetting the System
· The last break time is set to 00:00 and the driver's attention level is set to 5 (very attentive) when the driver resets the Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system.
· Driver Attention Warning system resets in the following situations.
- The vehicle is turned OFF.
- The driver unfastens the seat belt and then opens the driver's door.
- The vehicle is stopped for more than 10 minutes.
· Driver Attention Warning system operates again, when the driver restarts driving.
OIK057133N
Driver Attention Warning system enters the ready status and displays the 'Standby' screen in the following situations.
- The camera does not detect the lanes.
- Driving speed remains under 40 mph (64 km/h) or over 120 mph (190 km/h).
OIK057134N
Check Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system
When the warning message appears, the system is not working properly. In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
5-86
WARNING
NOTICE
CAUTION
Driver Attention Warning system
· Driver Attention Warning sys- utilizes the camera sensor on the Driver Attention Warning sys-
tem is not a substitute for safe front windshield for its operation. tem may not properly operate
driving practices, but a con- To keep the camera sensor in the with limited alerting in the fol-
venience function only. It is best condition, you should lowing situations:
the responsibility of the driver observe the followings:
· The lane detection perform-
to always drive cautiously to · Do not disassemble the camera
ance is limited. (For more infor-
prevent unexpected and sud-
temporarily to tint the window or
mation, refer to "Lane Keeping
den situations from occur-
to attach any types of coatings
Assist (LKA)" in this chapter.)
ring. Pay attention to the road conditions at all times.
and accessories. If you disassemble a camera and assemble
· The vehicle is driven erratically or is abruptly turned for
· The system may suggest a break according to the dri-
it again, take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and
obstacle avoidance (e.g. construction area, other vehicles,
5
ver's driving pattern or habits
have the system checked for cal-
fallen objects, bumpy road).
even if the driver doesn't feel fatigue.
ibration. · NEVER locate any reflective
· Forward drivability of the vehicle is severely undermined
· The driver, who feels fatigued,
objects (i.e. white paper, mirror)
(possibly due to wide variation
should take a break, even
over the dashboard. Any light
in tire pressures, uneven tire
though there is no break sug-
reflection may cause a malfunc-
wear-out, toe-in/toe-out align-
gestion by Driver Attention
tion of Driver Attention Alert
ment).
Warning system.
(DAW) system.
· The vehicle drives on a curvy
· Pay extreme caution to keep the
road.
camera sensor out of water.
· The vehicle drives on a bumpy
· NEVER arbitrarily disassemble the camera assembly, nor apply
road.
any impact on the camera
assembly.
Driving your vehicle
5-87
Driving your vehicle
· The vehicle drives through a windy area.
· The vehicle is controlled by the following driving assist systems: - Forward Collision-avoidance Assist system - Lane Keeping Assist system - Smart Cruise Control system
CAUTION
Playing the vehicle audio system at high volume may offset the Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system warning sounds.
5-88
CRUISE CONTROL (CC)
Cruise Control Operation
WARNING
- When driving on hilly or windy roads
Take the following precautions:
- When driving in windy areas
· Always set the vehicle speed under the speed limit.
- When driving with limited view (possibly due to bad
· If Cruise Control is left on, (cruise indicator light in the
weather such as fog, snow, rain and sandstorm)
instrument cluster is illumi-
nated) Cruise Control can be activated unintentionally.
i Information
Keep Cruise Control system · During normal cruise control opera-
off (cruise indicator light OFF)
tion, when the SET switch is activat-
1. Cruise indicator
OOSEV058038N
when the Cruise Control is not in use, to avoid inadvertently
ed or reactivated after applying the brakes, Cruise Control will energize
5
2. Set speed
setting a speed. · Use Cruise Control system
after approximately 3 seconds. This delay is normal.
Cruise Control system allows you to
only when traveling on open · Before activating Cruise Control
drive at speeds above 20 mph (30
highways in good weather.
function, the system will check to
km/h) without depressing the accelerator pedal.
· Do not use Cruise Control when it may be unsafe to keep
verify that the brake switch is operating normally. Depress the brake
the vehicle at a constant
pedal at least once after pressing the
speed:
POWER button to the ON position
- When driving in heavy traffic
or starting the vehicle.
or when traffic conditions
make it difficult to drive at a
constant speed
- When driving on rainy, icy, or snow-covered roads
Driving your vehicle
5-89
Driving your vehicle To set Cruise Control speed
To increase Cruise Control speed
OOS057053N
1. Press the CRUISE button on the steering wheel to turn the system on. The cruise indicator will illuminate.
2. Accelerate to the desired speed, which must be more than 20 mph (30 km/h).
OOS057054N
3. Push the switch (1) down (SET-), and release it. The set speed on the LCD display will illuminate.
4. Release the accelerator pedal.
i Information
On a steep slope, the vehicle may slightly slow down or speed up, while driving uphill or downhill.
OOS057055N
· Push the switch (1) up (RES+) and release it immediately. The cruising speed will increase 1 mph (1.0 km/h) each time the toggle switch is operated in this manner.
· Push the switch (1) up (RES+) and hold it, while monitoring the set speed on the instrument cluster.
Release the switch when the desired speed is shown and the vehicle will accelerate to that speed.
5-90
· Depress the accelerator pedal. When the vehicle attains the desired speed, push the switch (1) down (SET-).
To decrease Cruise Control speed
To temporarily accelerate with Cruise Control ON
Depress the accelerator pedal. When you take your foot off the accelerator, the vehicle will return to the previously set speed.
If you push the switch down (SET-) at the increased speed, the Cruise Control will maintain the increased speed.
Driving your vehicle
OOS057054N
· Push the switch (1) down (SET-) and release it immediately. The cruising speed will decrease 1 mph (1.0 km/h) each time the switch is operated in this manner.
· Push the switch (1) down (SET-) and hold it. Your vehicle will gradually slow down. Release the toggle switch at the speed you want to maintain.
· Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the vehicle attains the desired speed, push the switch (1) down (SET-).
5
5-91
Driving your vehicle
Cruise Control will be canceled when:
i Information
Each of the above actions will cancel Cruise Control operation (the set speed on the instrument cluster will go off), but only pressing the CRUISE button will turn the system off. If you wish to resume Cruise Control operation, push the switch up (RES+) located on your steering wheel. You will return to your previously preset speed, unless the system was turned off using the CRUISE button.
To resume preset Cruising speed
OOS057056N
· Depressing the brake pedal.
· Pressing the CANCEL button located on the steering wheel.
· The vehicle is shifted into N (Neutral).
· Decreasing the vehicle speed to less than approximately 20 mph (30 km/h).
· The ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is operating.
OOS057055N
Push the switch (1) up (RES+). If the vehicle speed is over 20 mph (30 km/h), the vehicle will resume the preset speed.
5-92
To turn Cruise Control off
OOS057053N
· Press the CRUISE button (the cruise indicator light will go off).
5
5-93
Driving your vehicle
Driving your vehicle
SMART CRUISE CONTROL (SCC) (IF EQUIPPED)
The Smart Cruise Control system allows you to program the vehicle to maintain constant speed and minimum distance between the vehicle ahead.
The Smart Cruise Control system will automatically adjust your vehicle speed to maintain your programmed speed and following distance without requiring you to depress the accelerator or brake pedals.
Cruise indicator
OOSEV058039R
WARNING
Set speed Vehicle-to-vehicle distance
To see the SCC screen on the LCD display in the cluster, select Driving Assist mode ( ). For more details, refer to "LCD Display Modes" in chapter 3.
For your safety, please read the owner's manual before using the Smart Cruise Control system.
WARNING
The Smart Cruise Control system is not a substitute for safe driving practices, but a convenience function only. It is the responsibility of the driver to always check the speed and distance to the vehicle ahead.
Smart Cruise Control switch
OOSEV058088N
CRUISE: Turns cruise control system on or off.
RES+: Resumes or increases cruise control speed.
SET-: Sets or decreases cruise control speed.
: Sets vehicle-to-vehicle distance. CANCEL: Cancels cruise control
operation.
5-94
Smart Cruise Control Speed
To set Smart Cruise Control speed
i Information
· Vehicle speed may decrease on an upward slope and increase on a downward slope.
· When you are setting the cruise control speed, with a vehicle in front and your vehicle speed is between 0 ~ 20 mph (0 ~ 30 km/h ), the speed will set to 20 mph (30 km/h).
OOSEV058085L
3. Push the switch down (SET-). The
Set Speed and Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance on the LCD display will
5
OOSEV058084N
illuminate.
1. Push the CRUISE button on the steering wheel to turn the system on. The cruise indicator will illuminate.
2. Accelerate to the desired speed.
Smart Cruise Control speed can be set as follows:
· 5 105 mph (10 - 170 km/h) : when there is no vehicle in front
4. Release the accelerator pedal. The desired speed will automatically be maintained.
If there is a vehicle in front of you, the speed may decrease to maintain the distance to the vehicle ahead.
On a steep grade, the vehicle may slow down or speed up slightly while going uphill or downhill.
· 0 105 mph (0 - 170 km/h) : when there is a vehicle in front
Driving your vehicle
5-95
Driving your vehicle
To increase Smart Cruise Control set speed
CAUTION
Check the driving condition before using the toggle switch. Driving speed sharply increases, when you push up and hold the switch.
To decrease the Smart Cruise Control set speed
OOSEV058086L
Follow either of these procedures: · Push the switch up (RES+), and
release it immediately. The cruising speed will increase by 1 mph (1 km/h) each time you move the switch up in this manner. · Push the switch up (RES+), and hold it. Your vehicle set speed will increase by 5 mph (10 km/h). Release the switch at the speed you want. You can set the speed to 105 mph (170 km/h).
5-96
OOSEV058085L
Follow either of these procedures:
· Push the switch down (SET-), and release it immediately. The cruising speed will decrease by 1 mph (1 km/h) each time you move the switch down in this manner.
· Push the switch down (SET-), and hold it. Your vehicle set speed will decrease by 5 mph (10 km/h). Release the switch at the speed you want.
· You can set the speed to 20 mph (30 km/h).
To temporarily accelerate with Smart Cruise Control set speed Canceled automatically
Smart Cruise Control on
will be temporarily canceled
· The driver's door is opened.
If you want to speed up temporarily when:
· The vehicle is shifted to N
when the Smart Cruise Control is on,
(Neutral), R (Reverse) or P (Park).
depress the accelerator pedal. Increased speed will not interfere with Smart Cruise Control operation
· The EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) is applied.
or change the set speed.
· The vehicle speed is over 110 mph
To return to the set speed, take your
(180 km/h).
foot off the accelerator pedal.
· The vehicle stops on a steep
If you push the switch down (SET-) at
incline.
increased speed, the cruising speed
· The ESC (Electronic Stability
will be set again pedal.
Control), TCS (Traction Control
System) or ABS is operating.
5
CAUTION
OOSEV058087N · The ESC is turned off.
· The sensor or the cover is dirty or
Be careful when accelerating Canceled manually
blocked with foreign matter.
temporarily, because the speed · Depressing the brake pedal.
· The vehicle is stopped for a certain
is not controlled automatically · Pushing the CANCEL button locat- period of time.
at this time even if there is a vehicle in front of you.
ed on the steering wheel.
· The accelerator pedal is continu-
Smart Cruise Control turns off tem- ously depressed for a long period
porarily when the Set Speed and of time.
Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance indicator
on the LCD display turns off.
The cruise indicator is illuminated continuously.
Driving your vehicle
5-97
Driving your vehicle
· The driver starts driving by pushing the switch up (RES+)/down (SET-) or depressing the accelerator pedal, after the vehicle is stopped by Smart Cruise Control system with no other vehicle ahead.
· The driver starts driving by pushing the switch up (RES+)/down (SET-) or depressing the accelerator pedal, after stopping the vehicle with a vehicle stopped far away in front.
· The Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) is activated.
Each of these actions will cancel the Smart Cruise Control operation. The Set Speed and Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance on the LCD display will go off.
In a condition Smart Cruise Control is canceled automatically, Smart Cruise Control will not resume even though the RES+ or SET- switch is pushed.
Also, if Smart Cruise Control is canceled automatically while the vehicle is at a standstill, the EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) will be applied.
i Information
If Smart Cruise Control is canceled by other than the reasons mentioned, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
OIK057096N
Smart Cruise Control canceled
If the system is cancelled, the warning chime will sound and a message will appear for a few seconds.
You must adjust the vehicle speed by depressing the accelerator or brake pedal according to the road condition ahead and driving condition.
Always check the road conditions. Do not rely on the warning chime.
5-98
To resume Smart Cruise Control To turn Cruise Control off set speed
Smart Cruise Control Vehicleto-Vehicle Distance
If any method other than the cruise switch was used to cancel cruising speed and the system is still activated, the cruising speed will automatically resume when you push the switch up (RES+) or down (SET-).
To set Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance
If you push the switch up (RES+), the
speed will resume to the recently set
speed. However, if vehicle speed
drops below 5 mph (10 km/h), it will
resume when there is a vehicle in
OOSEV058084N
front of your vehicle.
· Push the CRUISE button (the
5
CAUTION
cruise indicator light will go off). If you wish not to use the cruise
OOSEV058089N
Always check the road conditions when you push the switch up (RES+) to resume speed.
control system, always turn the system off by pushing the CRUISE button.
When Smart Cruise Control system is ON, you can set and maintain the distance from the vehicle ahead of
you without pressing the accelerator
or brake pedal.
Driving your vehicle
5-99
Driving your vehicle
Each time the button is pressed, the vehicle to vehicle distance changes as follows:
Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2
When the lane ahead is clear:
When there is a vehicle ahead of you in your lane:
Distance 1
For example, if you drive at 56 mph (90 km/h), the distance is maintained as follows:
Distance 4
Distance 3
Distance 4 - approximately 172 feet Distance 3 - approximately 130 feet Distance 2 - approximately 106 feet Distance 1 - approximately 82 feet
i Information
The distance is set to the last set distance when the system is used for the first time after the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode.
OOSEV058046R
The vehicle speed will maintain the set speed.
Distance 2
Distance 1
OOSEV058047R/OOSEV058048R/ OOSEV058050R/OOSEV058049R
· Your vehicle speed will slow down or speed up to maintain the selected distance.
· If the vehicle ahead speeds up, your vehicle will travel at a steady cruising speed after accelerating to the set speed.
· If distance from the front vehicle has changed due to accelerating or decelerating of the front vehicle, the distance on the LCD display may change.
5-100
WARNING
· Even if the warning message does not appear and warning chime does not sound, always pay attention to the driving conditions to prevent dangerous situations from occurring.
· Playing the vehicle audio system at high volume may offset the system warning sounds.
CAUTION
OOSEV058023N
When using Smart Cruise Control system:
· The warning message appears and warning chime sounds if the vehicle is unable to maintain the selected distance from the vehicle ahead.
· If the warning message appears and warning chime sounds, depress the brake pedal or use the steering wheel toggle switch to actively adjust the vehicle speed, and the distance to the vehicle ahead.
OOSEV058051L
If the vehicle ahead (vehicle
5
speed: less than 20 mph (30
km/h)) disappears to the next
lane, the warning chime will
sound and a message "Watch
for surrounding vehicles" will
appear. Adjust your vehicle
speed for vehicles or objects
that can suddenly appear in
front of you by depressing the
brake pedal.
Always pay attention to the road condition ahead.
Driving your vehicle
5-101
Driving your vehicle
In traffic situation
· If you push the Smart Cruise Control switch (RES+ or SET-) while Auto Hold and Smart Cruise Control is operating the Auto Hold will be released regardless of accelerator pedal operation and the vehicle will start to move. The AUTO HOLD indicator changes from green to white.
OIK057107L
Use switch or pedal to accelerate
· In traffic, your vehicle will stop if the vehicle ahead of you stops. Also, if the vehicle ahead of you starts moving, your vehicle will start as well. However, if the vehicle stops for more than 3 seconds, you must depress the accelerator pedal or push up the switch (RES+) or push down the switch (SET-) to start driving.
5-102
WARNING
Take the following precautions :
· Always set the vehicle speed under the speed limit.
· If the Smart Cruise Control is left on, (cruise indicator light in the instrument cluster is illuminated) the Smart Cruise Control can be activated unintentionally. Keep the Smart Cruise Control system off (cruise indicator light OFF) when the Smart Cruise Control is not in use, to avoid inadvertently setting a speed.
· Use the Smart Cruise Control system only when traveling on open highways in good weather.
· Do not use the Smart Cruise Control when it may not be safe to keep the vehicle at a constant speed.
· Do not use when:
- Driving in heavy traffic or when traffic conditions make it difficult to drive at a constant speed
- Driving on rainy, icy, or snow-covered roads
Sensor to Detect Distance to the Vehicle Ahead
Warning message
- Driving on a steep downhill or uphill
- Driving in windy areas
- Driving in parking lots
- Driving near crash barriers
- Driving on a sharp curve
Driving your vehicle
- Driving with limited view
(possibly due to bad weath-
er, such as fog, snow, rain or
sandstorm) - The vehicle's sensing ability
OTM058061L
OOSEV058029N Smart Cruise Control disabled.
5
decreases due to vehicle Smart Cruise Control uses a sensor Radar blocked
modification, resulting in a to detect distance to the vehicle When the sensor lens cover is
level difference of the vehi- ahead.
blocked with dirt, snow, or debris,
cle's front and rear
· Unexpected situations may lead to possible accidents. Pay attention continuously to road conditions and driving even when the smart cruise
If the sensor is covered with dirt or other foreign matter, the vehicle to vehicle distance control may not operate correctly.
Always keep the sensor clean.
Smart Cruise Control system operation may stop temporarily. If this occurs, a warning message will appear on the LCD display. Remove any dirt, snow, or debris and clean the radar sensor lens cover before
control system is being oper-
operating Smart Cruise Control sys-
ated.
tem. Smart Cruise Control system
may not properly activate, if the radar
is totally contaminated, or if any sub-
stance is not detected after the vehi-
cle is in the ready ( ) mode. (e.g.
in an open terrain).
5-103
Driving your vehicle
i Information
For the SCC operation is temporarily stopped if the radar is blocked, but you wish to use conventional cruise control mode (speed only control function), you must convert to the Cruise Control mode (refer to "To convert to Cruise Control mode" in the following page).
CAUTION
· Do not apply license plate frame or foreign objects such as a bumper sticker or a bumper guard near the radar sensor. Doing so may adversely affect the sensing performance of the radar.
· Always keep the radar sensor and lens cover clean and free of dirt and debris.
· Use only a soft cloth to wash the vehicle. Do not spray pressurized water directly on the sensor or sensor cover.
· Be careful not to apply unnecessary force on the radar sensor or sensor cover. If the sensor is forcibly moved out of proper alignment, Smart Cruise Control system may not operate correctly. In this case, a warning message may not be displayed. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· If the front bumper becomes damaged in the area around the radar sensor, the Smart Cruise Control System may not operate properly. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· Use only genuine HYUNDAI parts to repair or replace a damaged sensor or sensor cover. Do not apply paint to the sensor cover.
OIK057110L
Check Smart Cruise Control System
The message will appear when the vehicle to vehicle distance control system is not functioning normally.
Take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked.
5-104
SCC Reaction Setting
· Normal:
Conventional Cruise Control
Vehicle speed following the front Mode
vehicle to maintain the set distance The driver may choose to switch to
is normal.
use the conventional Cruise Control
· Slow:
mode (speed only control function)
Vehicle speed following the front by following these steps:
vehicle to maintain the set distance 1. Push the CRUISE button on the
is slower than normal speed.
steering wheel to turn the system
on. The cruise (
) indi-
i Information
cator will illuminate.
OIK057097N
The sensitivity of vehicle speed
The last selected speed sensitivity of the smart cruise control is retained in the system.
2. Push and hold the Vehicle-toVehicle Distance button for more than 2 seconds.
3. Choose between "Smart Cruise
5
when following the front vehicle to
Control" and "Cruise Control".
maintain the set distance can be
adjusted. Go to the 'User Settings Driver Assistance SCC Reaction Fast/Normal/Slow' on the LCD display. You may select one of the three stages you prefer.
· Fast:
i Information
When the system is turned OFF using the CRUISE button or the CRUISE button is turned ON after the vehicle is restarted with the POWER button, conventional cruise control will be dis-
Vehicle speed following the front
abled and Smart Cruise Control mode
vehicle to maintain the set distance
will be enabled again.
is faster than normal speed.
Driving your vehicle
5-105
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
When using the conventional Cruise Control mode, you must manually adjust the distance to other vehicles by depressing the brake pedal. The system does not automatically adjust the distance to vehicles in front of you.
Limitations of the System
Smart Cruise Control system may have limits to its ability to detect distance to the vehicle ahead due to road and traffic conditions.
On curves
OTM058117
· Smart Cruise Control system may not detect a moving vehicle in your lane, and then your vehicle could accelerate to the set speed. Also, the vehicle speed will decrease when the vehicle ahead is recognized suddenly.
· Select the appropriate set speed on curves and apply the brakes or accelerator pedal if necessary.
5-106
On inclines
Lane changing
Driving your vehicle
OTM058073
Your vehicle speed can be reduced
OOS057073
OTM058074
due to a vehicle in the adjacent lane.
Apply the accelerator pedal and select the appropriate set speed. Check to be sure that the road conditions permit safe operation of the Smart Cruise Control.
· During uphill or downhill driving, Smart Cruise Control system may not detect a moving vehicle in your lane, and cause your vehicle to accelerate to the set speed. Also, the vehicle speed will rapidly
· A vehicle which moves into your lane from an adjacent lane cannot be recognized by the sensor until it is in the sensor's detection range.
· The radar may not detect immediately when a vehicle cuts in sud-
5
decrease when the vehicle ahead denly. Always pay attention to the
is recognized suddenly.
traffic, road and driving conditions.
· Select the appropriate set speed on inclines and apply the brake or accelerator pedal if necessary.
· If a slower vehicle moves into your lane, your speed may decrease to maintain the distance to the vehicle
ahead.
· If a faster vehicle which moves into your lane, your vehicle will accelerate to the set speed.
5-107
Driving your vehicle
Detecting vehicles
OTM058128
Some vehicles in your lane cannot be recognized by the sensor: - Narrow vehicles such as motorcy-
cles or bicycles - Vehicles offset to one side - Slow-moving vehicles or sudden-
decelerating vehicles - Stopped vehicles - Vehicles with small rear profile
such as trailers with no loads
A vehicle ahead cannot be recognized correctly by the sensor if any of following occurs:
- When the vehicle is pointing upwards due to overloading in the luggage compartment
- While the steering wheel is operating
- When driving to one side of the lane
- When driving on narrow lanes or on curves
Apply the brake or accelerator pedal if necessary.
OTM058129
· Your vehicle may accelerate when a vehicle ahead of you disappears.
· When you are warned that the vehicle ahead of you is not detected, drive with caution.
5-108
Driving your vehicle
OTM058119
OTM058124
OOS057022
· When driving in stop-and-go traffic, · Always look out for pedestrians · Always be cautious for vehicles
and a vehicle in front of you merges out of the lane, the system
when your vehicle is maintaining a distance with the vehicle ahead.
with higher height or vehicles carrying loads that sticks out from the
5
may not immediately detect the
back of the vehicle.
new vehicle that is now in front of
you. In this case, you must main-
tain a safe braking distance, and if
necessary, depress the brake
pedal to reduce your driving speed
in order to maintain a safe dis-
tance.
5-109
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
When using Smart Cruise Control take the following precautions:
· If an emergency stop is necessary, you must apply the brakes. The vehicle cannot be stopped at every emergency situation by using the Smart Cruise Control system.
· Keep a safe distance according to road conditions and vehicle speed. If the vehicle to vehicle distance is too close during a high-speed driving, a serious collision may result.
· Always maintain sufficient braking distance and decelerate your vehicle by applying the brakes if necessary.
· The Smart Cruise Control system cannot recognize a stopped vehicle, pedestrians or an oncoming vehicle. Always look ahead cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring.
· Vehicles moving in front of you with a frequent lane change may cause a delay in the system's reaction or may cause the system to react to a vehicle actually in an adjacent lane. Always drive cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring.
· Always be aware of the selected speed and vehicle to vehicle distance. The driver should not solely rely on the system but always pay attention to driving conditions and control your vehicle speed.
· The Smart Cruise Control system may not recognize complex driving situations so always pay attention to driving conditions and control your vehicle speed.
i Information
Smart Cruise Control system may not operate temporarily due to:
· Electrical interference
· Modifying the suspension
· Differences of tire abrasion or tire pressure
· Installing different type of tires
i Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the device.
5-110
i Information
Radio frequency radiation exposure information:
This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance of 8 in. (20 cm) between the radiator (antenna) and your body.
This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.
5
5-111
Driving your vehicle
Driving your vehicle
SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS
Hazardous Driving Conditions Rocking the Vehicle
When hazardous driving elements are encountered such as water, snow, ice, mud and sand, take the bellow suggestions:
· Drive cautiously and keep a longer braking distance.
· Avoid abrupt braking or steering.
· When your vehicle is stuck in snow, mud, or sand, use second gear. Accelerate slowly to avoid unnecessary wheel spin.
· Put sand, rock salt, tire chains or other non-slip materials under the wheels to provide additional traction while the vehicle becomes stuck in ice, snow, or mud.
If it is necessary to rock the vehicle to free it from snow, sand, or mud, first turn the steering wheel right and left to clear the area around your front wheels. Then, shift back and forth between R (Reverse) and a forward gear.
Try to avoid spinning the wheels, and do not race the vehicle.
To prevent reduction gear wear, wait until the wheels stop spinning before shifting gears. Release the accelerator pedal while shifting, and press lightly on the accelerator pedal while the reduction gear is in gear. Slowly spinning the wheels in forward and reverse directions causes a rocking motion that may free the vehicle.
WARNING
If the vehicle is stuck and excessive wheel spin occurs, the temperature in the tires can increase very quickly. If the tires become damaged, a tire blow out or tire explosion can occur. This condition is dangerous you and others may be injured. Do not attempt this procedure if people or objects are anywhere near the vehicle.
If you attempt to free the vehicle, the vehicle can overheat quickly, possibly causing an motor compartment fire or other damage. Try to avoid spinning the wheels as much as possible to prevent overheating of either the tires or the vehicle. DO NOT allow the vehicle to spin the wheels above 56 km/h (35 mph).
5-112
i Information
Smooth Cornering
Driving in the Rain
The ESC system must be turned OFF Avoid braking or gear changing in Rain and wet roads can make driving
before rocking the vehicle.
corners, especially when roads are dangerous. Here are a few things to
wet. Ideally, corners should always consider when driving in the rain or
NOTICE
be taken under gentle acceleration.
on slick pavement: · Slow down and allow extra follow-
If you are still stuck after rocking the vehicle a few times, have the
Driving at Night
ing distance. A heavy rainfall makes it harder to see and increas-
vehicle pulled out by a tow vehicle Night driving presents more hazards es the distance needed to stop
to avoid vehicle overheating, pos- than driving in the daylight. Here are your vehicle.
sible damage to the reduction gear and tire damage. See "Towing" in chapter 6.
some important tips to remember:
· Slow down and keep more distance between you and other vehicles, as it may be more difficult to see at night, especially in areas where there may not be any street lights.
· Turn OFF your Cruise Control. (if equipped)
· Replace your windshield wiper blades when they show signs of streaking or missing areas on the windshield.
5
· Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glare from other driver's headlamps.
· Be sure your tires have enough tread. If your tires do not have enough tread, making a quick stop on wet pavement can cause a skid
· Keep your headlamps clean and and possibly lead to an accident.
properly aimed. Dirty or improperly See "Tire Tread" in chapter 7.
aimed headlamps will make it much more difficult to see at night.
· Turn on your headlamps to make it easier for others to see you.
· Avoid staring directly at the headlamps of oncoming vehicles. You could be temporarily blinded, and it will take several seconds for your eyes to readjust to the darkness.
· Driving too fast through large puddles can affect your brakes. If you must go through puddles, try to drive through them slowly.
Driving your vehicle
5-113
Driving your vehicle
· If you believe your brakes may be wet, apply them lightly while driving until normal braking operation returns.
Hydroplaning If the road is wet enough and you are going fast enough, your vehicle may have little or no contact with the road surface and actually ride on the water. The best advice is SLOW DOWN when the road is wet.
The risk of hydroplaning increases as the depth of tire tread decreases, refer to "Tire Tread" in chapter 7.
Driving in Flooded Areas
Avoid driving through flooded areas unless you are sure the water is no higher than the bottom of the wheel hub. Drive through any water slowly. Allow adequate stopping distance because brake performance may be reduced.
After driving through water, dry the brakes by gently applying them several times while the vehicle is moving slowly.
Highway Driving
Tires Adjust the tire inflation, as specified. Under-inflation may overheat or damage the tires. Do not install worn-out or damaged tires, which may reduce traction or fail the braking operation.
i Information
Never over-inflate your tires above the maximum inflation pressure, as specified on your tires.
Coolant and high voltage battery Be sure to check both the coolant level and the high voltage battery level before driving.
5-114
Reducing the Risk of a Rollover
Your multi-purpose passenger vehicle is defined as a Sports Utility Vehicle (SUV). SUV's have higher ground clearance and a narrower track to make them capable of performing in a wide variety of off-road applications. The specific design characteristics give them a higher center of gravity than ordinary vehicles making them more likely to roll over if you make abrupt turns. Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles. Due to this risk, driver and passengers are strongly recommended to buckle their seat belts. In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt.
There are steps that a driver can make to reduce the risk of a rollover. If at all possible, avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers, do not load your vehicle with heavy cargo on the roof, and never modify your vehicle in any way.
WARNING
Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles. To prevent rollovers or loss of control:
· Take corners at slower speeds than you would with a passenger vehicle.
· Avoid sharp turns and abrupt maneuvers.
· Do not modify your vehicle in any way that you would raise the center of gravity.
· Keep tires properly inflated. · Do not carry heavy cargo on
the roof.
5
5-115
Driving your vehicle
Driving your vehicle
WINTER DRIVING
The severe weather conditions of winter quickly wear out tires and cause other problems. To minimize winter driving problems, you should take the following suggestions:
Snow or Icy Conditions
You need to keep sufficient distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front of you.
Apply the brakes gently. Speeding, rapid acceleration, sudden brake applications, and sharp turns are potentially very hazardous practices. During deceleration, use the paddle shifter (left side lever) to increase regenerative braking, but avoid adjusting it to level 3 (steering may be difficult). Sudden brake applications on snowy or icy roads may cause the vehicle to skid.
To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it may be necessary to use snow tires or to install tire chains on your tires.
Always carry emergency equipment. Some of the items you may want to carry include tire chains, tow straps or chains, a flashlight, emergency flares, sand, a shovel, jumper cables, a window scraper, gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, a blanket, etc.
Snow tires
WARNING
Snow tires should be equivalent in size and type to the vehicle's standard tires. Otherwise, the safety and handling of your vehicle may be adversely affected.
If you mount snow tires on your vehicle, make sure to use radial tires of the same size and load range as the original tires. Mount snow tires on all four wheels to balance your vehicle's handling in all weather conditions. The traction provided by snow tires on dry roads may not be as high as your vehicle's original equipment tires. Check with the tire dealer for maximum speed recommendations.
i Information
Do not install studded tires without first checking local, state and municipal regulations for possible restrictions against their use.
5-116
Tire chains
WARNING
Chain Installation When installing tire chains, follow the
The use of tire chains may adversely affect vehicle handling:
· Drive less than 20 mph (30 km/h) or the chain manufacturer's recommended speed limit, whichever is lower.
manufacturer's instructions and mount them as tightly possible. Drive slowly (less than 20 mph (30 km/h)) with chains installed. If you hear the chains contacting the body or chassis, stop and tighten them. If they still make contact, slow down until the noise stops. Remove the tire chains
· Drive carefully and avoid as soon as you begin driving on
bumps, holes, sharp turns, cleared roads.
OOSEV058066
Since the sidewalls of radial tires are
and other road hazards, which When mounting snow chains, park
may cause the vehicle to bounce.
the vehicle on level ground away from traffic. Turn on the vehicle
5
thinner than other types of tires, they · Avoid sharp turns or locked Hazard Warning Flasher and place a
may be damaged by mounting some
wheel braking.
triangular emergency warning device
types of tire chains on them.
behind the vehicle (if available).
Therefore, the use of snow tires is
Always place the vehicle in P (Park),
recommended instead of tire chains. i Information
apply the parking brake and turn off
Do not mount tire chains on vehicles equipped with aluminum wheels; if unavoidable use a wire type chain. If tire chains must be used, use genuine HYUNDAI parts and install the tire chain after reviewing the instructions provided with the tire chains.
· Install tire chains only in pairs and on the front tires. It should be noted that installing tire chains on the tires will provide a greater driving force, but will not prevent side skids.
the vehicle before installing snow chains.
Damage to your vehicle caused by · Do not install studded tires without
improper tire chain use is not cov- first checking local, state and
ered by your vehicle manufacturer's municipal regulations for possible
warranty.
restrictions against their use.
Driving your vehicle
5-117
Driving your vehicle
NOTICE
When using tire chains:
· Wrong size chains or improperly installed chains can damage your vehicle's brake lines, suspension, body and wheels.
· Use SAE "S" class or wire chains.
· If you hear noise caused by chains contacting the body, retighten the chain to prevent contact with the vehicle body.
· To prevent body damage, retighten the chains after driving 0.3~0.6 miles (0.5~1.0 km).
· Do not use tire chains on vehicles equipped with aluminum wheels. If unavoidable, use a wire type chain.
· Use wire chains less than 0.47 in (12 mm) thick to prevent damage to the chain's connection.
Winter precautions
Change to "winter weight" oil if necessary
In some climates it is recommended that a lower viscosity "winter weight" oil be used during cold weather. See chapter 8 for recommendations. If you aren't sure what weight oil you should use, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Check battery and cables
Winter puts additional burdens on the battery system. Visually inspect the battery and cables as described in chapter 7. The level of charge in your battery can be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a service station.
Use approved window washer anti-freeze in system
To keep the water in the window washer system from freezing, add an approved window washer anti-freeze solution in accordance with instructions on the container. Window washer anti-freeze is available from an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and most auto parts outlets. Do not use coolant or other types of anti-freeze as these may damage the paint finish.
Do not let your parking brake freeze
Under some conditions your parking brake can freeze in the engaged position. This is most likely to happen when there is an accumulation of snow or ice around or near the rear brakes or if the brakes are wet. If there is a risk the parking brake may freeze, apply it only temporarily while you shift to P (Park) and block the rear wheels so the car cannot roll. Then release the parking brake.
5-118
Do not let ice and snow accumulate underneath
Under some conditions, snow and ice can build up under the fenders and interfere with the steering. When driving in severe winter conditions where this may happen, you should periodically check underneath the car to be sure the movement of the front wheels and the steering components is not obstructed.
To keep locks from freezing
To keep the locks from freezing, squirt an approved de-icer fluid or glycerine into the key opening. If a lock is covered with ice, squirt it with an approved de-icing fluid to remove the ice. If the lock is frozen internally, you may be able to thaw it out by using a heated key. Handle the heated key with care to avoid injury.
Don't place foreign objects or materials in the motor compartment
Placement of foreign object or materials which prevent cooling of the vehicle, in the motor compartment, may cause a failure. The manufacturer is not responsible for the damage caused by such placement.
5
5-119
Driving your vehicle
Driving your vehicle
VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT
Two labels on your driver's door sill show how much weight your vehicle was designed to carry: the Tire and Loading Information Label and the Certification Label. Before loading your vehicle, familiarize yourself with the following terms for determining your vehicle's weight ratings, from the vehicle's specifications and the Certification Label:
Base Curb Weight This is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all standard equipment. It does not include passengers, cargo, or optional equipment.
Vehicle Curb Weight This is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your dealer plus any aftermarket equipment.
Cargo Weight This figure includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight, including cargo and optional equipment.
GAW (Gross Axle Weight) This is the total weight placed on each axle (front and rear) - including vehicle curb weight and all payload.
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) This is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle (front or rear). These numbers are shown on the Certification Label. The total load on each axle must never exceed its GAWR.
GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) This is the Base Curb Weight plus actual Cargo Weight plus passengers.
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) This is the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle (including all options, equipment, passengers and cargo). The GVWR is shown on the Certification Label located on the driver's door sill.
Tire Loading Information Label
OOSEV058108N
The label located on the driver's door sill gives the original tire size, cold tire pressures recommended for your vehicle, the number of people that can be in your vehicle and vehicle capacity weight.
5-120
Vehicle capacity weight
Cargo capacity
5. Determine the combined weight of
860 lbs. (390 kg) Vehicle capacity weight is the maximum combined weight of occupants and cargo. If your vehicle is equipped with a trailer, the combined weight includes the tongue load.
Seating capacity
The cargo capacity of your vehicle will increase or decrease depending on the weight and the number of occupants and the tongue load, if your vehicle is equipped with a trailer.
Steps for determining correct load limit
luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this
Total : 5 persons
1. Locate the statement "The com- reduces the available cargo and
(Front seat : 2 persons,
bined weight of occupants and luggage load capacity of your vehi-
Rear seat : 3 persons)
cargo should never exceed XXX cle.
Seating capacity is the maximum number of occupants including a
kg or XXX lbs." on your vehicle's placard.
WARNING
5
driver, your vehicle may carry. 2. Determine the combined weight of
However, the seating capacity may
the driver and passengers that will Do not overload the vehicle as
be reduced based upon the weight of
be riding in your vehicle.
there is a limit to the total
all of the occupants, and the weight 3. Subtract the combined weight of weight, or load limit, including
of the cargo being carried or towed.
the driver and passengers from occupants and cargo, the vehi-
Do not overload the vehicle as there XXX kg or XXX lbs.
cle can carry. Overloading can
is a limit to the total weight, or load limit including occupants and cargo, the vehicle can carry.
Towing capacity We do not recommend using this vehicle for trailer towing.
4. The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if the "XXX" amount equals 1400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs.
shorten the life of the vehicle. If the GVWR or the GAWR is exceeded, parts on the vehicle can break, and it can change the handling of your vehicle. These could cause you to lose control and result in an accident.
(1400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
Driving your vehicle
5-121
Driving your vehicle
Example 1 Example 2 Example 3
Maximum Load (1400 lbs.) (635 kg)
Maximum Load (1400 lbs.) (635 kg)
Maximum Load (1400 lbs.) (635 kg)
+
Passenger Weight (150 lbs. × 2 = 300 lbs.)
(68 kg × 2 = 136 kg)
+
Passenger Weight (150 lbs. × 5 = 750 lbs.)
(68 kg × 5 = 340 kg)
+
Passenger Weight (172 lbs. × 5 = 860 lbs.)
(78 kg × 5 = 390 kg)
Cargo Weight (1100 lbs.) (499 kg)
Cargo Weight (650 lbs.) (295 kg)
Cargo Weight (540 lbs.) (245 kg)
5-122
Certification label
The total weight of the vehicle, including all occupants, accessories, cargo, and trailer tongue load must not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). To find out the actual loads on your front and rear axles, you need to go to a weigh station and weigh your vehicle. Be sure to spread out your load equally on both sides of the centerline.
WARNING
Overloading
· Never exceed the GVWR for your vehicle, the GAWR for either the front or rear axle and vehicle capacity weight. Exceeding these ratings can affect your vehicle's handling and braking ability, and cause an accident.
OBH059070
The certification label is located on the driver's door sill at the center pillar and shows the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle. This is called the GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle, all occupants, fuel and cargo.
· Do not overload your vehicle.
Overloading your vehicle can cause heat buildup in your
5
vehicle's tires and possible
tire failure, increased stop-
ping distances and poor vehi-
cle handling-all of which may
result in a crash.
This label also tells you the maximum weight that can be supported by the front and rear axles, called Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
Driving your vehicle
5-123
Driving your vehicle
NOTICE Overloading your vehicle may cause damage. Repairs would not be covered by your warranty. Do not overload your vehicle.
WARNING
If you carry items inside your vehicle (e.g., suitcases, tools, packages, or anything else), they are moving as fast as the vehicle. If you have to stop or turn quickly, or if there is a crash, the items will keep going and can cause an injury if they strike the driver or a passenger.
· Put items in the cargo area of your vehicle. Try to spread the weight evenly.
· Do not stack items, like suitcases, inside the vehicle above the tops of the seats.
· Do not leave an unsecured child restraint in your vehicle.
· When you carry something inside the vehicle, secure it.
TRAILER TOWING
We do not recommend using this vehicle for trailer towing.
5-124
What to do in an emergency
Hazard Warning Flasher .......................................6-2 Towing ...................................................................6-20
In Case of an Emergency While Driving.............6-2 If the Vehicle Stalls While Driving.................................6-2 If the Vehicle Stalls at a Crossroad or Crossing .......6-2 If you Have a Flat Tire While Driving ..........................6-3
Towing Service.................................................................6-20 Flat Towing is Not Recommended ..............................6-21 Removable Towing Hook ...............................................6-21 Emergency Towing..........................................................6-22
If the Vehicle Will Not Start .................................6-3
Confirm the EV Battery SOC Level...............................6-3
Jump Starting (12V Auxiliary Battery) ...............6-4
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS).........6-7
Check Tire Pressure .........................................................6-7
Tire Pressure Monitoring System .................................6-8
Low Tire Pressure Telltale ..............................................6-9
Low Tire Pressure LCD Display with
Position Indicator...............................................................6-9
TPMS Malfunction Indicator ........................................6-10
Changing a Tire with TPMS..........................................6-11
6
If you Have a Flat Tire
(With Tire Mobility Kit).......................................6-13
Introduction ......................................................................6-13
Components of the Tire Mobility Kit .........................6-15
Using the Tire Mobility Kit............................................6-16
Checking the Tire Inflation Pressure .........................6-18
What to do in an emergency
HAZARD WARNING FLASHER
OOSEV068001K
The hazard warning flasher serves as a warning to other drivers to exercise extreme caution when approaching, overtaking, or passing your vehicle. It should be used whenever emergency repairs are being made or when the vehicle is stopped near the edge of a roadway.
To turn the hazard warning flasher on or off, press the hazard warning flasher button. The button is located in the center fascia panel. Both the left and right turn signal lights will flash simultaneously.
· The hazard warning flasher operates regardless of whether your vehicle is in the READY state or not.
· The turn signals do not work when the hazard flasher is on.
IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVING
If the Vehicle Stalls While Driving
· Reduce your speed gradually, keeping a straight line. Move cautiously off the road to a safe place.
· Turn on your hazard warning flasher.
· Try to start the vehicle again. If your vehicle will not start, contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or seek other qualified assistance.
If the Vehicle Stalls at a Crossroad or Crossing
If the vehicle stalls at a crossroad or crossing, if safe to do so, shift to the N (Neutral) position and then push the vehicle to a safe location.
6-2
What to do in an emergency
IF THE VEHICLE WILL NOT
If you Have a Flat Tire While
· Have all passengers get out of the START
Driving If a tire goes flat while you are driving:
vehicle. Be sure they all get out on the side of the vehicle that is away from traffic.
Confirm the EV Battery SOC Level
· Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and let the vehicle slow down while driving straight ahead. Do not apply the brakes immediately to slow down the vehicle, but use the paddle shifter (left side lever) to increase regenerative braking control. Do not attempt to pull off the
· Follow the instructions provided later in this chapter.
· Confirm that the vehicle is in P (Park). The vehicle can only be started when the gear is in P (Park).
· Confirm the State of Charge (SOC) percentage level on the charge gauge or in the head unit display.
road suddenly as this may cause
· Inspect the 12V auxiliary battery
loss of vehicle control. When the
connections in the EV motor com-
vehicle has slowed to such a speed that it is safe to do so, brake carefully and pull off the road. Drive off the road as far as possible and park on firm, level ground. If you are on a divided highway, do not park in the median area between the two
partment to make sure they are clean and tight.
· Turn on the headlamps. If the
headlamps are not illuminating properly, the 12V auxiliary battery
6
voltage may be low.
traffic lanes.
Do not push or pull the vehicle to
· When the vehicle is stopped, press the hazard warning flasher button, shift to P(Park), apply the parking
start it. This could cause damage to your vehicle. See instructions for "Jump Starting" provided in this
brake, and place the POWER but-
chapter.
ton in the OFF position.
6-3
What to do in an emergency
JUMP STARTING (12V AUXILIARY BATTERY)
Jump starting can be dangerous if done incorrectly. Follow the jump starting procedure in this section to avoid serious injury or damage to your vehicle. If in doubt about how to properly jump start your vehicle, we strongly recommend that you have a service technician or towing service do it for you.
WARNING
To prevent SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH to you or bystanders, always follow these precautions when working near or handling the battery:
Always read and follow instructions carefully when handling a battery.
Wear eye protection designed to protect the eyes from acid splashes.
Hydrogen is always present in battery cells, is highly combustible, and may explode if ignited.
Keep batteries out of reach of children.
Batteries contain sulfuric acid which is highly corrosive. Do not allow acid to contact your eyes, skin or clothing.
If acid gets into your eyes, flush your eyes with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get immediate medical attention. If acid gets on your skin, thoroughly wash the area. If you feel pain or a burning sensation, get medical attention immediately.
Keep all flames, sparks, or smoking materials away from the battery.
· When lifting a plastic-cased battery, excessive pressure on the case may cause battery acid to leak. Lift with a battery carrier or with your hands on opposite corners.
· Do not attempt to jump start your vehicle if your battery is frozen.
· NEVER attempt to recharge the battery when the vehicle's battery cables are connected to the battery.
· The electrical ignition switch works with high voltage. NEVER touch these components with the " " indicator ON or when the POWER button is in the ON position.
6-4
What to do in an emergency
i Information
Jump starting procedure
Pb
An inappropriately disposed battery can be harmful to the environment and human health. Dispose of the battery
1. Position the vehicles close enough that the jumper cables will reach, but do not allow the vehicles to touch.
according to your local law(s) 2. Avoid fans or any moving parts in
or regulations.
the motor compartment at all
times, even when the vehicles are
NOTICE
turned off.
3. Turn off all electrical devices such
To prevent damage to your vehi-
as radios, lights, air conditioning,
cle:
etc. Put the vehicles in P (Park)
1VQA4001
· Only use a 12-volt power supply
and set the parking brakes. Turn 4. Connect the jumper cables in the
(battery or jumper system) to both vehicles OFF.
exact sequence shown in the illus-
jump start your vehicle.
tration. First connect one jumper
· Do not attempt to jump start your vehicle by push-starting.
cable to the red, positive (+)
jumper terminal of your vehicle (1).
6
5. Connect the other end of the jumper cable to the red, positive (+) battery/jumper terminal of the assisting vehicle (2).
6. Connect the second jumper cable to the black, negative (-) battery/ chassis ground of the assisting vehicle (3).
6-5
What to do in an emergency
7. Connect the other end of the second jumper cable to the black, negative (-) chassis ground of your vehicle (4).
Do not allow the jumper cables to contact anything except the correct battery or jumper terminals or the correct ground. Do not lean over the battery when making connections.
8. Start the motor of the assisting vehicle and let it run at approximately 2,000 rpm for a few minutes. Then start your vehicle.
9. After your vehicle starts allow it to operate at least 30 minutes without shutting it down, this will help charge back the 12V battery.
If your vehicle will not start after a few attempts, it probably requires servicing. In this event please seek qualified assistance. If the cause of your battery discharging is not apparent, have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Disconnect the jumper cables in the exact reverse order you connected them:
1. Disconnect the jumper cable from the black, negative (-) chassis ground of your vehicle (4).
2. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the black, negative (-) battery/chassis ground of the assisting vehicle (3).
3. Disconnect the second jumper cable from the red, positive (+) battery/jumper terminal of the assisting vehicle (2).
4. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the red, positive (+) jumper terminal of your vehicle (1).
6-6
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS) Check Tire Pressure
· The displayed tire pressure values may differ from those measured with a tire pressure gauge.
· You can change the tire pressure unit in the User Settings mode on the cluster.
- psi, kpa, bar (Refer to the "User Settings Mode" section in chapter 3).
What to do in an emergency
OOSEV068014
OOSEV048111N
(1) Low Tire Pressure / TPMS Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(2) Low Tire Pressure / Tire Pressure Monitor / TPMS Malfunction Display (shown on the cluster LCD display)
OOSEV048112N
· You can check the tire pressure in the Assist mode on the cluster.
Refer to the "LCD Display Mode" section in chapter 3.
· Tire pressure is displayed after a few minutes of driving after initial vehicle start up.
· If tire pressure is not displayed when the vehicle is stopped, "Drive to display" message will appear. After driving, check the tire pressure.
6
6-7
What to do in an emergency
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
WARNING
Over-inflation or under-inflation can reduce tire life, adversely affect vehicle handling, and lead to sudden tire failure that may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure.
Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle's handling and stopping ability.
Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver's responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly. The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.
When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly.
6-8
What to do in an emergency
NOTICE
If any of the below happens, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
1. The Low Tire Pressure TPMS Malfunction Indicator does not illuminate for 3 seconds when the POWER button is placed to the ON position or vehicle is ON ( indicator ON).
Low Tire Pressure Telltale
Low Tire Pressure LCD Display with Position Indicator
If any of your tire pressures are indicated as being low, immediately reduce your speed, avoid hard cornering, and anticipate increased stopping distances. You should stop and check your tires as soon as possible. Inflate the tires to the proper pressure as indicated on the vehicle's placard or tire inflation pressure label located on the driver's side center pillar outer panel.
2. The TPMS Malfunction Indicator
The Low Tire Pressure LCD position
remains illuminated after blink-
indicator will remain on and the
ing for approximately 1 minute.
TPMS Malfunction Indicator may
3. The Low Tire Pressure LCD display remains illuminated
blink for one minute and then remain
illuminated until you have the low
OOSEV048111N pressure tire repaired and replaced on the vehicle.
6
When the tire pressure monitoring
system warning indicators are illumi-
nated and the warning message is
displayed on the cluster LCD display,
one or more of your tires is signifi-
cantly under-inflated. The LCD posi-
tion indicator will indicate which tire
is significantly under-inflated by illu-
minating the corresponding position
light.
6-9
What to do in an emergency
CAUTION
In winter or cold weather, the Low Tire Pressure Telltale may be illuminated if the tire pressure was adjusted to the recommended tire inflation pressure in warm weather. It does not mean your TPMS is malfunctioning because the decreased temperature leads to a proportional lowering of tire pressure.
When you drive your vehicle from a warm area to a cold area or from a cold area to a warm area, or the outside temperature is greatly higher or lower, you should check the tire inflation pressure and adjust the tires to the recommended tire inflation pressure.
WARNING
Low pressure damage
Significantly low tire pressure makes the vehicle unstable and can contribute to loss of vehicle control and increased braking distances. Continued driving on low pressure tires can cause the tires to overheat and fail.
TPMS Malfunction Indicator
The TPMS Malfunction Indicator will illuminate after it blinks for approximately one minute when there is a problem with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System. Have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
NOTICE
If there is a malfunction with the TPMS, the individual tire pressures in the cluster LCD display will not be available. Have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
6-10
What to do in an emergency
NOTICE
Changing a Tire with TPMS
Once the original tire equipped with
The TPMS Malfunction Indicator may illuminate after blinking for one minute if the vehicle is near electric power supply cables or radio transmitters such as police
If you have a flat tire, the Low Tire Pressure and LCD position indicator will come on. Have the flat tire repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
a tire pressure monitoring sensor is reinflated to the recommended pressure and reinstalled on the vehicle, the Low Tire Pressure LCD position indicator and TPMS Malfunction Indicator will go off within a few min-
stations, government and public offices, broadcasting stations, military installations, airports, transmitting towers, etc.
Additionally, the TPMS Malfunction Indicator may illuminate if snow chains are used or electronic devices such as computers, chargers, remote starters, navigation, etc. This may interfere with normal operation of the TPMS.
CAUTION
Never use a puncture-repairing agent not approved by a HYUNDAI dealer to repair and/or inflate a low pressure tire. Tire sealant not approved by a HYUNDAI dealer may damage the tire pressure sensor.
utes of driving.
If the indicators do not disappear after a few minutes, please visit an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Each wheel is equipped with a tire pressure sensor mounted inside the tire behind the valve stem. You must use TPMS specific wheels. It is recommended that you always have your tires serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
6
6-11
What to do in an emergency
A cold tire means the vehicle has been sitting for 3 hours and driven for less than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3 hour period.
Allow the tire to cool before measuring the inflation pressure. Always be sure the tire is cold before inflating to the recommended pressure.
WARNING
· The TPMS cannot alert you to severe and sudden tire damage caused by external factors such as nails or road debris.
· If you feel any vehicle instability, immediately take your foot off the accelerator, apply the brakes gradually with light force, and slowly move to a safe position off the road.
WARNING
Tampering with, modifying, or disabling the Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) components may interfere with the system's ability to warn the driver of low tire pressure conditions and/or TPMS malfunctions. Tampering with, modifying, or disabling the Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) components may void the warranty for that portion of the vehicle.
i Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.
6-12
What to do in an emergency
IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE (WITH TIRE MOBILITY KIT)
CAUTION
One sealant bottle for one tire
When two or more tires are flat, do not use the tire mobility kit because the supported one sealant of Tire Mobility Kit is only used for one flat tire.
Introduction
With the Tire Mobility Kit you stay mobile even after experiencing a tire puncture.
The compressor and sealing compound system effectively and comfortably seals most punctures in a passenger car tire caused by nails or similar objects and reinflates the tire.
OOSEV068006
For safe operation, carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual before use.
WARNING
Tire side wall Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit
After you ensure that the tire is properly sealed you can drive cautiously on the tire (distance up to 120 miles (200 km)) at a max. speed of (50 mph (80 km/h)) in order to reach a
(1) Compressor
to repair punctures in the tire service station or tire dealer for the
(2) Sealant bottle The Tire Mobility Kit is placed under
side walls. This can result in an accident due to tire failure.
tire replacement. It is possible that some tires, espe-
6
the luggage tray. The Tire Mobility Kit
cially with larger punctures or dam-
is a temporary fix to the tire and the tire should be inspected by an
WARNING
age to the sidewall, cannot be sealed completely.
authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon
as possible.
Temporary fix
Air pressure loss in the tire may adversely affect tire performance.
Have your tire repaired as soon as possible. The tire may lose air pressure at any time after inflating with the Tire Mobility Kit.
For this reason, you should avoid abrupt steering or other driving maneuvers, especially if the vehicle is heavily loaded or if a trailer is in use.
6-13
What to do in an emergency
The Tire Mobility Kit is not designed or intended as a permanent tire repair method and is to be used for one tire only.
This instruction shows you step by step how to temporarily seal the puncture simply and reliably.
Read the section "Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit".
Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit
· Park your car at the side of the road so that you can work with the Tire Mobility Kit away from moving traffic.
· To be sure your vehicle will not move, even when you're on fairly level ground, always set your parking brake.
· Only use the Tire Mobility Kit for sealing/inflation passenger car tires. Only punctured areas located within the tread region of the tire can be sealed using the tire mobility kit.
· Do not use on motorcycles, bicycles or any other type of tires.
· When the tire and wheel are damaged, do not use Tire Mobility Kit for your safety.
· Use of the Tire Mobility Kit may not be effective for tire damage larger than approximately 0.24 inch (6 mm).
Please contact the nearest HYUNDAI dealership if the tire cannot be made roadworthy with the Tire Mobility Kit.
· Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit, if a flat tire or an under-inflated tire is further severely damaged by being continuously driven.
· Do not remove any foreign objects such as nails or screws that have penetrated the tire.
· Provided the car is outdoors, leave the vehicle ON ( indicator ON). Otherwise operating the compressor may eventually drain the car battery.
· Never leave the Tire Mobility Kit unattended while it is being used.
· Do not leave the compressor running for more than 10 minutes at a time or it may overheat.
· Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if the ambient temperature is below -22°F (-30°C).
· In case of skin contact with the sealant, wash the area thoroughly with plenty of water. If the irritation persists, seek medical attention.
· In case of eye contact with the sealant, flush your eyes for at least 15 minutes. If the irritation persists, seek medical attention.
· In case of swallowing the sealant, rinse the mouth and drink plenty of water. However, never give anything to an unconscious person and seek medical attention immediately.
· Long time exposure to the sealant may cause damage to bodily tissue such as kidney, etc.
6-14
Components of the Tire Mobility Kit
Connectors, cable and connection hose are stored in the compressor housing.
What to do in an emergency
Strictly follow the specified sequence, otherwise the sealant may escape under high pressure.
WARNING
Do not use the tire sealant after the sealant has expired (i.e. past the expiration date on the sealant container). This can increase the risk of tire failure.
6
WARNING
1. Speed restriction label
2. Sealant bottle and label with speed restriction
3. Filling hose from sealant bottle to wheel
4. Connectors and cable for power outlet direct connection
ODE067044
5. Holder for the sealant bottle 6. Compressor 7. ON/OFF switch 8. Pressure gauge for displaying the
tire inflation pressure 9. Button for reducing tire inflation
pressure
· Keep out of reach of children. · Avoid contact with eyes. · Do not swallow.
6-15
What to do in an emergency
Using the Tire Mobility Kit CAUTION
OOSEV068015
Detach the speed restriction label (1) from the sealant bottle (2), and place it in a highly visible place inside the vehicle such as on the steering wheel to remind the driver not to drive too fast.
OIGH067042
2. Connect the filling hose (3) to the sealant bottle (2) in the direction of (A) and connect the sealant bottle to the compressor (5) in the direction of (B).
3. Ensure that the compressor is switched OFF.
OOSEV068007
4. Unscrew the valve cap from the valve of the defective wheel and screw the filling hose (3) of the sealant bottle onto the valve.
1. Shake the sealant bottle (2).
6-16
What to do in an emergency
NOTICE
Securely install the sealant filling hose to the valve. If not, sealant may flow backward, possibly clogging the filling hose.
CAUTION
Do not attempt to drive your vehicle if the tire pressure is below 29 psi (200 kpa). This could result in an accident due to sudden tire failure.
7. Switch off the compressor.
8. Detach the hoses from the sealant
OOSEV068008
bottle connector and from the tire
5. Plug the compressor power cord valve.
(4) into the vehicle power outlet. Return the Tire Mobility Kit to its stor-
6. With the vehicle ON ( indica- age location in the vehicle.
tor ON), switch on the compressor
and let it run for approximately 5~7 minutes to fill the sealant up
6
to proper pressure. (refer to the
Tire and Wheels, chapter 8). The
inflation pressure of the tire after
filling is unimportant and will be
checked/corrected later.
Be careful not to overinflate the tire and stay away from the tire when filling it.
6-17
What to do in an emergency Distributing the sealant
Checking the Tire Inflation Pressure
1. After driving approximately 4~6 miles (7~10 km or about 10 minutes), stop at a safe location.
OLMF064106
9. Immediately drive approximately 4~6 miles (7~10 km or about 10 minutes) to evenly distribute the sealant in the tire.
Do not exceed a speed of 50 mph (80 km/h). If possible, do not fall below a speed of 12 mph (20 km/h).
While driving, if you experience any unusual vibration, ride disturbance or noise, reduce your speed and drive with caution until you can safely pull off of the side of the road.
OAEPH067042
2. Connect the filling hose (3) directly into the compressor.
OOSEV068007
3. Connect the other end of the filling hose (3) directly into the tire valve.
4. Plug the compressor power cord (4) into the vehicle power outlet.
6-18
5. Adjust the tire inflation pressure to the recommended tire inflation.
With the vehicle ON ( indicator ON), proceed as follows.
- To increase the inflation pressure : Switch on the compressor. To check the current inflation pressure setting, briefly switch off the compressor.
- To reduce the inflation pressure: Press the button (9) on the compressor.
CAUTION
When you use the Tire Mobility Kit including sealant not approved by HYUNDAI, the tire pressure sensors may be damaged by sealant.
The sealant on the tire pressure sensor and wheel should be removed when you replace the tire with a new one and inspect the tire pressure sensors at an authorized dealer.
i Information
The pressure gauge may show higher than actual reading when the compressor is running. To get an accurate tire pressure, the compressor needs to be turned off.
NOTICE
Do not let the compressor run for more than 10 minutes, otherwise the device will overheat and may be damaged.
WARNING
The tire inflation pressure must be at least 32 psi (220 kPa). If it is not, do not continue driving. Call for road side service or towing.
i Information
When reinstalling the repaired or replaced tire and wheel on the vehicle, tighten the wheel lug nut to 79~94 lbf·ft (11~13 kgf·m).
6
6-19
What to do in an emergency
What to do in an emergency
TOWING Towing Service
dolly
It is acceptable to tow the vehicle with the rear wheels on the ground (without dollies) and the front wheels off the ground. If any of the loaded wheels or suspension components are damaged or the vehicle is being towed with the front wheels on the ground, use a towing dolly under the front wheels.
When being towed by a commercial tow truck and wheel dollies are not used, the front of the vehicle should always be lifted, not the rear.
dolly
OOSEV068009
If emergency towing is necessary, we recommend having it done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a commercial tow-truck service.
Proper lifting and towing procedures are necessary to prevent damage to the vehicle. The use of wheel dollies or flatbed is recommended.
CAUTION · Do not tow the vehicle with
the front wheels on the ground as this may cause damage to the vehicle.
OOS067021
· Do not tow with sling-type equipment. Use a wheel lift or flatbed equipment.
OOS067022
6-20
What to do in an emergency
WARNING
If your vehicle is equipped with a rollover sensor, place the POWER button in the OFF or ACC position when the vehicle is being towed. The side impact and curtain air bag may deploy if the sensor detects the situation as a rollover.
Flat Towing is Not Recommended
Removable Towing Hook
When towing your vehicle in an
OOSEV068010
emergency without wheel dollies:
1. While depressing the brake pedal shift to the N (Neutral) position and turn the vehicle off. The POWER button will be in the ACC position.
OOSEV068016N
Your vehicle is not designed to be flat-towed behind a motor home. To avoid serious damage to your vehicle, do not flat-tow your vehicle.
1. Open the liftgate, and remove the towing hook from the tool case.
6
2. Release the parking brake.
NOTICE
Failure to shift to N (Neutral) may cause internal damage to the vehicle.
6-21
What to do in an emergency
Front Rear
OOSEV068011N
3. Install the towing hook by turning it clockwise into the hole until it is fully secured.
4. Remove the towing hook and install the cover after use.
Emergency Towing
If towing is necessary, we recommend you have it done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a commercial tow truck service.
If towing service is not available in an emergency, your vehicle may be temporarily towed using a cable or chain secured to the emergency towing hook at the front (or rear) of the vehicle.
Use extreme caution when towing the vehicle with a cable or chain. A driver must be in the vehicle to steer it and operate the brakes.
Towing in this manner may be done only on hard-surfaced roads for a short distance and at low speeds.
OOSEV068012
2. Remove the hole cover by pressing the lower part of the cover on the front or rear bumper.
CAUTION
The driver must be in the vehicle for steering and braking operations when the vehicle is being towed. Passengers other than the driver must not be in the vehicle.
6-22
What to do in an emergency
Always follow these emergency towing precautions:
· While depressing the brake pedal shift to the N (Neutral) position and turn the vehicle off. The POWER button will be in the ACC position.
· Release the parking brake.
NOTICE
Accelerate or decelerate the vehicle in a slow and gradual manner while maintaining tension on the tow rope or chain to start or drive the vehicle, otherwise tow hooks and the vehicle may be damaged.
· Depress the brake pedal with more
force than normal since you will
NOTICE
have reduced braking perform-
ance.
To avoid damage to your vehicle
· More steering effort will be required because the power steering system will be disabled.
· Use a vehicle heavier than your own to tow your vehicle.
· The drivers of both vehicles should communicate with each other frequently.
OOS067027
· Use a towing cable or chain less than 16 feet (5 m) long. Attach a white or red cloth (about 12 inch (30 cm) wide) in the middle of the cable or chain for easy visibility.
· Drive carefully so the towing cable or chain remains tight during towing.
· Before towing, check the reduction
and vehicle components when towing:
· Always pull straight ahead when using the towing hooks. Do not pull from the side or at a vertical angle.
· Do not use the towing hooks to pull a vehicle out of mud, sand or other conditions from which
6
· Before emergency towing, check gear for fluid leaks under your vehi- the vehicle cannot be driven out
that the hook is not broken or dam- cle. If the reduction gear is leaking, under its own power.
aged.
flatbed equipment or a towing dolly · Limit the vehicle speed to
· Fasten the towing cable or chain must be used.
10 mph (15 km/h) and drive less
securely to the hook.
than 1 mile (1.5 km) when towing
· Do not jerk the hook. Apply steady
to avoid serious damage to the
and even force.
reduction gear.
6-23
Maintenance
EV Drive Motor Compartment..............................7-3 12V Auxiliary Battery..........................................7-21
Maintenance Services ...........................................7-4
For Best Battery Service ..............................................7-22
Owner's Responsibility.....................................................7-4
Battery Recharging ........................................................7-22
Owner Maintenance Precautions..................................7-4
Reset Features.................................................................7-23
Owner Maintenance ..............................................7-5
Tires and Wheels .................................................7-24
Owner Maintenance Schedule .......................................7-5
Tire Care............................................................................7-24
Scheduled Maintenance Services........................7-7 Normal Maintenance Schedule ......................................7-8 Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions ........7-10 Severe Driving Conditions .............................................7-10
Explanation of Scheduled Maintenance Items..7-11 Coolant...................................................................7-12 Brake Fluid............................................................7-13
Checking the Brake Fluid Level...................................7-13 Washer Fluid.........................................................7-14
Checking the Washer Fluid Level................................7-14
Recommended Cold Tire Inflation Pressures...........7-25 Check Tire Inflation Pressure ......................................7-26 Tire Rotation.....................................................................7-27 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance ............................7-28 Tire Replacement ............................................................7-28 Wheel Replacement ........................................................7-29 Tire Traction .....................................................................7-29 Tire Maintenance ............................................................7-29 Tire Sidewall Labeling ....................................................7-29 Tire Terminology and Definitions................................7-33 All Season Tires...............................................................7-37
Climate Control Air Filter ....................................7-15
Summer Tires ...................................................................7-37
Filter Inspection...............................................................7-15 Wiper Blades.........................................................7-17
Snow Tires ........................................................................7-37 Radial-Ply Tires ...............................................................7-37
7
Blade Inspection ..............................................................7-17
Blade Replacement .........................................................7-17
Maintenance
Fuses......................................................................7-39 Instrument Panel Fuse Replacement..........................7-40 Motor Compartment Panel Fuse Replacement........7-41 Fuse/Relay Panel Description......................................7-43
Light Bulbs ............................................................7-53 Headlamp, Daytime Running Light (DRL), Cornering Lamp, Parking Lamp, Turn Signal Lamp and Side Marker..............................................................7-54 Side Repeater Lamp Replacement ..............................7-59 Rear Combination Light Bulb Replacement .............7-59 High Mounted Stop Lamp Bulb Replacement ..........7-60 License Plate Light Bulb Replacement ......................7-60 Interior Light Bulb Replacement .................................7-61
Appearance Care..................................................7-63 Exterior Care ....................................................................7-63 Interior Care .....................................................................7-69
California Perchlorate Notice.............................7-72
7
Maintenance
EV DRIVE MOTOR COMPARTMENT
1. Coolant reservoir 2. Brake fluid reservoir 3. Fuse box 4. Auxiliary battery (12 volt) 5. Coolant reservoir cap 6. Windshield washer fluid reservoir
7
The actual motor compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OOSEV078001
7-3
Maintenance
MAINTENANCE SERVICES
You should exercise care to prevent damage to your vehicle or possible injury to yourself whenever performing any maintenance or inspection procedures.
We recommend you have your vehicle maintained and repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. An authorized HYUNDAI dealer meets HYUNDAI's high service quality standards and receives technical support from HYUNDAI in order to provide you with a high level of service satisfaction.
Owner's Responsibility
Maintenance service and record retention are the owner's responsibility.
You should retain documents that show proper maintenance has been performed on your vehicle in accordance with the scheduled maintenance service charts shown on the following pages. You need this information to establish your compliance with the servicing and maintenance requirements of your vehicle warranties.
Detailed warranty information is provided in your Owner's Handbook & Warranty Information booklet.
Repairs and adjustments required as a result of improper maintenance or a lack of required maintenance are not covered.
Owner Maintenance Precautions
Inadequate, incomplete or insufficient servicing may result in operational problems with your vehicle that could lead to vehicle damage, an accident, or personal injury. This chapter provides instructions only for the maintenance items that are easy to perform. Several procedures can be done only by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer with special tools.
Your vehicle should not be modified in any way. Such modifications may adversely affect the performance, safety or durability of your vehicle and may, in addition, violate conditions of the limited warranties covering the vehicle.
Certain modifications may also be in violation of regulations established by the U.S. Department of Transportation and other federal or state agencies.
NOTICE
Improper owner maintenance during the warranty period may affect warranty coverage. For details, read the separate Owner's Handbook & Warranty Information booklet provided with the vehicle. If you're unsure about any service or maintenance procedure, have it done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
7-4
OWNER MAINTENANCE
WARNING
The following lists are vehicle checks Owner Maintenance Schedule
and inspections that should be performed by the owner or an author-
When you stop for charging:
Performing maintenance work ized HYUNDAI dealer at the frequen- · Check coolant level in the coolant
on a vehicle can be dangerous. cies indicated to help ensure safe, reservoir.
If you lack sufficient knowledge dependable operation of your vehi- · Check the windshield washer fluid
and experience or the proper cle.
level.
tools and equipment to do the work, have it done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Any adverse conditions should be · Check for low or under-inflated brought to the attention of your deal- tires. er as soon as possible.
ALWAYS follow these precautions for performing maintenance work:
· Park your vehicle on level ground, shift to the P (Park)
These Owner Maintenance vehicle checks are generally not covered by warranties and you may be charged for labor, parts and lubricants used.
WARNING
Be careful when checking your coolant level when the parts in
position, apply the parking
the motor compartment are hot.
brake, and place the POWER
This may result in coolant being
button in the OFF position.
blown out of the opening and
· Block the tires (front and back) to prevent the vehicle
cause serious burns and other injuries.
from moving.
7
Remove loose clothing or jewelry that can become entangled in moving parts.
· Keep flames, sparks, or smoking materials away from the battery and related components.
Maintenance
7-5
Maintenance
While operating your vehicle:
· Check for vibrations in the steering wheel. Notice if there is any increased steering effort or looseness in the steering wheel, or change in its straight-ahead position.
· Notice if your vehicle constantly turns slightly or "pulls" to one side when traveling on smooth, level road.
· When decelerating with your vehicle, listen and check for unusual sounds, pulling to one side, increased brake pedal travel or "hard-to-push" brake pedal.
After driving your vehicle on a regular basis check the following:
· Verify that the electronic parking brake is engaging properly.
· After you exit the vehicle check for any signs of fluid leaks under your vehicle (note that water dripping from the air conditioning system is normal).
At least monthly:
· Check coolant level in the coolant reservoir.
· Check the operation of all exterior lights, including the brake lights, turn signals and hazard warning flashers.
· Check the inflation pressures of all four tires and check to see the tire tread condition and if there are any signs of abnormal wear or damage.
· Check for loose wheel lug nuts.
At least twice a year:
· Check radiator, heater and air conditioning hoses for leaks or damage.
· Check windshield washer spray and wiper operation. Clean wiper blades with clean cloth dampened with washer fluid.
· Check headlamp alignment.
· Check the seat belts for wear and function.
At least once a year: · Clean body and door drain holes.
· Lubricate door hinges and hood hinges.
· Lubricate door and hood locks and latches.
· Lubricate door rubber weather strips.
· Lubricate door checker.
· Check the air conditioning system.
· Inspect and lubricate reduction gear linkage and controls.
· Clean the battery and terminals.
· Check the brake fluid level.
7-6
Maintenance
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICES
Follow Normal Maintenance Schedule if the vehicle is usually operated where none of the following conditions apply. If any of the following conditions apply, you must follow the Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions. · Repeated short distance driving. · Driving in dusty conditions or sandy areas. · Extensive use of brakes. · Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are used. · Driving on rough or muddy roads. · Driving in mountainous areas. · Extended periods of low speed operation. · Driving for a prolonged period in cold temperatures and/or extremely humid climates. · More than 50% driving in heavy city traffic during hot weather above 90°F (32°C). For additional information or assistance see your authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
7
7-7
Maintenance
Normal Maintenance Schedule
Maintenance Intervals
Months
4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96
Miles×1,000 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120
Maintenance Item
Km×1,000 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96 104 112 120 128 136 144 152 160 168 176 184 192
Cooling system
Inspect every 15,000 miles or 12 months
Rotate Tires (Includes Tire Pressure and Tread Wear Inspection)
IIIIIIIIIIII I I I I I I I I I I I I
Replace Climate Control Air
Filter (For Evaporator and
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Blower Unit)
Coolant *1
Replace every 40,000 miles or 36 months *2
12V auxiliary battery condition
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Brake lines, hoses, and connections
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Disc brakes and pads
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I : Inspect (Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean, or replace) R : Replace or change. *1 : When replacing or adding coolant, visit an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. *2 : For your convenience, it can be replaced prior to it's interval when you do maintenance of other items.
7-8
Normal Maintenance Schedule (Cont.)
Maintenance Intervals
Months
4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96
Miles×1,000 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120
Maintenance Item
Km×1,000 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96 104 112 120 128 136 144 152 160 168 176 184 192
Steering gear rack, linkage, and boots
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Drive shafts and boots
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Air conditioning
compressor, air conditioner
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
refrigerant and performance
Reduction gear fluid Brake pedal
Brake fluid
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Inspect every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months, Replace every 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 48 months
I : Inspect (Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean, or replace)
R : Replace or change.
7
Maintenance
7-9
Maintenance
Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions
The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals. R : Replace I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary
MAINTENANCE ITEM
MAINTENANCE OPERATION
MAINTENANCE INTERVALS
DRIVING CONDITION
Reduction gear fluid
R
Every 75,000 miles (120,000 km)
C, E, F, G, I
Brake / pads, calipers
I
More frequently
C, D, G, H
Steering gear box, linkage & boots / lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint
I
More frequently
C, D, E, F, G, H, I
Drive shafts and boots
I
More frequently
C, D, E, F, G, H, I
Climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit)
R
More frequently
C, E
Severe Driving Conditions
A - Repeatedly driving short distances of less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal temperature or less than 10 miles (16 km) in freezing temperature
B - Extensive low speed driving for long distances C- Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt-
spread roads D- Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in
very cold weather
E - Driving in sandy areas F - Driving in heavy traffic area over 90°F (32°C) G- Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road H- Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rack I - Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle
towing J - Driving over 106 mph (170 km/h) K - Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions
7-10
EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS
Cooling System
Brake Fluid
Steering Gear Box, Linkage &
Check cooling system components, Check brake fluid level in the brake Boots/Lower Arm Ball Joint
such as radiator, coolant reservoir, fluid reservoir. The level should be With the vehicle stopped and the
hoses and connections for leakage between the MIN and the MAX vehicle off, check for excessive free-
and damage. Replace any damaged marks on the side of the reservoir. play in the steering wheel. Check the
parts.
Use only hydraulic brake fluid con- linkage for bends or damage. Check
forming to DOT 3 or DOT 4 specifi- the dust boots and ball joints for
Coolant
cation.
deterioration, cracks, or damage. Replace any damaged parts.
The coolant should be changed at the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule.
Brake Discs, Pads, Calipers and Rotors
Drive Shafts and Boots
Check the pads for excessive wear, Check the drive shafts, boots and
Reduction Gear Fluid
discs for run out and wear, and clamps for cracks, deterioration, or
calipers for fluid leakage.
damage. Replace any damaged
Inspect the reduction gear fluid
parts and, if necessary, repack the
according to the maintenance schedule.
Suspension Mounting Bolts
grease.
Brake Hoses and Lines
Check the suspension connections for looseness or damage. Retighten
Air Conditioning Refrigerant
to the specified torque.
Check the air conditioning lines and 7
Visually check for proper installation,
connections for leakage and dam-
chafing, cracks, deterioration and
age.
any leakage. Replace any deteriorat-
ed or damaged parts immediately.
Maintenance
7-11
Maintenance
COOLANT
WARNING
Since specific coolant water is applied for electric vehicles, replenishment of other antifreeze or water may cause problems to the vehicle.
The electric motor for the cooling fan is controlled by coolant temperature, refrigerant pressure and vehicle speed. As the coolant temperature decreases, the electric motor will automatically shut off. This is a normal condition.
OOSEV078002
Check the condition and connections of all cooling system hoses and heater hoses. Replace any swollen or deteriorated hoses.
The coolant level should be filled between the MAX and the MIN marks on the side of the coolant reservoir when the parts in the motor compartment are cool.
If the coolant level is low, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Use only designated coolant water for electric vehicles, adding other types of water or antifreeze can damage the vehicle.
WARNING
The electric motor for the cooling fan may continue to operate or start up when the vehicle is not running and can cause serious injury. Keep hands, clothing and tools away from the rotating fan blades of the cooling fan.
7-12
BRAKE FLUID
Checking the Brake Fluid Level
If the level is low, add the specified brake fluid to the MAX level. The level will fall with accumulated mileage. This is a normal condition associated with the wear of the brake linings. If
NOTICE
· Do not allow brake fluid to contact the vehicle's body paint, as paint damage will result.
the fluid level is excessively low, have · Brake fluid, which has been
the brake system checked by an exposed to open air for an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
extended time should NEVER be
used as its quality cannot be
WARNING
guaranteed. It should be disposed of properly.
OOSEV078003
Check the fluid level in the reservoir periodically. The fluid level should be
If the brake system requires frequent additions of fluid this could indicate a leak in the brake system. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· Do not use the wrong kind of brake fluid. A few drops of mineral based oil, such as engine oil, in your brake system can damage brake system parts.
between MAX and MIN marks on the
i Information
side of the reservoir.
Before removing the reservoir cap and adding brake fluid, clean the area around the reservoir cap thor-
WARNING
Do not allow brake fluid to come in contact with your eyes. If
Use only the specified brake fluid (refer to "Recommended Lubricants and Capacities" in chapter 8).
7
oughly to prevent brake fluid contam- brake fluid comes in contact
ination.
with your eyes, flush your eyes
with clean water for at least 15
minutes and get immediate
medical attention.
Maintenance
7-13
Maintenance
WASHER FLUID Checking the Washer Fluid Level
OOSEV078004
Check the fluid level in the washer fluid reservoir and add fluid if necessary. Plain water may be used if washer fluid is not available. However, use washer solvent with antifreeze characteristics in cold climates to prevent freezing.
WARNING
To prevent serious injury or death, take the following safety precautions when using washer fluid:
· Do not use coolant or antifreeze in the washer fluid reservoir.
Coolant can severely obscure visibility when sprayed on the windshield and may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident or damage to paint and body trim.
· Do not allow sparks or flame to contact the washer fluid or the washer fluid reservoir. Washer fluid may contain alcohol and can be flammable.
· Do not drink washer fluid and avoid contact with skin. Washer fluid is harmful to humans and animals.
· Keep washer fluid away from children and animals.
7-14
CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER
Filter Inspection
The climate control air filter should be replaced according to the Maintenance Schedule. If the vehicle is operated in severely air-polluted cities or on dusty rough roads for a long period, it should be inspected more frequently and replaced earlier. When you replace the climate control air filter, replace it performing the following procedure, and be careful to avoid damaging other components.
OOS077018
1. With the glove box open, remove the stoppers on both sides to allow the glove box to hang freely on the hinges.
OOS077017
2. Remove the support rod (1).
7
Maintenance
7-15
Maintenance
NOTICE
Install a new climate control air filter in the correct direction with the arrow symbol () facing downwards. Otherwise, the climate control effects may decrease, possibly with a noise.
OOSEV078005K
3. Press and hold the lock (1) on the right side of the cover.
4. Pull out (2) the cover.
OPD076026
5. Replace the climate control air filter.
6. Reassemble in the reverse order of disassembly.
7-16
WIPER BLADES
Blade Inspection
Contamination of either the windshield or the wiper blades with foreign matter can reduce the effectiveness of the windshield wiper functionality. Common sources of contamination are insects, tree sap, and hot wax treatments used by some commercial car washes. If the blades are not wiping properly, clean both the window and the blades with a clean cloth dampened with washer fluid.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the wiper blades, arms or other components, do not: · Use gasoline, kerosene, paint
thinner, or other solvents on or near them. · Attempt to move the wipers manually. · Use non-specified wiper blades.
i Information
Commercial hot waxes applied by automatic car washes have been known to make the windshield difficult to clean.
Blade Replacement
When the wipers no longer clean adequately, the blades may be worn or cracked, and require replacement.
NOTICE
· In order to prevent damage to the hood and the wiper arms, the wiper arms should only be lifted when in the top wiping position.
· Always return the wiper arms to the windshield before driving.
7
Maintenance
7-17
Maintenance
Front windshield wiper blade replacement
OLMB073020
Type A
1. Raise the wiper arm and slightly rotate the wiper blade assembly to expose the plastic locking clip.
OLMB073021
2. Press the clip (1) and slide the blade assembly downward (2).
OLMB073022
3. Lift it off the arm.
4. Install the blade assembly in the reverse order of removal.
5. Return the wiper arm on the windshield.
CAUTION
Do not allow the wiper arm to fall against the windshield, since it may chip or crack the windshield.
7-18
Maintenance
Type B 1. Raise the wiper arm.
OLF074017
OLF074018
2. Lift up the wiper blade clip (1). Then pull down the blade assembly and remove it (2).
OLF074019
3. Install a new wiper blade assembly in the reverse order of removal.
4. Return the wiper arm on the windshield.
7
7-19
Maintenance
Rear window wiper blade replacement
OOSEV078007
1. Raise the wiper arm and then rotate the wiper blade assembly (1).
2. Pull out the wiper blade assembly (2).
OOSEV078008
3. Install the new blade assembly by inserting the center part into the slot in the wiper arm until it clicks into place (3).
4. Make sure the blade assembly is installed firmly by trying to pull it slightly.
5. Rotate back the blade assembly so that it aligns with the wiper arm.
To prevent damage to the wiper arms or other components, have the wiper blades replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
7-20
12V AUXILIARY BATTERY
WARNING
Batteries contain sulfu- · The electrical ignition system
ric acid which is highly
works with high voltage.
To prevent SERIOUS INJURY or
corrosive. Do not allow
NEVER touch these compo-
DEATH to you or bystanders,
acid to contact your
nents with the vehicle ON
always follow these precautions
eyes, skin or clothing.
( indicator ON) or when
when working near or handling the battery:
If acid gets into your eyes, flush your eyes with clean water for at
the POWER button is in the ON position.
Always read and follow
least 15 minutes and get imme-
instructions carefully
diate medical attention. If acid
when handling a battery.
gets on your skin, thoroughly
WARNING
Wear eye protection designed to protect the eyes from acid splashes.
wash the area. If you feel pain or a burning sensation, get medical attention immediately.
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING
Keep all flames, sparks, or smoking materials away from the battery.
Hydrogen is always present in battery cells, is highly combustible, and may explode if ignited.
Keep batteries out of reach of children.
· When lifting a plastic-cased battery, excessive pressure on the case may cause battery acid to leak. Lift with a battery carrier or with your hands on opposite corners.
· Do not attempt to jump start your vehicle if your battery is frozen.
· NEVER attempt to recharge
Battery posts, terminals, and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects and reproductive harm. Batteries also contain other chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer. Wash hands after handling.
7
the battery when the vehicle's
battery cables are connected
to the battery.
Maintenance
7-21
Maintenance
NOTICE
· When you do not use the vehicle for a long time in a low temperature area, disconnect the battery and keep it indoors.
· Always charge the battery fully to prevent battery case damage in low temperature areas.
For Best Battery Service
OOSEV078035
· Keep the battery securely mounted.
· Keep the battery top clean and dry. · Keep the terminals and connec-
tions clean, tight, and coated with petroleum jelly or terminal grease. · Rinse any spilled acid from the battery immediately with a solution of water and baking soda.
Battery Recharging
WARNING
Always follow these instructions when recharging your vehicle's battery to avoid the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH from explosions or acid burns:
· Before performing maintenance or recharging the battery, turn off all accessories and place the POWER button to the OFF position.
· Keep all flames, sparks, or smoking materials away from the battery.
· Always work outdoors or in an area with plenty of ventilation.
· Wear eye protection when checking the battery during charging.
· The battery must be removed from the vehicle and placed in a well ventilated area.
7-22
· Watch the battery during charging, and stop or reduce the charging rate if the battery cells begin boiling violently.
· The negative battery cable must be removed first and installed last when the battery is disconnected. Disconnect the battery charger in the following order:
(1) Turn off the battery charger main switch.
By jump starting After a jump start from a good battery, drive the vehicle for 20-30 minutes before it is shutoff. The vehicle may not restart if you shut it off before the battery had a chance to adequately recharge. See "Jump Starting" in chapter 6 for more information on jump starting procedures.
i Information
An inappropriately disposed
Reset Features
Some items need to be reset after the battery has been discharged or the battery has been disconnected. · Power Windows · Trip Computer · Climate Control System · Clock · Audio System · Sunroof
(2) Unhook the negative clamp from the negative battery terminal.
(3) Unhook the positive clamp from the positive battery terminal.
battery can be harmful to the environment and human health. Dispose of the battery according to your local law(s) or regulation.
· Always use a genuine HYUNDAI approved battery
7
when you replace the battery.
Maintenance
7-23
Maintenance
TIRES AND WHEELS
WARNING
Tire failure may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. To reduce risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH, take the following precautions:
· Inspect your tires monthly for proper inflation as well as wear and damage.
· The recommended cold tire pressure for your vehicle can be found in this manual and on the tire label located on the driver's side center pillar. Always use a tire pressure gauge to measure tire pressure. Tires with too much or too little pressure wear unevenly causing poor handling.
· Check the pressure of the spare every time you check the pressure of the other tires on your vehicle.
· Replace tires that are worn, show uneven wear, or are damaged. Worn tires can cause loss of braking effectiveness, steering) control, or traction.
· ALWAYS replace tires with the same size as each tire that was originally supplied with this vehicle. Using tires and wheels other than the recommended sizes could cause unusual handling characteristics, poor vehicle control, or negatively affect your vehicle's Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) resulting in a serious accident.
Tire Care
For proper maintenance, safety, and maximum fuel economy, you must always maintain recommended tire inflation pressures and stay within the load limits and weight distribution recommended for your vehicle.
7-24
Recommended Cold Tire Inflation Pressures
WARNING
All tire pressures should be checked Recommended pressures must
when the tires are cold. "Cold tires" be maintained for the best ride,
means the vehicle has not been driv- vehicle handling, and minimum
en for at least three hours or driven tire wear.
less than one mile (1.6 km).
Over-inflation or under-inflation
Warm tires normally exceed recom- can reduce tire life, adversely
mended cold tire pressures by 4 to 6 affect vehicle handling, and
psi (28 to 41 kPa). Do not release air lead to sudden tire failure that
OOS087003
All specifications (sizes and pressures) can be found on a label attached to the driver's side center pillar.
from warm tires to adjust the pressure or the tires will be under-inflated. For recommended inflation pressure, refer to "Tire and Wheels" in chapter 8.
could result in loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
Severe under-inflation can lead to severe heat build-up, causing blowouts, tread separation and other tire failures that can result
in the loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident. This
risk is much higher on hot days
and when driving for long periods at high speeds.
7
Maintenance
7-25
Maintenance
CAUTION
· Under-inflation results in excessive wear, poor handling and reduced fuel economy. Wheel deformation is also possible. Keep your tire pressures at the proper levels. If a tire frequently needs refilling, have it checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· Over-inflation produces a harsh ride, excessive wear at the center of the tire tread, and a greater possibility of damage from road hazards.
Check Tire Inflation Pressure
Check your tires, including the spare tire, once a month or more.
How to check
Use a good quality tire pressure gauge to check tire pressure. You can not tell if your tires are properly inflated simply by looking at them. Radial tires may look properly inflated when they are under-inflated.
Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem. Press the tire gauge firmly onto the valve to get a pressure measurement. If the cold tire inflation pressure matches the recommended pressure on the tire and loading information label, no further adjustment is necessary. If the pressure is low, add air until you reach the recommended pressure. Make sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems. Without the valve cap, dirt or moisture could get into the valve core and cause air leakage. If a valve cap is missing, install a new one as soon as possible.
If you overfill the tire, release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the tire valve. Recheck the tire pressure with the tire gauge. Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems. Without the valve cap, dirt or moisture could get into the valve core and cause air leakage. If a valve cap is missing, install a new one as soon as possible.
7-26
Tire Rotation
Without a spare tire
i Information
To equalize tread wear, HYUNDAI recommends that the tires be rotated every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or sooner if irregular wear develops.
Tires that are asymmetrical or directional can only be installed on the wheel in one direction. The outside and inside of an asymmetrical tire is
During rotation, check the tires for
not easily distinguishable. Pay careful
correct balance.
attention to the markings on the side-
When rotating tires, check for uneven wear and damage. Abnormal wear is usually caused by incorrect tire pressure, improper wheel alignment, outof-balance wheels, severe braking or severe cornering. Look for bumps or bulges in the tread or side of tire.
ODH073802
Disc brake pads should be inspected for wear whenever tires are rotated.
walls of the tires, noting the "outside" marking and also the rotating direction before installing them on the vehicle.
WARNING
Replace the tire if you find either of these conditions. Replace the tire if fabric or cord is visible. After rotation, be sure to bring the front and rear tire pressures to specification and check lug nut tightness (proper torque is 79~94 lbf·ft [11~13 kgf·m]).
· Do not use the compact spare tire for tire rotation.
· Do not mix bias ply and radial
ply tires under any circum-
stances. This may cause
unusual handling characteris-
7
tics that may cause loss of
vehicle control resulting in an
accident.
Maintenance
7-27
Maintenance
Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance
The wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced carefully at the factory to give you the longest tire life and best overall performance.
In most cases, you will not need to have your wheels aligned again. However, if you notice unusual tire wear or your vehicle pulling one way or the other, the alignment may need to be reset.
If you notice your vehicle vibrating when driving on a smooth road, your wheels may need to be rebalanced.
NOTICE
Improper wheel weights can damage your vehicle's aluminum wheels. Use only approved wheel weights.
Tire Replacement
Tread wear indicator
OLMB073027
If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread. This shows there is less than 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) of tread left on the tire. Replace the tire when this happens. Do not wait for the band to appear across the entire tread before replacing the tire.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY:
· Replace tires that are worn, show uneven wear, or are damaged. Worn tires can cause loss of braking effectiveness, steering control, and traction.
· Always replace tires with the same size as each tire that was originally supplied with this vehicle. Using tires and wheels other than the recommended sizes could cause unusual handling characteristics, poor vehicle control, or negatively affect your vehicle's Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) resulting in a serious accident.
7-28
· Tires degrade over time, even when they are not being used. Regardless of the remaining tread, HYUNDAI recommends that tires be replaced after six (6) years of normal service.
Wheel Replacement
When replacing the metal wheels for any reason, make sure the new wheels are equivalent to the original factory units in diameter, rim width and offset.
Tire Maintenance
In addition to proper inflation, correct wheel alignment helps to decrease tire wear. If you find a tire is worn unevenly, have your dealer check the wheel alignment.
· When replacing tires (or
When you have new tires installed,
wheels), it is recommended to Tire Traction
make sure they are balanced. This
replace the two front or two
will increase vehicle ride comfort and
rear tires (or wheels) as a pair. Tire traction can be reduced if you tire life. Additionally, a tire should
Replacing just one tire can drive on worn tires, tires that are always be rebalanced if it is removed
seriously affect your vehicle's improperly inflated or on slippery from the wheel.
handling.
road surfaces. Tires should be
· Heat caused by hot climates or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging process. Failure to fol-
replaced when tread wear indicators appear. To reduce the possibility of losing control, slow down whenever there is rain, snow or ice on the road.
Tire Sidewall Labeling
This information identifies and describes the fundamental charac-
low this warning may cause
teristics of the tire and also provides
sudden tire failure, which
the tire identification number (TIN)
could lead to a loss of vehicle control resulting in an acci-
for safety standard certification. The
TIN can be used to identify the tire in 7
dent.
case of a recall.
Maintenance
7-29
Maintenance
1 5,6 7
4
2
3
1
OLMB073028
1. Manufacturer or brand name
Manufacturer or brand name is shown.
2. Tire size designation
A tire's sidewall is marked with a tire size designation. You will need this information when selecting replacement tires for your car. The following explains what the letters and numbers in the tire size designation mean.
Example tire size designation: (These numbers are provided as an example only; your tire size designator could vary depending on your vehicle.) 215/55 R17 94V
215 - Tire width in millimeters. 55 - Aspect ratio. The tire's section
height as a percentage of its width. R - Tire construction code (Radial). 17 - Rim diameter in inches. 94 - Load Index, a numerical code associated with the maximum load the tire can carry. V - Speed Rating Symbol. See the speed rating chart in this section for additional information.
Wheel size designation Wheels are also marked with important information that you need if you ever have to replace one. The following explains what the letters and numbers in the wheel size designation mean. Example wheel size designation: 7.0J x 17
7.0 - Rim width in inches. J - Rim contour designation. 17 - Rim diameter in inches.
7-30
Tire speed ratings
3. Checking tire life (TIN : Tire
4. Tire ply composition and
The chart below lists many of the dif-
Identification Number)
material
ferent speed ratings currently being Any tires that are over six years old, The number of layers or plies of rub-
used for passenger car tires. The based on the manufacturing date, ber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire
speed rating is part of the tire size (including the spare tire) should be manufacturers also must indicate the
designation on the sidewall of the replaced by new ones. You can find materials in the tire, which include
tire. This symbol corresponds to that the manufacturing date on the tire steel, nylon, polyester, and others.
tire's designed maximum safe oper- sidewall (possibly on the inside of the The letter "R" means radial ply con-
ating speed.
wheel), displaying the DOT Code. struction; the letter "D" means diago-
The DOT Code is a series of num- nal or bias ply construction; and the
Speed
bers on a tire consisting of numbers letter "B" means belted-bias ply con-
Rating
Maximum Speed
and English letters. The manufactur- struction.
Symbol
ing date is designated by the last four
S
112 mph (180 km/h)
digits (characters) of the DOT code. 5. Maximum permissible infla-
T
118 mph (190 km/h)
tion pressure
H
130 mph (210 km/h)
DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO
V
149 mph (240 km/h)
This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in
W
168 mph (270 km/h)
The front part of the DOT means a the tire. Do not exceed the maximum
Y
186 mph (300 km/h)
plant code number, tire size and permissible inflation pressure. Refer
tread pattern and the last four num- to the Tire and Loading Information bers indicate week and year manu- label for recommended inflation
7
factured.
pressure.
For example:
DOT XXXX XXXX 1420 represents that the tire was produced in the 14th week of 2020.
Maintenance
7-31
Maintenance
6. Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire. When replacing the tires on the vehicle, always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory installed tire.
7. Uniform tire quality grading Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width. For example: TREAD wear 200 TRACTION AA TEMPERATURE A
Tread wear
The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one-and-ahalf times (1½) as well on the government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however, and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate.
These grades are molded on the sidewalls of passenger vehicle tires. The tires available as standard or optional equipment on your vehicle may vary with respect to grade.
Traction - AA, A, B & C
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those grades represent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction performance.
WARNING
The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straightahead braking traction tests, and does not include acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning, or peak traction characteristics.
7-32
Temperature - A, B & C The temperature grades are A (the
WARNING
Tire Terminology and Definitions
highest), B and C representing the tire's resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel.
The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded. Excessive speed, under-inflation, over-inflation, or excessive loading, either
Air Pressure
The amount of air inside the tire pressing outward on the tire. Air pressure is expressed in pounds per square inch (psi) or kilopascal (kPa).
Sustained high temperature can separately or in combination, cause the material of the tire to can cause heat build-up and Accessory Weight
degenerate and reduce tire life, and possible sudden tire failure. This means the combined weight of
excessive temperature can lead to This may cause loss of vehicle optional accessories. Some exam-
sudden tire failure. Grade C control resulting in an accident. ples of optional accessories are
responds to a level of performance
automatic transmission, power
which all passenger car tires must
seats, and air conditioning.
meet under the Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher
Aspect Ratio
levels of performance on the labora-
The relationship of a tire's height to
tory test wheel than the minimum
its width.
required by law.
7
Belt
A rubber coated layer of cords that is located between the plies and the tread. Cords may be made from steel or other reinforcing materials.
Maintenance
7-33
Maintenance
Bead The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim.
Bias Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the plies are laid at alternate angles less than 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread.
Cold Tire Pressure The amount of air pressure in a tire, measured in pounds per square inch (psi) or kilopascals (kPa) before a tire has built up heat from driving.
Curb Weight This means the weight of a motor vehicle with standard and optional equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel, oil and coolant, but without passengers and cargo.
DOT Markings A code molded into the sidewall of a tire signifying that the tire is in compliance with the U.S. Department of Transportation motor vehicle safety standards. The DOT code includes the Tire Identification Number (TIN), an alphanumeric designator which can also identify the tire manufacturer, production plant, brand and date of production.
GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
GAWR FRT Gross Axle Weight Rating for the Front Axle.
GAWR RR Gross Axle Weight Rating for the Rear axle.
Intended Outboard Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire, that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle.
Kilopascal (kPa) The metric unit for air pressure.
Light truck(LT) tire A tire designated by its manufacturer as primarily intended for use on lightweight trucks or multipurpose passenger vehicles.
Load ratings The maximum load that a tire is rated to carry for a given inflation pressure.
Load Index An assigned number ranging from 1 to 279 that corresponds to the load carrying capacity of a tire.
7-34
Maintenance
Maximum Inflation Pressure The maximum air pressure to which a cold tire may be inflated. The maximum air pressure is molded onto the sidewall.
Maximum Load Rating The load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that tire.
Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight The sum of curb weight; accessory weight; vehicle capacity weight; and production options weight.
Normal Occupant Weight The number of occupants a vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by 150 pounds (68 kg).
Occupant Distribution Designated seating positions.
Outward Facing Sidewall An asymmetrical tire has a particular side that faces outward when mounted on a vehicle. The outward facing sidewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer, brand, and/or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same moldings on the inner facing sidewall.
Pneumatic tire
A mechanical device made of rubber, chemicals, fabric and steel or other materials, that, when mounted on an automotive wheel provides the traction and contains the gas or fluid that sustains the load.
Pneumatic options weight
The combined weight of installed regular production options weighing over 5 lb. (2.3 kg) in excess of the standard items which they replace, not previously considered in curb weight or accessory weight, including heavy duty breaks, ride levelers, roof rack, heavy duty battery, and special trim.
Passenger (P-Metric) tire
Recommended Inflation
7
A tire used on passenger cars and Pressure
some light duty trucks and multipur- Vehicle manufacturer's recommend-
pose vehicles.
ed tire inflation pressure as shown
on the tire placard.
Ply
A layer of rubber-coated parallel cords.
7-35
Maintenance
Radial Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread.
Rim A metal support for a tire and upon which the tire beads are seated.
Sidewall The portion of a tire between the tread and the bead.
Speed Rating An alphanumeric code assigned to a tire indicating the maximum speed at which a tire can operate.
Traction The friction between the tire and the road surface. The amount of grip provided.
Tread The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road.
Treadwear Indicators Narrow bands, sometimes called "wear bars", that show across the tread of a tire when only 1/16 inch of tread remains.
UTQGS Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards is a tire information system that provides consumers with ratings for a tire's traction, temperature and treadwear. Ratings are determined by tire manufacturers using government testing procedures. The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire.
Vehicle Capacity Weight The number of designated seating positions multiplied by 150 lbs. (68 kg) plus the rated cargo and luggage load.
Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire Load on an individual tire due to curb and accessory weight plus maximum occupant and cargo weight.
Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire Load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axle its share of the curb weight, accessory weight, and normal occupant weight and dividing by 2.
Vehicle Placard A label permanently attached to a vehicle showing the original equipment tire size and recommended inflation pressure.
7-36
All Season Tires
Snow Tires
Radial-Ply Tires
HYUNDAI specifies all season tires If you equip your car with snow tires, Radial-ply tires provide improved
on some models to provide good they should be the same size and tread life, road hazard resistance and
performance for use all year round, have the same load capacity as the smoother high speed ride. The radi-
including snowy and icy road condi- original tires. Snow tires should be al-ply tires used on this vehicle are of
tions. All season tires are identified installed on all four wheels; other- belted construction, and are selected
by ALL SEASON and/or M+S (Mud wise, poor handling may result. Snow to complement the ride and handling
and Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snow tires should carry 4 psi (28 kPa) characteristics of your vehicle.
tires have better snow traction than more air pressure than the pressure Radial-ply tires have the same load
all season tires and may be more recommended for the standard tires carrying capacity, as bias-ply or bias
appropriate in some areas.
on the tire label on the driver's side of belted tires of the same size, and use
the center pillar, or up to the maxi- the same recommended inflation
Summer Tires
mum pressure shown on the tire pressure. Mixing of radial-ply tires sidewall, whichever is less. Do not with bias-ply or bias belted tires is
HYUNDAI specifies summer tires on drive faster than 75 mph (120 km/h) not recommended. Any combina-
some models to provide superior when your vehicle is equipped with tions of radial-ply and bias-ply or bias
performance on dry roads. Summer snow tires.
belted tires when used on the same
tire performance is substantially
vehicle will seriously deteriorate
reduced in snow and ice. Summer
vehicle handling. The best rule to fol-
tires do not have the tire traction rat-
low is: Identical pairs of radial-ply
ing M+S (Mud and Snow) on the tire
tires should always be used as a set 7
side wall. If you plan to operate your
for the front tires and a set for the
vehicle in snowy or icy conditions,
rear tires.
HYUNDAI recommends the use of
snow tires or all season tires on all
four wheels.
Maintenance
7-37
Maintenance
Longer wearing tires can be more susceptible to irregular tread wear. It is very important to follow the tire rotation interval in this chapter to achieve the tread life potential of these tires. Cuts and punctures in radial-ply tires are repairable only in the tread area, because of sidewall flexing. Consult your tire dealer for radial-ply tire repairs.
WARNING
Do not mix bias ply and radial ply tires under any circumstances. This may cause unusual handling characteristics that may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
7-38
FUSES
Blade type
Normal Cartridge type
Normal Multi fuse
Blown Blown
A vehicle's electrical system is protected from electrical overload dam-
i Information
age by fuses.
Three kinds of fuses are used: blade
This vehicle has 2 (or 3) fuse panels, one located in the driver's side panel bolster, the other in the motor com-
type for lower amperage rating, cartridge type, and multi fuse for higher amperage ratings.
partment near the battery.
If any of your vehicle's lights, acces-
WARNING
sories, or controls do not work, check the appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse has blown, the element inside the fuse will be melted or broken.
NEVER replace a fuse with anything but another fuse of the same rating.
If the electrical system does not work, first check the driver's side fuse panel. Before replacing a blown
· A higher capacity fuse could cause damage and possibly cause a fire.
fuse, turn the vehicle and all switch- · Do not install a wire or alu-
es off, and then disconnect the neg-
minum foil instead of the
ative battery cable. Always replace a
proper fuse - even as a tem-
blown fuse with one of the same rat-
porary repair. It may cause
ing. If the replacement fuse blows, this
extensive wiring damage and possibly a fire.
7
indicates an electrical problem. Avoid
using the system involved and imme-
diately consult an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Maintenance
Normal
Blown
OTM078035
7-39
Maintenance
NOTICE
Do not use a screwdriver or any other metal object to remove fuses because it may cause a short circuit and damage the system.
Instrument Panel Fuse Replacement
In an emergency, if you do not have a spare fuse, use a fuse of the same rating from a circuit you may not need for operating the vehicle.
If the headlamps or other electrical components do not work and the fuses are OK, check the fuse panel in the motor compartment. If a fuse is blown, it must be replaced with the same rating.
OOSEV078015K
1. Turn the vehicle off. 2. Turn all other switches OFF. 3. Open the fuse panel cover. 4. Refer to the label on the inside of
the fuse panel cover to locate the suspected fuse location.
OOSEV078014
5. Pull the suspected fuse straight out. Use the removal tool provided in the motor compartment fuse panel.
6. Check the removed fuse; replace it if it is blown. Spare fuses are provided in the instrument panel fuse panels (or in the motor compartment fuse panel).
7. Push in a new fuse of the same rating, and make sure it fits tightly in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
7-40
Fuse switch
i Information
Motor Compartment Panel Fuse Replacement
Blade type fuse
Maintenance
OOSEV078012K
Always, place the fuse switch to the ON position.
If you move the switch to the OFF position, some items such as the audio system and digital clock must be reset and the smart key may not work properly.
OOSEV058107N
If the fuse switch is OFF, the above message will appear.
NOTICE
· Always place the fuse switch in the ON position while driving the vehicle.
· Do not move the fuse switch repeatedly. The fuse switch may be damaged.
Cartridge type fuse
OOSEV078010
7
OAEE076045L
1. Turn the vehicle off. 2. Turn all other switches OFF.
7-41
Maintenance
3. Remove the fuse panel cover by pressing the tap and pulling up.
4. Check the removed fuse; replace it if it is blown. To remove or insert the fuse, use the fuse puller in the motor compartment fuse panel.
5. Push in a new fuse of the same rating, and make sure it fits tightly in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
CAUTION
After checking the fuse box in the motor compartment securely close the fuse box cover inside the motor compartment, until it clicks.
If the fuse box is not closed properly, water may leak in side, possibly causing a malfunction with the electrical system.
Multi fuse
OOSEV078009
If the multi fuse is blown, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
7-42
Fuse/Relay Panel Description Instrument panel fuse panel
OOSEV078013K
Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay name and capacity.
i Information
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle; the information is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse box on your vehicle, refer to the fuse box label.
7
OOSEV078068N
7-43
Maintenance
Maintenance
Instrument panel fuse panel
Fuse Name MODULE 5
Fuse Rating
Protected Component
7.5A
Electro Chromic Mirror, Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Crash Pad Switch, Head Lamp LH, Front Air Ventilation Seat Module, Front Seat Warmer Module
MODULE 3
7.5A
Stop Lamp Switch, BCM
SUNROOF
TAIL GATE OPEN
P/WINDOW LH
MULTI MEDIA
P/WINDOW RH
P/SEAT(DRV)
20A
Sunroof Unit
10A
Tail Gate Relay
25A
Power Window LH Relay, Driver Safety Power Window Module
15A
Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit
25A
Power Window RH Relay, Passenger Safety Power Window Module
25A
Driver Seat Manual Switch, Driver Lumbar Support Switch
P/SEAT(PASS) MODULE 4 PDM 3
25A 7.5A 7.5A
Passenger Seat Manual Switch
Blind-Spot Collision Warning Unit LH/RH, BCM, Crash Pad Switch, Vess Unit (Speaker), Multifunction Front View Camera
Smart Key Control Module
SPARE
20A
Spare
7-44
Maintenance
Instrument panel fuse panel
Fuse Name
INTERIOR LAMP
Fuse Rating
Protected Component
7.5A
Glove Box Lamp, Vanity Lamp LH/RH, Room Lamp, Overhead Console Lamp, Wiresess Charger Unit, Luggage Lamp
MEMORY 2
7.5A
Vess Unit (Speaker), Electronic Refrigerant Reduced Pressure Valve
B/ALARM HORN
10A
Not Used
MEMORY 1
10A
A/C Control Module, Head Up Display, Instrument Cluster, BCM, Rain Sensor
SPARE
20A
Spare
AMP
30A
AMP
MODULE 6
7.5A
Smart Key Control Module, BCM
MDPS
7.5A
MDPS Unit
MODULE 1
7.5A
Active Air Flap, Hazard Switch, Data Link Connector, ICM Relay Box (Outside Mirror Folding/Unfolding Relay)
7
MODULE 7
7.5A
Front Air Ventilation Seat Module, Front Seat Warmer Module
A/BAG IND
BRAKE SWITCH
7.5A 7.5A
Instrument Cluster, A/C Control Module Stop Lamp Switch, Smart Key Control Module
7-45
Maintenance
Instrument panel fuse panel
Fuse Name Fuse Rating
START
7.5A
Smart Key Control Module, EPCU
Protected Component
CLUSTER
7.5A
Head Up Display, Instrument Cluster
DOOR LOCK
20A
Door Lock Relay, Door Unlock Relay, ICM Relay Box (Two Turn Unlock Relay)
PDM 2
7.5A
Start/Stop Button Switch
FCA
10A
Forward Collision Avoidance Assist Unit
S/HEATER
20A
Front Seat Warmer Module, Front Air Ventilation Seat Module
SPARE
20A
Spare
A/C
7.5A
A/C Control Module, Cluster Ionizer
PDM 1
15A
Smart Key Control Module
E-SHIFTER
10A
Shift Select Switch (SBW), Front Console Switch
AIR BAG
15A
SRS Control Module, Passenger Occupant Detection Sensor
IG1
25A
PCB Block(FUSE : IEB 3, EPCU 2)
7-46
Instrument panel fuse panel
Fuse Name MODULE 2
Fuse Rating
Protected Component
10A
Wiresess Charger Unit, Smart Key Control Module, BCM, Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Power Outlet #1, AMP, Power Outside Mirror Switch
WASHER
15A
Muntifunction Switch
WIPER (LO/HI)
10A
BCM
WIPER RR
15A
Rear Wiper Relay, Rear Wiper Motor
WIPER FRT
25A
Front Wiper Motor, E/R Junction Block (Front Wiper(Low) Relay)
HEATED MIRROR
POWER OUTLET
10A
Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror, A/C Control Module
20A
Power Outlet #2
SPARE
15A
Spare
HEATED STEERING
15A
BCM
7
Maintenance
7-47
Maintenance
Motor compartment fuse panel
OOSEV078016
Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay name and capacity.
i Information
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle; the information is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label.
7-48
OOSEV078069N
Motor compartment fuse panel
Fuse Name
Fuse Rating
Protected Component
MULTI FUSE-3
MAIN MDPS
150A E/R Junction Block (Fuse - IEB 1, IEB 2, CHARGER 1), EPCU (LDC) 80A MDPS Unit
B+ 5
60A PCB Block ((Fuse - BATTERY MANAGEMENT, HORN, EPCU 1, H/LAMP), IG3 MAIN Relay)
B+ 2
60A IGPM ((Fuse - S/HEATER), IPS0, IPS1, IPS2)
B+ 3
60A IGPM (IPS3, IPS5, IPS6, IPS7, IPS8)
MULTI FUSE-1
B+ 4
COOLING FAN
50A
IGPM (Fuse - P/WINDOW LH, P/WINDOW RH, TAIL GATE OPEN, SUNROOF, AMP, P/SEAT (DRV), P/SEAT (PASS))
60A E/R Junction Block (Cooling Fan Relay)
REAR HEATED
40A E/R Junction Block (Rear Heated Relay)
IG1
40A E/R Junction Block (PDM (IG1) 2 Relay, PDM (ACC) 1 Relay)
7
IG2
40A E/R Junction Block (PDM (IG2) 3 Relay)
MULTI FUSE-2
IEB 4 BLOWER
40A Electronic Brake Control Module 40A E/R Junction Block (Blower Relay)
Maintenance
7-49
Maintenance
Motor compartment fuse panel
Fuse Name
Fuse Rating
OBC
10A OBC
Protected Component
CHARGER 2
10A ICM Relay Box (Charge Lock/Unlock Relay), CCM Unit
FUSE
IG3 5 B+ 1 E-SHIFTER 1
20A E/R Junction Block (IG3 1 Relay, IG3 2 Relay)
40A
IGPM ((Fuse - BRAKE SWITCH, MODULE 1, PDM 1, PDM 2, DOOR LOCK), Leak Current Autocut Device)
40A E/R Junction Block (Fuse - E-SHIFTER, E-Shifter Relay)
CHARGER 1
10A Charge Connector Door Module
IEB 1
40A Electronic Brake Control Module, Multipurpose Check Connector
IEB 2 IG3 3 PCB Block E-SHIFTER 3
40A Electronic Brake Control Module
10A
E/R Junction Block (Cooling Fan Relay, Blower Relay), Electronic A/C Compressor, 3Way Coolant Control Valve LH/RH
10A SCU
IG3 1
15A E/R Junction Block (IG3 1 Relay, IG3 2 Relay)
7-50
Motor compartment fuse panel
Fuse Name
ELECTRICAL WATER PUMP
Fuse Rating 15A Electronic Water Pump
IG3 2
10A BMU, OBC, EPCU
Protected Component
EPCU 1
15A EPCU
H/LAMP HI
10A Head Lamp (High) Relay
PCB Block
EPCU 2
10A EPCU
IEB 3
10A Electronic Brake Control Module, Multipurpose Check Connector
Active Air Flap, CCM Unit, Charge Connector Door Module, Air Conditioning PTC Heater,
IG3 4
10A Crash Pad Switch, A/C Control Module, Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Instrument Cluster,
IGPM
BATTERY MANAGEMENT
15A
BMU
7
HORN
15A Horn Relay
Maintenance
7-51
Maintenance
Motor compartment fuse panel (Battery terminal cover)
OOSEV078019
Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay name and capacity.
i Information
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle; the information is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label.
OPD076065
NOTICE
After checking the fuse panel in the motor compartment, securely install the cover. If it is not securely latched, electrical failure may occur from water contact.
7-52
LIGHT BULBS
Consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer to replace most vehicle light bulbs. It is difficult to replace vehicle light bulbs because other parts of the vehicle must be removed before you can get to the bulb. This is especially true for removing the headlamp assembly to get to the bulb(s).
NOTICE
Light replacement
Be sure to replace the burned out bulb with one of the same wattage rating. Otherwise, it may cause damage to the fuse or electric wiring system.
The removable level may differ depending on lamp size, lamp position and environmental condition. However, if moisture is not removed, we recommend that your vehicle is inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Removing/installing the headlamp
i Information
assembly can result in damage to NOTICE
the vehicle.
Headlamp lens
· A normally functioning lamp may flicker momentarily to stabilize the
WARNING · Prior to replacing a lamp,
To prevent damage, do not clean the headlamp lens with chemical solvents or strong detergents.
vehicle's electrical control system. However, if the lamp goes out after flickering momentarily, or continues to flicker, we recommend the
depress the foot brake, shift to P (Park), apply the parking
i Information
system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
brake, place the POWER but- The headlamp and tail lamp lenses · The position lamp may not turn on
ton in the OFF position and could appear frosty if the vehicle is when the position lamp switch is
take the key with you when washed after driving or the vehicle is leaving the vehicle to avoid driven at night in wet weather. This
turned on, but the position lamp and headlamp switch may turn on when
7
sudden movement of the vehi- condition is caused by temperature the headlamp switch is turned on.
cle and to prevent possible difference between the lamp inside This may be caused by network fail-
electric shock.
and outside and, it does not indicate a ure or vehicle electrical control sys-
· Be aware the bulbs may be problem with your vehicle. When tem malfunction. If this occurs, we
hot and may burn your fin- moisture condenses in the lamp, it will recommend the system be checked
gers.
be removed after driving with the by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
headlamp on.
Maintenance
7-53
Maintenance
Headlamp, Daytime Running Light (DRL), Cornering Lamp, Parking Lamp, Turn Signal Lamp and Side Marker
Type A Standard type
Headlamp
High beam
3. Remove the headlamp bulb cover by turning it counterclockwise.
4. Remove the bulb socket from the headlamp assembly by turning it counterclockwise
5. Disconnect the headlamp bulb socket-connector.
6. Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
OOSEV078020N
(1) Headlamp (High) (2) Headlamp (Low) (3) Daytime Running Light (DRL)/
Parking lamp (4) Turn signal lamp (5) Side marker
Low beam
OOSEV078021
OOSEV078022
1. Open the hood. 2. Disconnect the negative battery
cable.
i Information
The headlamp aiming should be adjusted after an accident or after the headlamp assembly is reinstalled at an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
7-54
Maintenance
WARNING
· Always handle them carefully, and avoid scratches and abrasions. If the bulbs are lit, avoid contact with liquids.
Turn signal lamp
· Never touch the glass with bare hands. Residual oil may cause the bulb to overheat and burst when lit.
· A bulb should be operated only when installed in a headlamp.
· If a bulb becomes damaged or
cracked, replace it immediately
and carefully dispose of it.
OLMB073042L
OOSEV078023
Halogen bulb
Daytime running light
1. Open the hood.
· Handle halogen bulbs with care. Halogen bulbs contain pressurized gas that will produce flying pieces of glass that could cause injuries if
(DRL)/Position lamp
If the lamp (LED) does not operate, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket
broken.
· Wear eye protection when changing a bulb. Allow the bulb to cool down before han-
The LED lamps cannot be replaced as a single unit because it is an integrated unit. The LED lamps has to be replaced with the unit.
counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly.
4. Remove the bulb from the socket
7
dling it.
A skilled technician should check or
by pressing it in and rotating it
repair the LED lamp, for it may dam-
counterclockwise until the tabs on
age related parts of the vehicle.
the bulb align with the slots in the
socket. Pull the bulb out of the
socket.
7-55
Maintenance
5. Install a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place.
6. Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly.
7. Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise.
Side marker
1. Open the hood.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly.
4. Remove the bulb from the socket by pulling out the bulb.
5. Insert a new bulb.
6. Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
Type B - LED type
OOSEV078025N
(1) Cornering lamp (Low beam assist)
(2) Headlamp (Low/High) (3) Daytime Running Light (DRL)/
Parking lamp (4) Turn signal lamp (5) Side marker
7-56
Cornering lamp (Low beam assist)
i Information
The headlamp aiming should be adjusted after an accident or after the headlamp assembly is reinstalled at an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
Maintenance
OOSEV078037
1. Open the hood.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the headlamp bulb cover by turning it counterclockwise.
4. Remove the bulb socket from the headlamp assembly by turning it counterclockwise
5. Disconnect the headlamp bulb socket-connector.
6. Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
OLMB073042L
Halogen bulb
· Handle halogen bulbs with
care. Halogen bulbs contain
pressurized gas that will pro-
duce flying pieces of glass
that could cause injuries if
broken.
7
· Wear eye protection when
changing a bulb. Allow the
bulb to cool down before han-
dling it.
7-57
Maintenance
· Always handle them carefully, and avoid scratches and abrasions. If the bulbs are lit, avoid contact with liquids.
· Never touch the glass with bare hands. Residual oil may cause the bulb to overheat and burst when lit.
· A bulb should be operated only when installed in a headlamp.
· If a bulb becomes damaged or cracked, replace it immediately and carefully dispose of it.
Headlamp (Low/High) and Daytime Running Light (DRL)/Position lamp
If the lamp (LED) does not operate, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced as a single unit because it is an integrated unit. The LED lamps has to be replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or repair the LED lamp, for it may damage related parts of the vehicle.
Turn signal lamp
OOSEV078023
1. Open the hood. 2. Disconnect the negative battery
cable. 3. Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly. 4. Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket. Pull the bulb out of the socket.
7-58
5. Install a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place.
6. Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly.
7. Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise.
Side Repeater Lamp Replacement
Rear Combination Light Bulb Replacement
OOSEV078024
If the LED lamp (1) does not operate, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced as a single unit because it is an integrated unit. The LED lamps has to be replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or repair the LED lamp, for it may damage related parts of the vehicle.
(1) Stop/tail lamp (2) Stop/tail lamp (3) Turn signal lamp (4) Backup lamp (5) Side marker
OOSEV078031N
7
Maintenance
7-59
Maintenance
Stop/tail lamp and side marker
If the lamp (LED) does not operate, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced as a single unit because it is an integrated unit. The LED lamps has to be replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or repair the LED lamp, for it may damage related parts of the vehicle.
High Mounted Stop Lamp Bulb Replacement
License Plate Light Bulb Replacement
Turn signal lamp and backup lamp
If the lamp does not operate, have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
OOSEV078032
If the LED lamp (1) does not operate, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced as a single unit because it is an integrated unit. The LED lamps has to be replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or repair the LED lamp, for it may damage related parts of the vehicle.
OOSEV078033
1. Loosen the lens retaining screws with a cross-tip screwdriver.
2. Remove the lens. 3. Remove the socket by turning it
counterclockwise. 4. Remove the bulb by pulling it
straight out. 5. Install a new bulb. 6. Reinstall in the reverse order.
7-60
Interior Light Bulb Replacement
Map lamp, room lamp and luggage compartment lamp (LED type)
Map lamp
Luggage compartment lamp
Map lamp, room lamp, vanity mirror lamp and luggage compartment lamp (Bulb type)
Map lamp · Typed A
Maintenance
Room lamp
OOSEV078066 OOSEV078036
OOSEV078038
If the lamp (LED) does not operate, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced as a single unit because it is an integrated unit. The LED lamps has to be replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or repair the LED lamp, for it may damage related parts of the vehicle.
· Typed B
OOS077053
7
OOSEV048047
7-61
Maintenance
Room lamp
Vanity mirror lamp
Luggage compartment lamp
WARNING
Prior to working on the Interior Lights, ensure that the lamp is off to avoid burning your fingers or receiving an electric shock.
OOS077054
OOSEV078034
1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently pry the lens from the interior lamp housing.
2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out.
3. Install a new bulb in the socket. 4. Align the lens tabs with the interi-
or lamp housing notches and snap the lens into place.
NOTICE
Use care not to dirty or damage lens, lens tab, and plastic housings.
OOS077046
7-62
APPEARANCE CARE
Exterior Care
High-pressure washing
Protecting your vehicle's finish
Exterior general caution
It is very important to follow the label directions when using any chemical cleaner or polish. Read all warning and caution statements that appear on the label.
· When using high-pressure washers, make sure to maintain sufficient distance from the vehicle. Insufficient clearance or excessive pressure can lead to component damage or water penetration.
· Do not spray the camera, sensors or its surrounding area directly with a high pressure washer. Shock applied from high pressure water may cause the device to not operate normally.
Washing
To help protect your vehicle's finish from rust and deterioration, wash it thoroughly and frequently at least once a month with lukewarm or cold water.
If you use your vehicle for off-road driving, you should wash it after each off-road trip. Pay special attention to the removal of any accumulation of salt, dirt, mud, and other foreign materials. Make sure the drain holes
· Do not bring the nozzle tip close to in the lower edges of the doors and
boots (rubber or plastic covers)or rocker panels are kept clear and
connectors as they may be dam- clean.
aged if they come into contact with Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,
high pressure water.
industrial pollution and similar
· Do not use any high-pressure noz- deposits can damage your vehicle's
zles, which induce either one- finish if not removed immediately. direct water stream or water Even prompt washing with plain
7
swirling.
water may not completely remove all
these deposits. A mild soap, safe for
use on painted surfaces, should be
used.
Maintenance
7-63
Maintenance
After washing, rinse the vehicle thoroughly with lukewarm or cold water. Do not allow soap to dry on the finish.
WARNING
After washing the vehicle, test the brakes while driving slowly to see if they have been affected by water before getting on the road. If braking performance is impaired, dry the brakes by applying them lightly while maintaining a slow forward speed.
NOTICE
· Do not use strong soap, chemical detergents or hot water, and do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight or when the body of the vehicle is warm.
· Be careful when washing the side windows of your vehicle.
Especially, with high-pressure water, water may leak through the windows and wet the interior.
· To prevent damage to the plastic parts, do not clean with chemical solvents or strong detergents.
· To prevent damage to the charging door, make sure to close and lock the vehicle doors when washing (high-pressure washing, automatic car washing, etc.) the vehicle.
OOSEV078041N
NOTICE
· Water washing in the motor compartment including high pressure water washing may cause the failure of electrical circuits located in the motor compartment.
· Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electrical/electronic components inside the vehicle as this may damage them.
7-64
Maintenance
NOTICE
Waxing
NOTICE
Matte paint finish vehicle (if equipped)
Automatic car wash which uses rotating brushes should not be used as this can damage the surface of your vehicle. A steam cleaner which washes the vehicle
A good coat of wax provides a barrier between your paint and environmental contamination.
Keeping a good coat of wax on your vehicle will help protect it.
Wax the vehicle when water will no longer bead on the paint.
· Wiping dust or dirt off the body with a dry cloth will scratch the finish.
· Do not use steel wool, abrasive cleaners, or strong detergents containing highly alkaline or caustic agents on chrome-plat-
surface at high temperature may Always wash and dry the vehicle ed or anodized aluminum parts.
result the oil to adhere and leave before waxing. Use a good quality This may result in damage to the
stains that is difficult to remove. liquid or paste wax, and follow the protective coating and cause
Use a soft cloth (e.g. microfiber manufacturer's instructions. Wax all towel or sponge) when washing metal trim to protect it and to mainyour vehicle and dry with a tain its luster.
discoloration or paint deterioration.
microfiber towel. When you hand Removing oil, tar, and similar materi- NOTICE
wash your vehicle, you should not use a cleaner that finishes with wax. If the vehicle surface is too
als with a spot remover will usually strip the wax from the finish. Be sure to re-wax these areas even if the rest
Matte paint finish vehicle (if equipped)
dirty (sand, dirt, dust, contami- of the vehicle does not yet need wax- Do not use any polish protector
nant, etc.), clean the surface with ing. water before washing the car.
such as a detergent, an abrasive 7
and a polish. In case wax is
applied, remove the wax immedi-
ately using a silicon remover and
if any tar or tar contaminant is on
the surface use a tar remover to
clean. However, be careful not to
apply too much pressure on the
painted area.
7-65
Maintenance
Repairing your vehicle's finish Deep scratches or stone chips in the painted surface must be repaired promptly. Exposed metal will quickly rust and may develop into a major repair expense.
NOTICE
If your vehicle is damaged and requires any metal repair or replacement, be sure the body shop applies anti-corrosion materials to the parts repaired or replaced.
Bright-metal maintenance
· To remove road tar and insects, use a tar remover, not a scraper or other sharp object.
· To protect the surfaces of brightmetal parts from corrosion, apply a coating of wax or chrome preservative and rub to a high luster.
· During winter weather or in coastal areas, cover the bright metal parts with a heavier coating of wax or preservative. If necessary, coat the parts with non-corrosive petroleum jelly or other protective compound.
Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbody and wheel openings with lukewarm or cold water once a month, after off-road driving and at the end of each winter. Pay special attention to these areas because it is difficult to see all the mud and dirt. It will do more harm than good to wet down the road grime without removing it. The lower edges of doors, rocker panels, and frame members have drain holes that should not be allowed to clog with dirt; trapped water in these areas can cause rusting.
NOTICE
Matte paint finish vehicle (if equipped)
In case of matte paint finish vehicles, it is impossible to modify only the damaged area and repair of the whole part is necessary. If the vehicle is damaged and painting is required, we recommend that you have your vehicle maintained and repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Take extreme care, as it is difficult to restore the quality after the repair.
7-66
Underbody maintenance
Corrosive materials used for ice and snow removal and dust control may collect on the underbody. If these materials are not removed, accelerated rusting can occur on underbody parts such as the fuel lines, frame, floor pan and exhaust system, even though they have been treated with rust protection.
WARNING
After washing the vehicle, test the brakes while driving slowly to see if they have been affected by water. If braking performance is impaired, dry the brakes by applying them lightly while maintaining a slow forward speed.
Aluminum wheel maintenance Corrosion protection
High-corrosion areas
The aluminum wheels are coated Protecting your vehicle from corro- If you live in an area where your vehi-
with a clear protective finish.
sion
cle is regularly exposed to corrosive
NOTICE
· Do not use abrasive cleaner, polishing compound, solvent, or wire brushes on aluminum wheels.
By using the most advanced design and construction practices to combat corrosion, HYUNDAI produces cars of the highest quality. However, this is only part of the job. To achieve the long-term corrosion resistance your vehicle can deliver, the owner's
materials, corrosion protection is particularly important. Some of the common causes of accelerated corrosion are road salts, dust control chemicals, ocean air and industrial pollution.
· Clean the wheel when it has cooperation and assistance is also Moisture breeds corrosion
cooled.
required.
Moisture creates the conditions in
· Use only a mild soap or neutral
which corrosion is most likely to
detergent, and rinse thoroughly with water. Also, clean the wheels after driving on salted roads.
· Do not wash the wheels with high-speed car wash brushes.
· Do not use any cleaners containing acid or alkaline detergents.
Common causes of corrosion
The most common causes of corrosion on your vehicle are:
· Road salt, dirt and moisture that is allowed to accumulate underneath the vehicle.
· Removal of paint or protective coatings by stones, gravel, abrasion or minor scrapes and dents which leave unprotected metal exposed to corrosion.
occur. For example, corrosion is accelerated by high humidity, particularly when temperatures are just above freezing. In such conditions, the corrosive material is kept in contact with the car surfaces by moisture that is slow to evaporate.+
Mud is particularly corrosive because it is slow to dry and holds moisture in contact with the vehicle. Although the mud appears to be dry, it can still retain the moisture and
7
promote corrosion.
Maintenance
7-67
Maintenance
High temperatures can also accelerate corrosion of parts that are not properly ventilated so the moisture can be dispersed. For all these reasons, it is particularly important to keep your vehicle clean and free of mud or accumulations of other materials. This applies not only to the visible surfaces but particularly to the underside of the vehicle.
To help prevent corrosion
Keep your car clean
The best way to prevent corrosion is to keep your vehicle clean and free of corrosive materials. Attention to the underside of the vehicle is particularly important.
· If you live in a high-corrosion area -- where road salts are used, near the ocean, areas with industrial pollution, acid rain, etc.--, you should take extra care to prevent corrosion. In winter, hose off the underside of your vehicle at least once a month and be sure to clean the underside thoroughly when winter is over.
· When cleaning underneath the vehicle, pay particular attention to the components under the fenders and other areas that are hidden from view. Do a thorough job; just dampening the accumulated mud rather than washing it away will accelerate corrosion rather than prevent it. Water under high pressure and steam are particularly effective in removing accumulated mud and corrosive materials.
· When cleaning lower door panels, rocker panels and frame members, be sure that drain holes are kept open so that moisture can escape and not be trapped inside to accelerate corrosion.
Keep your garage dry
Don't park your car in a damp, poorly ventilated garage. This creates a favorable environment for corrosion. This is particularly true if you wash your vehicle in the garage or drive it into the garage when it is still wet or covered with snow, ice or mud. Even a heated garage can contribute to corrosion unless it is well ventilated so moisture is dispersed.
Keep paint and trim in good condition
Scratches or chips in the finish should be covered with "touch-up" paint as soon as possible to reduce the possibility of corrosion. If bare metal is showing through, the attention of a qualified body and paint shop is recommended.
Bird droppings are highly corrosive and may damage painted surfaces in just a few hours. Always remove bird droppings as soon as possible.
7-68
Maintenance
Interior Care
Cleaning the upholstery and
Leather (if equipped)
Interior general precautions
interior trim
· Feature of Seat Leather
Prevent caustic solutions such as perfume and cosmetic oil, from contacting the interior parts because they may cause damage or discoloration. If they do contact the interior parts, wipe them off immediately.
Vinyl (if equipped)
Remove dust and loose dirt from vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with a vinyl cleaner.
- Natural leather is used in the fabrication of leather seats which may be included in your vehicle depending on trim level. Note that for leather material, each part may differ in thickness or density.
See the instructions for the proper Fabric (if equipped)
Wrinkles may appear as a natural
way to clean vinyl. NOTICE
Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner. Clean with a mild soap solu-
result of stretching and shrinking depending on the temperature and humidity.
· Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electrical/electronic components inside the vehicle as this may damage them.
· When cleaning leather products (steering wheel, seats etc.), use neutral detergents or low alco-
tion recommended for upholstery or carpets. Remove fresh spots immediately with a fabric spot cleaner. If fresh spots do not receive immediate attention, the fabric can be stained and its color can be affected. Also, its fire-resistant properties can be reduced if the material is not properly maintained.
- The seat is made of stretchable fabric to improve comfort.
- The parts contacting the body are curved and the side supporting area is high which provides driving comfort and stability.
- Wrinkles may appear naturally
from usage.
7
hol content solutions. If you use
high alcohol content solutions or acid/alkaline detergents, the
NOTICE
color of the leather may fade or Using anything but recommended
the surface may get stripped off. cleaners and procedures may
affect the fabric's appearance and
fire-resistant properties.
7-69
Maintenance
CAUTION
· Wrinkles or abrasions which appear naturally from usage are not covered by warranty.
· Belts with metallic accessories, zippers or keys inside the back pocket may damage the seat fabric.
· Make sure not to wet the seat. It may change the nature of natural leather.
· Jeans or clothes which could bleach may contaminate the surface of the seat covering fabric.
· Caring for the leather seats
- Vacuum the seat periodically to remove dust and sand on the seat. It will prevent abrasion or damage of the leather and maintain its quality.
- Wipe the natural leather seat cover often with dry or soft cloth.
- Use of proper leather protective may prevent abrasion of the cover and helps maintain the color. Be sure to read the instructions and consult a specialist when using leather coating or protective agent.
- Light colored (beige, cream beige) leather is easily contaminated and the stain is noticeable. Clean the seats frequently.
- Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It may cause the surface to crack.
· Cleaning the leather seats
- Remove all contaminations instantly. Refer to instructions below for removal of each contaminant.
- Cosmetic products (sunscreen, foundation, etc.)
Apply cleansing cream on a cloth and wipe the contaminate spot. Wipe off the cream with a wet cloth and remove water with a dry cloth.
- Beverages (coffee, soft drink, etc.)
Apply a small amount of neutral detergent and wipe until contaminations do not smear.
- Oil
Remove oil instantly with absorbable cloth and wipe with stain remover used only for natural leather.
- Chewing gum
Harden the gum with ice and remove gradually.
7-70
Cleaning the seat belt webbing
Clean the belt webbing with any mild soap solution recommended for cleaning upholstery or carpet. Follow the instructions provided with the soap. Do not bleach or re-dye the webbing because this may weaken the seat belt.
Cleaning the interior window glass
If the interior glass surfaces of the vehicle become fogged (that is, covered with an oily, greasy or waxy film), they should be cleaned with glass cleaner. Follow the directions on the glass cleaner container.
NOTICE
Do not scrape or scratch the inside of the rear window. This may result in damage to the rear window defroster grid.
7
7-71
Maintenance
Maintenance
CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE NOTICE
Perchlorate Material-special handling may apply, See: www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate. Notice to California Vehicle Dismantlers: Perchlorate containing materials, such as air bag inflators, seatbelt pretensioners and keyless remote entry batteries, must be disposed of according to Title 22 California Code of Regulations Section 67384.10 (a).
7-72
Specifications & Consumer information
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
Dimensions ..............................................................8-2 Electric Vehicle Specifications.............................8-2 Bulb Wattage ..........................................................8-3 Tires and Wheels ...................................................8-4 Volume and Weight................................................8-5 Air Conditioning System........................................8-5 Recommended Lubricants and Capacities ..........8-6 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) ...................8-7 Vehicle Certification Label....................................8-7 Tire Specification and Pressure Label................8-8 Motor Number ........................................................8-8 Refrigerant Label...................................................8-8 Consumer Information...........................................8-9 Reporting Safety Defects ...................................8-10
8
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
DIMENSIONS
Overall length Overall width Overall height Front tread Rear tread Wheelbase *1 : with roof rack
Items
in (mm) 164.6 (4180) 70.9 (1800) 61.2 (1555) / 61.8 (1570) *1 61.6 (1564) 62.0 (1575) 102.4 (2600)
ELECTRIC VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS
Motor
Max. Output 150 kW
Max. Torque 395 Nm
OBC : On-Board Battery Chargers
Battery (Lithium-Ion Polymer)
Capacity 64 kWh
Power Output 170 kW
Voltage 356 V
Charger (OBC)
Max. Output 7.2 kW
8-2
BULB WATTAGE
Front Rear Interior
Light bulb
Type A
Headlamp
Low High
Type B
Headlamp
Low/High
Cornering lamp (Low beam assist)
Turn signal lamp
Daytime running light (DRL)/Position lamp
Side marker
Side repeater lamp
Tail/Stop lamp
Turn signal lamp
Backup lamp
Side marker
License plate lamp
High mounted stop lamp
Map lamp
Type A Type B
Room lamp
Type A Type B
Vanity mirror lamp
Luggage compartment lamp
Type A Type B
Bulb type H7 H7 LED H7
PY21W LED LED LED LED
PY21W P21W LED W5W LED W10W LED FESTOON LED FESTOON FESTOON LED
Wattage
55
55
LED
55
21
LED
LED
LED
LED
21
21
LED
5
LED
10
LED
8
LED
5
8
10
LED
8-3
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
TIRES AND WHEELS
Items Full size tire
Tire Size Wheel Size 215/55 R17 7.0J X 17
Inflation Pressure kPa (psi)
Normal Load
Front
Rear
Maximum Load
Front
Rear
Wheel Lug Nut Torque kgf·m
(lbf·ft, N·m)
250 (36)
250 (36)
250 (36)
250 (36)
11~13 (79~94, 07~127)
If your vehicle is not equipped with a compact spare tire, your vehicle will be equipped with a Tire Mobility Kit.
NOTICE
· It is permissible to add 3 psi to the standard tire pressure specification if colder temperatures are expected soon.
Tires typically loose 1psi (7kPa) for every 12°F temperature drop. If extreme temperature variations are expected, recheck your tire pressure as necessary to keep them properly inflated.
· An air pressure generally decreases, as you drive up to a high-altitude area above sea level. Thus, if you plan to drive a high-altitude area, check the tire pressures in advance. If necessary, inflate them to a proper level. (Air inflation per altitude : +2.4 psi/1 mile)
CAUTION
When replacing tires, use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle. Using tires of a different size can damage the related parts or not work properly.
8-4
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
VOLUME AND WEIGHT
Gross Vehicle Weight 4762 lbs. (2160 kg)
Luggage Volume
Min. 19.2 cu ft (544 l)
Max. 45.7 cu ft (1296 l)
AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
Items
Weight of Volume
Classification
Refrigerant
With standard climate control system
oz. (g) With inner condenser With heat pump
19.4 ± 0.9 (550 ± 25) 22.9 ± 0.9 (650 ± 25) 35.3 ± 0.9 (1000 ± 25)
R-1234yf
Compressor lubricant
oz. (cc) 6.34 ± 0.35 (180 ± 10)
POE
8
Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for more details.
8-5
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES
To help achieve proper vehicle performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality. These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.
Lubricant Reduction gear fluid
Coolant
Without heat pump With heat pump
Volume
1.0 ~ 1.1 US qt. (1.0 ~ 1.1 l)
13.2 ~ 13.7 US qt. (12.5 ~13 l)
13.7 ~ 14.2 US qt. (13 ~13.4 l)
Classification 70W, API GL-4, TCGO-9(MS517-14)
Designated coolant water for electric vehicles
Brake fluid
0.74~0.85 US qt. (0.7~0.8 l)
SAE J1704 DOT-4 LV, FMVSS 116 DOT-4, ISO 4925 CLASS-6
8-6
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN)
Frame number
VIN label
VEHICLE CERTIFICATION LABEL
OOS087001
The vehicle identification number (VIN) is the number used in registering your car and in all legal matters pertaining to its ownership, etc.
The number is punched on the floor under the passenger seat. To check the number, open the cover.
OOS087006L
The VIN is also on a plate attached to the top of the dashboard. The number on the plate can easily be seen through the windshield from outside.
OOS087002
The vehicle certification label attached on the driver's side center pillar gives the Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).
8
8-7
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
TIRE SPECIFICATION AND PRESSURE LABEL
MOTOR NUMBER
REFRIGERANT LABEL (IF EQUIPPED)
OOS087003
The tires supplied on your new vehicle are chosen to provide the best performance for normal driving.
The tire label located on the driver's side center pillar gives the tire pressures recommended for your car.
OOSEV088001
The motor number is stamped on the motor block as shown in the drawing. The motor number can be seen from under the vehicle.
OOSEV088003N
The refrigerant label provides information such as refrigerant type and amount.
The label is located on the underside of the hood.
8-8
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
CONSUMER INFORMATION
This consumer information has been prepared in accordance with regulations issued by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration of the U.S. Department of Transportation.Your HYUNDAI dealer will help answer any questions you may have as you read this information.
HYUNDAI motor vehicles are designed and manufactured to meet or exceed all applicable safety standards.
For your safety, however, we strongly urge you to read and follow all directions in this Owner's Manual, particularly the information under the headings "NOTICE", "CAUTION" and "WARNING".
If, after reading this manual, you have any questions regarding the operation of your vehicle, please contact your nearest HYUNDAI Motor America Regional Office as listed in the following:
Eastern Region:
South Central Region:
Western Region:
Connecticut, Delaware,
Alabama, Arkansas, Louisiana, Alaska, Hawaii, Arizona, California,
Maine, Massachusetts, New Mississippi, New Mexico, Oklahoma, Colorado, Idaho, Montana, Nevada,
Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, Tennessee, Texas.
Oregon, Utah, Washington,
Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont. Eastern Region 1122 Cranbury South River Road Jamesburg, NJ 08831 (800) 633-5151
South Central Region
1421 South Beltline Road, Suite 400 Coppell, TX 75019
(800) 633-5151
Wyoming.
Western Region
10550 Talbert Avenue P.O.Box 20850 Fountain Valley, California 92728-0850
Central Region:
(800) 633-5151
Southern Region:
Florida, Georgia, Maryland, North Carolina, South Carolina, Virginia, West Virginia.
Illinois, Indiana, lowa, Kentucky, Michigan, Minnesota, Nebraska, North Dakota, South Dakota, Ohio, Wisconsin, Kansas, Missouri.
8
Southern Region
Central Region
3025 Chastain Meadows Parkway 2 Trans Am Plaza Dr #500 Oakbrook
Suite 100 Marietta, GA 30066
Terrace, IL 60181
(800) 633-5151
(800) 633-5151
8-9
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA. To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888- 327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; download the SaferCar mobile application; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA
1200 New Jersey Ave, SE, West Building Washington, D.C. 20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://www.safercar.gov. If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA.
8-10
Index
I
Index
A
Air bag warning labels....................................................2-71 Air bags...........................................................................2-47
Additional safety precautions.....................................2-69 Air bag collision sensors ............................................2-64 Air bag inflation conditions .......................................2-65 Air bag non-inflation conditions ................................2-66 Air bag warning labels ...............................................2-69 Curtain air bags ..........................................................2-51 Driver's air bag ...........................................................2-49 How does the air bags system operate? .....................2-52 Occupant Classification System (OCS) .....................2-57 Passenger's front air bag.............................................2-49 Side air bags ...............................................................2-50 SRS Care ....................................................................2-68 SRS components and functions..................................2-52 SRS warning light ......................................................2-53 What to expect after an air bag inflates .....................2-56 Why didn't my air bag go off in a collision ...............2-63 Air conditioning system specification ..............................8-5 Air ventilated seats .........................................................2-22 Airconditioning system .................................................3-119 Alarm system ..................................................................3-15 Antenna .............................................................................4-3 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ......................................5-40
Appearance care..............................................................7-63 Exterior care ...............................................................7-63 Interior care ................................................................7-69
Armrest ...........................................................................2-15 Audio / Video / Navigation system ..................................4-4 Auto defogging system .................................................3-133 Auto hold ........................................................................5-36 Auto light position ..........................................................3-97 Automatic climate control system ................................3-119
Air conditioning .......................................................3-127 Air intake control .....................................................3-125 Automatic heating and air conditioning...................3-120 Climate control information screen selection button .3-127 Driver only ...............................................................3-126 Fan speed control .....................................................3-126 Fresh mode ...............................................................3-125 HEAT button.............................................................3-127 Manual heating and air conditioning .......................3-121 Mode selection .........................................................3-122 OFF mode.................................................................3-128 Recirculation mode ..................................................3-125 System maintenance .................................................3-130 Temperature control .................................................3-124 Automatic ventilation ...................................................3-136 Auxiliary battery (12 volt) Battery recharging ......................................................7-21
I-2
B
Battery (12 volt)..............................................................7-21 Battery saver function...................................................3-105 Before driving ...................................................................5-4 Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW)............................5-62 Blue Link® center ...........................................................3-19 Bluetooth® Wireless Technology .....................................4-4 Bottle holder .................................................................3-139 Brake fluid ......................................................................7-13 Brake system...................................................................5-29
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)..................................5-40 Auto hold....................................................................5-36 Disc brakes wear indicator .........................................5-30 Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) ................................5-30 Electronic Stability Control (ESC).............................5-42 Good braking practices ..............................................5-47 Hill-start Assist Control (HAC) .................................5-47 Power brakes ..............................................................5-29 Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) .......................5-45 Bulb replacement ............................................................7-53 Daytime running lamp................................................7-54 Front position lamp ....................................................7-54 Front turn signal lamp ................................................7-54 Headlamp....................................................................7-54 High mounted stop lamp ............................................7-60 Interior light bulb .......................................................7-61 License plate light bulb ..............................................7-60
Rear combination light bulb.......................................7-59 Side repeater lamp .....................................................7-59 Bulb wattage .....................................................................8-3
C
Capacities (Lubricants) .....................................................3-6
Care
Exterior care ...............................................................7-63
Interior care ................................................................7-69
Tire care......................................................................7-24
Cargo area cover ...........................................................3-147
Center console storage ..................................................3-137
Central door lock switch.................................................3-12
Certification label .............................................................8-7
Chains
Tire chains ................................................................5-117
Charging door .................................................................3-45
Checking tire inflation pressure......................................7-26
Child restraint system (CRS) ..........................................2-36
Booster seats...............................................................2-39
Forward-facing child restraint system........................2-39
Installing a child restraint system (CRS) ...................2-39
Rearward-facing child restraint system......................2-38
Selecting a child restraint system (CRS) ...................2-37
Child-protector rear door lock ........................................3-14
Climate control air filter replacement.............................7-15
I
Clock .............................................................................3-144
I-3
Index
Index
Cluster ionizer...............................................................3-136 Coat hook......................................................................3-145 Combined instrument, see instrument cluster ................3-46 Consumer information ......................................................8-9 Coolant ............................................................................7-12 Cruise control system .....................................................5-89 Cup holder.....................................................................3-139 Curtain air bags...............................................................2-51
D
Dashboard illumination, see instrument panel illumination ...................................................................3-47
Dashboard, see instrument cluster ..................................3-46 Daytime Running Light (DRL) ......................................3-99 Declaration of conformity .............................................5-75 Defogging (Windshield) ...............................................3-132 Defroster .......................................................................3-135
Rear window defroster .............................................3-135 Defrosting (Windshield) ...............................................3-132 Dimensions .......................................................................8-2 Display illumination, see instrument panel illumination ..3-47 Displays, see instrument cluster .....................................3-46 Distance to empty ..........................................................3-51 Door locks.......................................................................3-10
Auto door lock/unlock features..................................3-13 Central door lock switch ............................................3-12 Child-protector rear door lock....................................3-14
Drinks holders, see cup holders....................................3-139 Drive mode system ........................................................5-48 Driver Attention Warning (DAW) .................................5-83 Driver's air bag................................................................2-49 Driving at night .............................................................5-113 Driving in flooded areas ...............................................5-114 Driving in the rain.........................................................5-113
E
Electric Power Steering (EPS)........................................3-16 Electric vehicle specifications ..........................................8-2 Electrochromic mirror (ECM) with HomeLink® system,
compass and Blue Link® ..............................................3-20 Electronic Parking Brake (EPB).....................................5-30 Electronic Stability Control (ESC) .................................5-42 Emergency towing ..........................................................6-23 EPB (Electronic Parking Brake).....................................5-30 EV dive motor compartment ............................................7-3 EV drive motor compartment ...........................................1-6 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items.................7-11 Exterior care....................................................................7-63 Exterior overview
Front view ....................................................................1-2 Rear view......................................................................1-3
I-4
F
Flat tire Tire Mobility Kit (TMK)............................................6-14
Floor mat anchor(s).......................................................3-145 Fluid
Brake fluid..................................................................7-13 Washer fluid ...............................................................7-14 Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)...................5-49 Front seat adjustment ........................................................2-6 Manual adjustment .......................................................2-7 Power adjustment .........................................................2-9 Seatback pocket..........................................................2-12 Front seat head restraints Adjusting the height up and down .............................2-17 Removal/Reinstall ......................................................2-18 Front windshield washers .............................................3-112 Front windshield wipers................................................3-110 Fuse switch .....................................................................7-41 Fuse/relay panel description Battery terminal cover................................................7-52 Instrument panel fuse panel .......................................7-43 Motor compartment fuse panel ..................................7-48 Fuses ...............................................................................7-39 Fuse switch .................................................................7-41 Fuse/relay panel description.......................................7-43 Instrument panel fuse replacement.............................7-40 Motor compartment panel fuse replacement..............7-41 Multi fuse ...................................................................7-42
G
Glove box......................................................................3-137 Gross vehicle weight.........................................................8-5
H
Hazard warning flasher.....................................................6-2
Hazardous driving conditions .......................................5-112
Head restraint ..................................................................2-16
Front seat head restraints............................................2-17
Rear seat Head restraints............................................2-19
Headlamp delay function ..............................................3-105
Headlamp position ........................................................3-100
Headlight bulb replacement ............................................7-55
Head-up display ..............................................................3-96
Display information....................................................3-98
Display setting............................................................3-98
ON/OFF switch ..........................................................3-97
Heated steering wheel.....................................................3-18
Heater ............................................................................3-119
Height adjustment ...........................................................2-27
High Beam Assist (HBA) system .................................3-101
High beam operation.....................................................3-101
Highway driving ...........................................................5-114
Hill-start Assist Control (HAC) ......................................5-47 Hood................................................................................3-41
I
Horn ................................................................................3-18
How to use this manual ....................................................F-6
I-5
Index
Index
I
If the vehicle stalls at a crossroad or crossing..................6-2 If the vehicle stalls while driving .....................................6-2 If the vehicle will not start................................................6-3 If you have a flat tire ......................................................6-13 If you have a flat tire while driving..................................6-3 Immobilizer system...........................................................3-8 Important safety precautions.............................................2-2
Air bag hazards ............................................................2-2 Always wear your seat belt ..........................................2-2 Control your speed .......................................................2-3 Driver distraction..........................................................2-2 Keep your vehicle in safe condition.............................2-3 Restrain all children .....................................................2-2 In case of emergency while driving..................................6-2 Indicator light..................................................................3-53 Inside rearview mirror ....................................................3-19 Instrument cluster ...........................................................3-46 Assist mode ................................................................3-80 Gauges and meters .....................................................3-48 Instrument panel illumination ....................................3-47 LCD display control ...................................................3-78 LCD display messages ...............................................3-65 LCD display modes....................................................3-79 Master warning mode.................................................3-81 Regenerative braking level indicator .........................3-52
I-6
Shift indicator .............................................................3-52 Shift indicator pop-up ................................................3-52 Smart ECO pedal guide..............................................3-53 Trip computer mode ...................................................3-80 User settings mode .....................................................3-82 Warning and indicator lights ......................................3-53 Instrument panel fuse replacement .................................7-40 Instrument panel overview ...............................................1-5 Interior care.....................................................................7-68 Interior features Bottle holder .............................................................3-139 Cargo area cover.......................................................3-147 Clock ........................................................................3-144 Coat hook .................................................................3-145 Cup holder ................................................................3-139 Floor mat anchor(s) ..................................................3-145 Luggage net (holder) ................................................3-146 Power outlet..............................................................3-141 Sunvisor ....................................................................3-140 USB charger .............................................................3-142 Wireless cellular phone charging system .................3-142 Interior lamp AUTO cut................................................3-107 Interior lights.................................................................3-107 Front lamps...............................................................3-107 Interior lamp AUTO cut ...........................................3-107 Luggage compartment lamp.....................................3-108 Rear lamp .................................................................3-108 Vanity mirror lamp ...................................................3-109 Interior overview...............................................................1-4
J
LCD display messages Driving info display ...................................................3-65
Jump starting.....................................................................6-4
Aux. Battery Saver+ used while parked ....................3-73
Battery discharging due to external electrical devices .3-66
L
Charge immediately. Power limited ...........................3-74
Label Refrigerant label ...........................................................8-8 Tire sidewall labeling .................................................7-29 Tire specification and pressure label............................8-8 Vehicle certification label.............................................8-7
Lane change signals ......................................................3-104 Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) ..........................................5-76 Lap/shoulder belt ............................................................2-26 LCD display
Assist mode ................................................................3-80 Assist mode ................................................................3-80 LCD display modes....................................................3-79 Master warning mode.................................................3-81 Quick guide help ........................................................3-82 Trip computer mode ...................................................3-80
Charging door open....................................................3-72 Charging stopped. Check the AC/DC charger ...........3-72 Charging stopped. Check the cable connection .........3-73 Check Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system.3-69 Check brake light ......................................................3-69 Check BRAKE SWITCH fuse ...................................3-66 Check cornering lamp ................................................3-69 Check Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system ......3-70 Check electric vehicle system ....................................3-77 Check Forward Collision Avoidance Assist system...3-69 Check headlight..........................................................3-68 Check headlight LED .................................................3-69 Check High Beam Assist (HBA) system ...................3-69 Check Lane Keep Assist (LKA) system ....................3-70 Check regenerative brakes /
Stop vehicle and check regenerative brakes ............3-74
Turn By Turn (TBT) mode.........................................3-80
Check Smart Cruise Control System ........................3-70
User settings mode .....................................................3-82
Check turn signal........................................................3-69
LCD display control
Check virtual engine sound........................................3-77
Assist mode ................................................................3-80
Door, Hood, Liftgate open indicator .........................3-67
LCD display modes....................................................3-79 User settings mode .....................................................3-82
EV battery Overheated! Stop vehicle.........................3-75 Heated steering wheel turned off ...............................3-68
I
Key not detected.........................................................3-66
Index
I-7
Index
Key not in vehicle ......................................................3-65 Lights mode................................................................3-68 Low battery ................................................................3-74 Low EV battery temperature. Power limited .............3-75 Low key battery..........................................................3-66 Low outside temperature may limit power output.
Charge EV battery....................................................3-75 Low pressure ..............................................................3-67 Low washer fluid........................................................3-68 Power limited .............................................................3-76 Press brake pedal to start vehicle ...............................3-65 Press POWER button again .......................................3-66 Press POWER button with key ..................................3-66 Remaining time ..........................................................3-71 Shift to P.....................................................................3-66 Shift to P to charge .....................................................3-71 Shift to P to start vehicle ............................................3-66 Stop vehicle and check power supply ........................3-76 Sunroof open indicator ...............................................3-67 Unplug vehicle to start ...............................................3-71 Wiper mode ................................................................3-68 LCD display modes ........................................................3-79 Liftgate ............................................................................3-43 Light bulbs ......................................................................7-53 Lighting...........................................................................3-99
Lighting Auto light position......................................................3-99 Battery saver function ..............................................3-105 Daytime Running Light (DRL)..................................3-99 Headlamp delay function .........................................3-105 Headlamp position....................................................3-100 High Beam Assist (HBA) system ............................3-101 High beam operation ................................................3-101 Lane change signals .................................................3-104 Parking lamp position ..............................................3-100 Smart cornering lamp ...............................................3-106 Turn signals ..............................................................3-104
Lubricants and capacities..................................................8-6 Luggage compartment lamp .........................................3-108 Luggage net (holder).....................................................3-146 Luggage volume ...............................................................8-5
M
Maintenance Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ............7-11 Maintenance services ...................................................7-4 Maintenance under severe usage conditions..............7-10 Normal maintenance service ........................................7-8 Owner maintenance......................................................7-5 Scheduled maintenance services ..................................7-7 Tire maintenance ........................................................7-29
I-8
Maintenance services ........................................................7-4 Mirrors ............................................................................3-19
Adjusting the side view mirror...................................3-30 Blue Link® center.......................................................3-19 Electrochromic mirror (ECM) with HomeLink® system, compass and Blue Link® ............................................3-20 Folding the side view mirrors ....................................3-31 Inside rearview mirror................................................3-19 Side view mirrors .......................................................3-29 Moonroof, see sunroof....................................................3-36 Motor compartment panel fuse replacement ..................7-41 Motor number ...................................................................8-8 Multi fuse........................................................................7-42 Multimedia system............................................................4-2 Antenna ........................................................................4-3 Audio / Video / Navigation system ..............................4-4 USB and iPod ...............................................................4-2 Bluetooth® Wireless Technology ................................4-4 Steering wheel audio controls ......................................4-3
O
P
Paddle shifter ..................................................................5-19 Parking lamp position ...................................................3-100 Passenger's front air bag .................................................2-49 Power brakes...................................................................5-29 Power button .....................................................................5-6
Starting the vehicle.......................................................5-9 Turing off the vehicle .................................................5-10 Power outlet ..................................................................3-141 Power steering.................................................................3-16 Power window lock switch.............................................3-35 Power/Charge gauge .......................................................3-49 Pre-tensioner seat belt.....................................................2-29 Push button gear shift selector........................................5-11 Gear position ..............................................................5-11 Good driving practices ...............................................5-17 LCD display messages ...............................................5-14 Shift-lock system........................................................5-13 When the battery (12 V) is discharged ......................5-13
Occupant Classification System (OCS)..........................2-57 Odometer.........................................................................3-51 Outside temperature indicator.........................................3-50 Owner maintenance ..........................................................7-5
I
Index
I-9
Index
R
Range accumulated from Regenerative Braking ............3-51 Rear center seatbelt.........................................................2-29 Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) system .5-66 Rear seat adjustment .......................................................2-13
Armrest .......................................................................2-15 Folding the rear seat ...................................................2-13 Rear seat head restraints .................................................2-19 Adjusting the height up and down .............................2-20 Rear view monitor.........................................................3-114 Rear window wiper and washer....................................3-113 Auto rear wiper.........................................................3-113 Recommended cold tire inflation pressures ...................7-25 Recommended lubricants and capacities ..........................8-6 Reducing the risk of a rollover .....................................5-115 Refrigerant label ...............................................................8-8 Regenerative braking level indicator ..............................3-52 Regenerative braking system ..........................................5-19 One pedal driving .......................................................5-20 Removable towing hook .................................................6-21 Replacement light bulb ...................................................7-53 Reporting safety defects .................................................8-10 Reverse parking distance warning (PDW) ...................3-115 Rocking the vehicle.......................................................5-112 Rotation (Tire) ................................................................7-27
S
Safety messages................................................................F-6 Scheduled maintenance services.......................................7-7 Seat belt warning light
Driver's seat ................................................................2-24 Front passenger's seat ................................................2-25 Seat belts .........................................................................2-23 Additional seat belt safety precautions ......................2-32 Care of seat belts ........................................................2-35 Do not lie down..........................................................2-32 Height adjustment ......................................................2-27 Keep belts clean and dry ............................................2-35 Lap/shoulder belt........................................................2-26 One person per belt ....................................................2-32 Periodic inspection .....................................................2-35 Pre-tensioner seat belt ................................................2-29 Rear center seatbelt ....................................................2-29 Seat belt restraint system............................................2-26 Seat belt safety precautions........................................2-23 Seat belt use and children...........................................2-32 Seat belt use during pregnancy ..................................2-32 Seat belt warning light ...............................................2-24 Transporting an injured person ..................................2-32 When to replace seat belts..........................................2-35 Seat heaters .....................................................................2-20
I-10
Seats ..................................................................................2-4
Rocking the vehicle ..................................................5-112
Air ventilated seats .....................................................2-22
Smooth cornering .....................................................5-113
Front seat adjustment ...................................................2-6 Speedometer....................................................................3-48
Head restraint .............................................................2-16 Starting difficulties, see vehicle will not start ..................6-3
Rear seat adjustment ..................................................2-13 State of Charge (SOC) gauge for high voltage battery ..3-49
Safety precautions ........................................................2-5 Steering wheel
Seat heaters.................................................................2-20
Electric power steering (EPS) ....................................3-16
Shift-lock system ............................................................5-13
Heated steering wheel ................................................3-18
Side air bags....................................................................2-50
Horn ............................................................................3-17
Side view mirrors............................................................3-29
Power steering ............................................................3-16
Smart cornering lamp ...................................................3-106
Tilt steering / Telescopic steering...............................3-17
Smart Cruise Control (SCC)...........................................5-94 Steering wheel audio controls...........................................4-3
Smart ECO pedal guide ..................................................3-53 Storage compartment ....................................................3-137
Smart key ..........................................................................3-3
Center console storage .............................................3-137
Battery replacement......................................................3-7
Glove box .................................................................3-137
Locking.........................................................................3-3
Sunglass holder ........................................................3-138
Mechanical key ............................................................3-6 Sub speedometer .............................................................3-48
Unlocking .....................................................................3-4 Sunglass holder .............................................................3-138
Smart regeneration system..............................................5-21 Sunroof............................................................................3-36
Smooth cornering..........................................................5-113
Automatic reverse ......................................................3-37
Snow tires......................................................................5-116
Resetting the sunroof..................................................3-39
Special driving conditions
Sliding the sunroof .....................................................3-37
Driving at night ........................................................5-113
Sunroof open warning ................................................3-40
Driving in flooded areas...........................................5-114
Sunroof opening and closing......................................3-37
Driving in the rain ....................................................5-113
Sunshade.....................................................................3-39
Hazardous driving conditions...................................5-112
Tilting the sunroof ......................................................3-38
I
Highway driving.......................................................5-114 Sunvisor ........................................................................3-140
Reducing the risk of a rollover.................................5-115
Index
I-11
Index
T
Theft-alarm system .........................................................3-15 Tilt steering / Telescopic steering ...................................3-17 Tire chains.....................................................................5-117 Tire Mobility Kit (TMK) ................................................6-14 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) .......................6-7 Tire rotation ....................................................................7-27 Tire specification and pressure label ................................8-8 Tires and wheels .............................................................7-24
Checking tire inflation pressure .................................7-26 Recommended cold tire inflation pressures ...............7-25 Tire care......................................................................7-24 Tire maintenance ........................................................7-29 Tire replacement.........................................................7-28 Tire rotation ................................................................7-27 Tire sidewall labeling .................................................7-29 Tire terminology and definitions................................7-33 Tire traction ................................................................7-29 Wheel alignment and tire balance..............................7-28 Wheel replacement .....................................................7-29 Toque gauge ....................................................................3-49 Towing ............................................................................6-20 Emergency towing......................................................6-22 Flat towing ................................................................6-21 Removable towing hook ............................................6-21
Trip computer..................................................................3-92 Accumulated Info display ..........................................3-94 Average energy consumption .....................................3-93 Consumption info display ..........................................3-93 Digital speedometer....................................................3-95 Drive Info display ......................................................3-94 Driving style ...............................................................3-95 Energy flow ................................................................3-95 Instant energy consumption .......................................3-93
Turn signals...................................................................3-104
U
USB charger..................................................................3-142 User settings mode..........................................................3-82
V
Vanity mirror lamp........................................................3-109 Vehicle certification label .................................................8-7 Vehicle data collection and event data recorders .............F-8 Vehicle identification number (VIN) ................................8-7 Vehicle load limit ..........................................................5-120
Tire loading informations ........................................5-120 Vehicle modification.........................................................F-7 Vehicle Stability Management (VSM)............................5-45
I-12
W
Master warning light ..................................................3-61 Parking brake & brake fluid warning light ................3-56
Warning and indicator lights...........................................3-53
Power down warning light .........................................3-54
Air bag warning light .................................................3-55
Ready indicator light ..................................................3-53
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) warning light ...........3-57
Regenerative brake warning light ..............................3-55
AUTO HOLD indicator light .....................................3-59
Seat belt warning light ...............................................3-55
Charging indicator light .............................................3-54
Service warning light .................................................3-54
Charging system warning light ..................................3-58
SPORT mode indicator light ......................................3-64
Cruise indicator light..................................................3-64
Turn signal indicator light ..........................................3-63
ECO mode indicator light ..........................................3-64
UTIL mode indicator light .........................................3-64
ECO+ mode indicator light ........................................3-64 Warning light ..................................................................3-53
Electric Power Steering (EPS) warning light.............3-58 Washer fluid ....................................................................7-16
Electronic Brake Force Distrubution (EDB)
Welcome system ...........................................................3-106
warning light ............................................................3-57
Headlamp and position lamp....................................3-106
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) warning light..........3-59
Interior lamp .............................................................3-106
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) indicator light.....3-61 Wheel alignment and tire balance ..................................7-30
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) OFF indicator light .3-62 Wheel replacement .........................................................7-31
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) system
Windows .........................................................................3-32
warning light ............................................................3-60
Auto down window ....................................................3-34
High Beam Assist (HBA) indicator light ...................3-63
Auto up/down window ...............................................3-34
High beam indicator light ..........................................3-63
Automatic reverse ......................................................3-34
High voltage battery low level warning light ............3-55
Power window lock switch ........................................3-35
Icy road warning light ................................................3-61
Resetting the windows ...............................................3-34
Immobilizer indicator light ........................................3-62 Windshield defrosting and defogging...........................3-132
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system warning light ...3-60 Winter driving ...............................................................5-116
LED headlamp warning light ....................................3-60 Light ON indicator light.............................................3-63
Snow tires .................................................................5-116
I
Tire chains ................................................................5-117
Low tire pressure warning light .................................3-58 Winter precautions ........................................................5-118
Index
I-13
Index Wiper blade replacement ................................................7-17 Wipers and washers ......................................................3-110
Front windshield washers.........................................3-112 Front windshield wipers ..........................................3-110 Rear window wiper and washer ...............................3-113 Wireless cellular phone charging system......................3-142
I-14
Acrobat Distiller 9.3.0 (Windows)